29.01.2013 Views

port and ocean engineering under arctic conditions - Poac.com

port and ocean engineering under arctic conditions - Poac.com

port and ocean engineering under arctic conditions - Poac.com

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

PORT AND OCEAN<br />

ENGINEERING<br />

UNDER ARCTIC CONDITIONS<br />

VOLUME 11<br />

SYMPOSIUM ON NOISE AND MARINE MAMMALS<br />

Edited by<br />

Symposium Organizers<br />

<strong>and</strong> Editors<br />

W.M. SACKINGER. Ph. D.. P.E. J.L. IMM<br />

M.O. JEFFRIES. Ph. D. S.D. TREACY<br />

The Geophysical Institute<br />

Minerals Management Service<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks<br />

U.S. Department of the Interior<br />

Anchorage, Alaska<br />

The Geophysical Institute<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks<br />

Fairbanks, Alaska


Beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas) in new ice.<br />

Photo Credit: Naval Ocean Systems Center


Copyright @ 1988 by the Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska Fairbanks. All rights<br />

reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or<br />

transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording,<br />

or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher, the Geophysical<br />

Institute, University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775-0800, U.S.A.<br />

ISBN 0 - 915360 - 06 - 3


PREFACE<br />

The series of conferences on Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean Engineering <strong>under</strong> Arctic<br />

Conditions (POAC) is organized biennially by national POAC <strong>com</strong>mittees <strong>under</strong> the<br />

long-term policy direction of the POAC International Committee. Previous POAC<br />

conferences have been held in Norway (21, Canada (21, Icel<strong>and</strong>, Finl<strong>and</strong>, Greenl<strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>and</strong> Alaska. The Ninth Conference (POAC-87) in the POAC series was held at the<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Alaska, USA from August 17-2 1, 1987. This multi-<br />

volume book, entitled "Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean Engineering Under Arctic Conditions", is a<br />

<strong>com</strong>pilation of the papers written for <strong>and</strong> presented at POAC-87.<br />

A total of 224 people registered for POAC-87 <strong>and</strong> 122 papers were presented<br />

during 14 sessions. The sessions were: Arctic Database; Ice Properties;<br />

Icebreaking Vessels; Ice Modelling; Arctic Port Design; Geotechnical; Ice-structure<br />

Interaction; Ice Morphology; Ice Dynamics; Ice, Climate <strong>and</strong> Forecasting; Spray Ice;<br />

Remote Sensing; <strong>and</strong> two special symposia on Noise <strong>and</strong> Marine Mammals, <strong>and</strong><br />

SteelIConcrete Composite Structural Systems.<br />

Papers submitted to POAC-87 were reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited prior to publication. All<br />

the papers in this book have been refereed by two, three, or more reviewers, <strong>and</strong> then<br />

edited, to try to ensure a consistent <strong>and</strong> high st<strong>and</strong>ard for technical content, style<br />

<strong>and</strong> format for publication. Once accepted for publication, authors submitted a<br />

camera-ready copy of their papers. The majority of papers in this book were<br />

verbally presented at POAC-87; a few authors were unable to attend the conference,<br />

but their papers have been published since they met the necessary review <strong>and</strong> editorial<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ards.


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />

Many individuals <strong>and</strong> organizations contributed to the success of POAC-87 <strong>and</strong> to<br />

the publication of this book.<br />

The conference SPONSORS were:<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks<br />

Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska Fairbanks<br />

Minerals Management Service, Technology Assessment <strong>and</strong> Research Program<br />

National Science Foundation<br />

Minerals Management Service, Environmental Studies Branch, Alaska OCS Region<br />

Alaska Oil <strong>and</strong> Gas Association, Lease Planning <strong>and</strong> Research<br />

Committee, Member Companies:<br />

Amoco Production Company<br />

ARC0 Alaska, Inc.<br />

BP Alaska Exploration Inc.<br />

Chevron USA, Inc.<br />

Conoco, Inc.<br />

Elf Aquitaine Petroleum<br />

Exxon Company, USA<br />

Marathon Oil Company<br />

Mobil Oil Corporation<br />

Shell Western E & P, Inc.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Alaska Petroleum Company<br />

Unocal Corporations<br />

<strong>and</strong> the CO-SPONSORS were:<br />

American Society of Civil Engineers<br />

Alaska Academy of Engineering <strong>and</strong> Science<br />

Centre for Frontier Engineering Research (C-FER)<br />

Le Comite Arctique International<br />

The long-term policy of the conferences on Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean Engineering <strong>under</strong><br />

Arctic Conditions is directed by the POAC INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE (1987):<br />

Prof. Per Tryde<br />

Technical University of Denmark (President)


Mr. Alf Engelbrektson<br />

VBB-SWECO Engineers, Stockholm, Sweden (Vice President)<br />

Prof. Per Bruun<br />

The Norwegian Institute of Technology. Trondheim, Norway<br />

(Secretary General)<br />

Prof. William M. Sackinger<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska, USA<br />

(Past President)<br />

Dr. Pauli Jumppanen<br />

Oy Wartsila Ab. Helsinki, Finl<strong>and</strong> (Past President)<br />

Prof. Bernard Michel<br />

Lava1 University, Quebec, Canada (Past President)<br />

Mr. K.R. Croasdale<br />

Esso Resources Canada, Calgary, Alberta, Canada<br />

Prof. G.R. Peters<br />

Memorial University of Newfoundl<strong>and</strong>, St. John's,<br />

Newfoundl<strong>and</strong>, Canada<br />

Dr. K. Takekuma<br />

Nagasaki Technical Institute/Mitsubishi Heavy<br />

Industries, Nagasaki, Japan<br />

Dr. -1ng. Joachim Schwarz<br />

Hamburgische Schiffbau-Versuchsanstalt, Hamburg, Germany<br />

Mr. G. Viggoson<br />

Vita og Hafnamala Stjarinn, Reykjavik, Icel<strong>and</strong><br />

Dr. E. Enkvist<br />

Wartsila Arctic Research Centre, Helsinki, Finl<strong>and</strong><br />

Dr. T. Carstens<br />

Norwegian Hydrodynamics Labs, Trondheim, Norway<br />

Prof. Xu Ji-zu<br />

Tianjin University, Tianjin, China<br />

Dr. W.F. Weeks<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska, USA


POAC-87 was organized by the U.S. NATIONAL ORGANIZING COMMITTEE:<br />

Prof. W.M. Sackinger, Chairman; University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks,<br />

Alaska<br />

Mr. Muhammed A. Ali<br />

Chevron Corporation, San Francisco, California<br />

Prof. F. Lawrence Bennett<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Mr. Chris Birch<br />

State of Alaska Department of Trans<strong>port</strong>ation, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Mr. Irving Boaz<br />

Shell Oil Company, Houston, Texas<br />

Comdr. Lawson W. Brigharn<br />

U.S. Coast Guard, Boston, Massachusetts<br />

Mr. David Chiang<br />

Science Applications International Corp., McLean, Virginia<br />

Prof. Jin S. Chung<br />

Colorado School of Mines, Golden, Colorado<br />

Mr. Roger Colony<br />

University of Washington, Seattle, Washington<br />

Dr. M.J. Feifarek<br />

Marathon Oil Company, Houston, Texas<br />

Mr. Joseph Galate<br />

Enertech Engineering & Research Company, Houston, Texas<br />

Prof. Ben. C. Gerwick, Jr.<br />

University of California-Berkeley, Berkeley, California<br />

Mr. H. Glenzer, Jr.<br />

State of Alaska Department of Trans<strong>port</strong>ation, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Mr. Roger Herrera<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Alaska Production Company, Anchorage, Alaska<br />

Mr. Malcolm W. Howard<br />

BP Petroleum Development Ltd., London, United Kingdom<br />

Mr. Jerry Imm<br />

Minerals Management Service, Anchorage, Alaska<br />

vii


Dr. Martin 0. Jeffries<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Dr. Jerome B. Johnson<br />

USA CRREL, Ft. Wainwright, Alaska<br />

Mr. Austin Kovacs<br />

USA CRREL, Hanover, New Hampshire<br />

Dr. Thomas Kozo<br />

US Naval Academy, Annapolis, Maryl<strong>and</strong><br />

Prof. Charles Ladd<br />

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts<br />

Dr. Malcolm Mellor<br />

USA CRREL, Hanover, New Hampshire<br />

Dr. Thomas Osterkamp<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Mr. Dennis Padron<br />

Han-Padron Associates, New York. New York<br />

Dr. Robert S. Pritchard<br />

Ice Casting, Inc., Seattle, Washington<br />

Prof. Louis Rey<br />

Le Comite Arctique International, Monte Carlo, Monaco<br />

Ms. Patricia Sackinger<br />

Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Mr. Terry Setchfield<br />

Exxon Production Research Company, Houston, Texas<br />

Prof. Lewis Shapiro<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Dr. Harold Shoemaker<br />

US Department of Energy, Morgantown, West Virginia<br />

Dr. Charles E. Smith<br />

Minerals Management Service, Reston, Virginia<br />

Mr. Rodney Smith<br />

Minerals Management Service, Anchorage, Alaska<br />

Dr. Walter Spring<br />

Mobil Research <strong>and</strong> Development Corporation, Dallas, Texas


Prof. William Stringer<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Mr. Larry Sweet<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Prof. Shyam S<strong>under</strong><br />

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge,<br />

Massachusetts<br />

Mr. Stephen D. Treacy<br />

Minerals Management Service, Anchorage, Alaska<br />

Mr. Michael Utt<br />

Unocal Corporation, Brea, California<br />

Dr. Ken Vaudrey<br />

Vaudrey & Associates, San Luis Obispo, California<br />

Mr. Robert Visser<br />

Belrnar Engineering <strong>and</strong> Management Service Co., Redondo Beach, California<br />

Dr. Vitoon Vivatrat<br />

Engineering Science Inc., Houston, Texas<br />

Dr. W.F. Weeks<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Prof. Gunter Weller<br />

University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Dr. J. Patrick Welsh<br />

Naval Ocean Research <strong>and</strong> Development Activity, Hanover, New Hampshire<br />

Mr. Jonathan Widdis<br />

State of Alaska Department of Trans<strong>port</strong>ation, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Dr. Jay Wiedler<br />

Brown <strong>and</strong> Root USA, Houston, Texas<br />

An im<strong>port</strong>ant <strong>and</strong> vital task in the organization of POAC-87 <strong>and</strong> preparation of<br />

papers for publication was the review <strong>and</strong> evaluation of abstracts <strong>and</strong> papers. In<br />

addition to all members of the International Committee <strong>and</strong> the U.S. National Organiz-<br />

ing Committee, the reviewers included:<br />

Dr. H. Burcharth, University of Aalborg, Denmark<br />

Dr. A. Chen, Exxon Production Research Company, Houston, Texas


Mr. Li Fu-cheng , University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska<br />

Dr. James U. Kordenbrock. David Taylor Research Center, U.S. Navy<br />

Mr. Donald Kover, David Taylor Research Center, U.S. Navy<br />

Dr. C.-H. Luk, Exxon Production Research Company, Houston, Texas<br />

Dr. Lasse Makkonen, Technical Research Centre of Finl<strong>and</strong><br />

Dr. A. L. Mindich, Mirza Engineering Inc., Chicago, Illinois<br />

Mr. J. Poplin, Exxon Production Research Company, Houston, Texas<br />

Dr. T. D. Ralston, Exxon Production Research Company, Houston, Texas<br />

Dr. Philip A. Sackinger, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge,<br />

Massachusetts<br />

Dr. A. Wang. Exxon Production Research Comp,any, Houston, Texas<br />

Also helping with conference organization <strong>and</strong> the preparation of this book were<br />

Kathryn Coffer, Nancy Smoyer, Jan Dalrymple <strong>and</strong> Kim Morris. Day-to-day conference<br />

administration <strong>and</strong> co-ordination was by the Conferences <strong>and</strong> Institutes Office,<br />

University of Alaska-Fairbanks (Nancy Bachner <strong>and</strong> staff). Special thanks are due<br />

to Dr. S.-I. Akasofu, Director, Geophysical Institute, <strong>and</strong> to Dr. P.J. O'Rourke,<br />

Chancellor, University of Alaska-Fairbanks, for their encouragement <strong>and</strong> financial<br />

sup<strong>port</strong>; the encouragement of Dr. Harold D. Shoemaker of the U.S. Department of<br />

Energy was also appreciated.<br />

To our sponsors <strong>and</strong> co-sponsors, the International <strong>and</strong> National Organizing<br />

Committees, <strong>and</strong> all those individuals who helped make POAC-87 <strong>and</strong> the<br />

publication of this book possible, our grateful thanks.<br />

William M. Sackinger<br />

Martin 0. Jeffries<br />

Fairbanks<br />

January 1988


FOREWORD<br />

Many marine mammal species found in <strong>arctic</strong> waters have im<strong>port</strong>ant<br />

relationships with ice. Many are pagophilic, using ice as a platform to<br />

haul out (ringed, spotted, bearded, ribbon, <strong>and</strong> harp seals; <strong>and</strong> walrus)<br />

or to hunt <strong>and</strong> scavenge (polar bear <strong>and</strong> <strong>arctic</strong> fox). Some marine<br />

mammals relate to ice as a floating barrier around, through, <strong>and</strong> <strong>under</strong><br />

which their seasonal migrations proceed (bowhead whales, beluga, <strong>and</strong><br />

narwhal) or as an encroaching northern border that may ultimately prompt<br />

an annual migration to warmer waters (gray whale).<br />

Marine mammals in ice-covered waters are subject to continual<br />

auditory input from a highly active acoustic environment. Some input<br />

is airborne, such as that which occurs at or above the water's surface (e.g.,<br />

on l<strong>and</strong> or ice as experienced by pinnipeds <strong>and</strong> polar bears). However,<br />

marine mammals mostly hear sounds that are generated, transmitted,<br />

<strong>and</strong>/or received <strong>under</strong>water. Acoustic input may derive from natural<br />

sources including wave active, seismic activity, ice movement <strong>and</strong><br />

breakage, as well as sounds produced by the above species <strong>and</strong> other<br />

biota. In addition, noise produced by various human activities<br />

contYibutes to overall loading of the acoustic environment. These<br />

anthropogenic noises are essentially a by-product of shipping, oil <strong>and</strong> gas<br />

exploration <strong>and</strong> development, fishing vessels, various activities of coastal<br />

<strong>com</strong>munities, <strong>and</strong> activities of other marine industries.<br />

Ice movement <strong>and</strong> breakage produce pervasive,<strong>and</strong> at times<br />

explosive,noise in <strong>arctic</strong> waters. The presence of sea ice also partially<br />

controls the <strong>under</strong>water acoustic environment by providing a rough<br />

reverberative ceiling for local sound waves. Even when ice recedes, it<br />

continues to affect the <strong>under</strong>water acoustic environment as surface layers<br />

warm up differentially in the water column, causing sound waves to refract<br />

downward. This refraction results in higher propagation loss in shallow<br />

water through increased contact of sound waves with bottom topography.<br />

Depending on the pattern, sound frequency, <strong>and</strong> intensity of the sound<br />

source in <strong>com</strong>bination with ambient <strong>ocean</strong>ographic features (e.g., water<br />

depth, salinity, presence of ice, <strong>under</strong>water substrate), various sounds may<br />

be discernible to these species above ambient-noise <strong>conditions</strong>, thereby<br />

potentially influencing individual animals to some degree. Such


influences on marine mammals may include changes in behavior such<br />

as curious attraction or avoidance reactions, changes in physiological rates,<br />

<strong>and</strong> interference with <strong>com</strong>municative or echolocative efforts.<br />

These topics were the focus of the "Symposium on Noise <strong>and</strong> Marine<br />

Mammals in Ice-Covered Waters." The symposium, held August 18,<br />

1987 at the University of Alaska Fairbanks, was coordinated by the<br />

Minerals Management Service <strong>and</strong> was part of the 9th International<br />

Conference on Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean Engineering Under Arctic Conditions. The<br />

concept of this Symposium was originally suggested by Dr. Louis Rey,<br />

<strong>and</strong> the Symposium was co-sponsored by Le Comite Arctique International.<br />

The titles <strong>and</strong> authors of scientific papers presented at the symposium<br />

are as listed in the Table of Contents which follows, with the exception<br />

of the paper "Possible effects of ambient noise on the ability of the Bowhead<br />

Whale, Balaena mysticetus, to discern <strong>under</strong>-ice reverberations from their<br />

calls" (William T. Ellison <strong>and</strong> Christopher Clark). This paper was<br />

presented by Mr. Charles I. Malme at the request of the authors, but is not<br />

included in this volume.<br />

A panel discussion on the subject of potential directions for research<br />

was held immediately following presentation of the submitted papers. Two addi-<br />

tional papers, entitled "Evidence of Glacial Seismic<br />

Events in the Acoustic Environment of Humpback Whales" (Paul R. Miles <strong>and</strong> Charles<br />

I. Malme) <strong>and</strong> "Review of Studies on the Effects of<br />

Man-Induced Noise on Marine Mammals of the Bering, Chukchi, <strong>and</strong><br />

Beaufort Seas <strong>and</strong> How the Results Have Been Applied to Federal Oil <strong>and</strong><br />

Gas Management Decisions" (Clevel<strong>and</strong> J. Cowles <strong>and</strong> Jerry L. Imm),<br />

although not presented at the symposium, are included in this volume<br />

as useful background information.<br />

The authors of these papers are to be <strong>com</strong>mended for their contributions to the<br />

Symposium <strong>and</strong> to this volume.<br />

Jerry Imm<br />

Stephen D. Treacy<br />

Minerals <strong>and</strong> Management Service<br />

Anchorage<br />

March 1988<br />

xu


TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

VOLUME I1<br />

..............................................................<br />

Preface iii<br />

Acknowledgements ........................................ .............. v<br />

..............................................................<br />

Foreword xi<br />

REVIEW OF STUDIES ON THE EFFECTS OF MAN-INDUCED NOISE ON MARINE MAMMALS OF<br />

THE BERING, CHUKCHI, AND BEAUFORT SEAS AND HOW THE RESULTS HAVE BEEN APPLIED<br />

TO FEDERAL OFFSHORE OIL AND GAS MANAGEMENT DECISIONS<br />

Clevel<strong>and</strong> J. Cowles <strong>and</strong> Jerry L. Imm. ........................................ 1<br />

UNRESOLVED ASPECTS CONCERNING THE INFLUENCE OF NOISE ON MARINE MAMMALS<br />

J.M.Terhune ............................................................ 9<br />

EFFECTS OF INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES ON RINGED SEALS IN ALASKA. AS INDICATED BY<br />

AERIAL SURVEYS<br />

Kathryn J. Frost <strong>and</strong> Lloyd E. Lowry. ..................................... 15<br />

RESPONSES OF RINGED SEALS (Phoca hispida) TO NOISE DISTURBANCE<br />

Brendan P. Kelley, John J. Burns <strong>and</strong> Lori T. Quakenbush ................ . . 27<br />

RESPONSES OF MIGRATING NARWHAL AND BELUGA TO ICEBREAKER TRAFFIC AT THE<br />

ADMIRALTY INLET ICE-EDGE, N.W.T. IN 1986<br />

Susan E. Cosens <strong>and</strong> Larry P. Dueck ........................................ 39<br />

OBSERVATIONS OF FEEDING GRAY WHALE RESPONSES TO CONTROLLED INDUSTRIAL<br />

NOISE EXPOSURE<br />

Charles I. Malme, Bernd Wursig, James E. Bird <strong>and</strong> Peter Tyack ........................ 55<br />

INDUSTRY OBSERVATIONS OF BOWHEAD WHALES IN THE CANADIAN BEAUFORT SEA,<br />

1976-1985<br />

JohnG.Ward<strong>and</strong>E.Pessah ........................................... . 75<br />

MASKEDDETECTIONTHRESHOLDSFORTHEBELUGAANDBOTTLENOSEDOLPHIN<br />

Charles W. Turl, Ralph H. Penner <strong>and</strong> W.W.L. Au ............ . . . . . . . . 89<br />

EVIDENCE OF GLACIAL SEISMIC EVENTS IN THE ACOUSTIC ENVIRONMENT OF HUMPBACK<br />

WHALES<br />

Paul R. Miles <strong>and</strong> Charles I. Malme .......................................... 95<br />

PANEL DISCUSSION<br />

Stephen D. Treacy .<br />

Author List ..................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ill


REVIEW OF STUDIES ON THE EFFECTS OF MAN-INDUCED NOISE ON MARINE<br />

MAMMALS OF THE BERING, CHUKCHI, AND BEAUFORT SEAS AND HOW THE<br />

RESULTS HAVE BEEN APPLIED TO FEDERAL OFFSHORE OIL AND GAS<br />

MANAGEMENT DECISIONS<br />

Abstract<br />

Since 1980, the U. S. Minerals<br />

Management Service has managed <strong>and</strong><br />

funded a variety of studies of the<br />

potential effects of man-induced noise<br />

on marine mammals of the Bering,<br />

Chukchi, <strong>and</strong> Beaufort Seas. The<br />

purpose of such studies is to provide<br />

information needed for informed<br />

decisionmaking pertaining to environ-<br />

mentally sound leasing <strong>and</strong> management<br />

of offshore oil <strong>and</strong> gas development on<br />

the Alaska Outer Continental Shelf<br />

(OCS). Many of the noise/ marine<br />

mammal-interaction studies have been<br />

used in establishing lease specifica-<br />

tions or regulations for offshore<br />

operations in Federal lease areas.<br />

Results also have been im<strong>port</strong>ant in the<br />

resolution of litigation pertaining to<br />

OCS oil <strong>and</strong> gas leasing <strong>and</strong> explora-<br />

tion. Specific examples of how results<br />

have been applied are presented <strong>and</strong><br />

future Alaska information needs in this<br />

discipline are discussed.<br />

Introduction<br />

Since 1980 the Minerals Management<br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of apaper submit-<br />

ted to the Ninth International Conference on Port <strong>and</strong><br />

Ocean Engineering Under Arctic Conditions, Fairbanks,<br />

Alaska, USA. August 17-22, 1987.<br />

Clevel<strong>and</strong> J. Cowles<br />

Jerry L. Imm<br />

Minerals Management Service, Anchorage, Alaska, USA<br />

Service (MMS) has funded a variety of<br />

studies of man-induced noise effects on<br />

marine mammals of the Alaska Outer<br />

Continental Shelf (OCS). Within the<br />

context of pertinent legislation, MMS<br />

identified the various sources of noise<br />

associated with offshore oil <strong>and</strong> gas<br />

activities <strong>and</strong> designed studies to<br />

examine potential effects. One <strong>under</strong>-<br />

lying basis for selection of research<br />

topics to date has been application of<br />

a key- species approach (described in<br />

Cowles <strong>and</strong> Im, 1980). In many cases,<br />

the results of these studies have been<br />

used in management decisions such as<br />

formation of regulations or mitigating<br />

measures. This has affected the way<br />

industry has been permitted to operate<br />

in the Bering, Chukchi, <strong>and</strong> Beaufort<br />

Seas. We briefly review study efforts<br />

<strong>and</strong> link significant findings with<br />

management decisions.<br />

General Review of Past MMS Noise-<br />

Effects Studies<br />

Of the several noise sources from<br />

offshore oil <strong>and</strong> gas activities, some<br />

of the most <strong>com</strong>mon ones are ships<br />

(icebreakers, drillships, geophysical<br />

ships, conventional <strong>and</strong> icebreaking<br />

ships), work boats, aircraft (fixed<br />

wing <strong>and</strong> rotary wing), dredges, drill-<br />

ing rigs, production rigs, <strong>and</strong><br />

pipelines--used either directly in<br />

drilling <strong>and</strong> production activities or


indirectly in sup<strong>port</strong> of such opera-<br />

tions. For clarity of discussion, the<br />

studies <strong>and</strong> respective marine mammal<br />

species are discussed below by noise-<br />

source categories.<br />

Aircraft: Starting in 1980, bowhead<br />

whales (Balaena mysticetus) were<br />

studied in the presence <strong>and</strong> absence of<br />

industrial stimuli; as a part of this<br />

research, bowhead whale behavior in<br />

response to fixed-wing <strong>and</strong> helicopter<br />

noise was studied <strong>under</strong> different<br />

operating <strong>conditions</strong>. Overt reactions<br />

to the fixed- wing observation aircraft<br />

were sometimes conspicuous when the<br />

aircraft was below 457 m a.s.1..<br />

un<strong>com</strong>mon at 457 m, <strong>and</strong> generally<br />

undetectable at 610 m (Richardson,<br />

1983, 1985).<br />

With helicopters, no overt<br />

responses at approximately 153 m a.s.1.<br />

were noted during two field experiments<br />

<strong>and</strong> three op<strong>port</strong>unistic observations<br />

from 1981 through 1984. No significant<br />

changes in blow intervals were found;<br />

thus, there is no conclusive evidence<br />

that single helicopter passes (at<br />

greater than 153 m a.s.1.) disturb<br />

bowhead whales that are below the<br />

surf ace.<br />

Malme et al. (1983, 1984) per-<br />

formed systematic studies of whale<br />

responses to aircraft <strong>and</strong> re<strong>port</strong>ed that<br />

gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus)<br />

tended to avoid a location where<br />

recorded helicopter noise was played<br />

back into the water. However, the<br />

playback rate of one simulated pass<br />

every 10 s to 2 min greatly exceeded<br />

typical helicopter-traffic rates along<br />

routes to offshore industrial sites<br />

(Richardson, 1985).<br />

Boats: Vessel traffic is a major<br />

source of potential disturbance to<br />

bowhead whales near areas being<br />

explored or developed by the petroleum<br />

industry. In general, of all the<br />

stimuli presented to bowheads in our<br />

studies, "small"-boat traffic elicited<br />

the greatest variety of responses<br />

(Richardson, 1985). The studies showed<br />

that bowheads demonstrated a strong or<br />

frequent reaction to boats at a dis-<br />

tance of 1 to 2 km. Other baleen<br />

whales have shown considerable toler-<br />

ance of boats but often have avoided<br />

rapidly or erratically moving vessels.<br />

Baker et al. (1982) found changes in<br />

the respiration rates <strong>and</strong> diving<br />

behavior of humpback whales (Megaptera<br />

novaeangliae) when boats were within<br />

about 900 m; vessels that approached<br />

closely <strong>and</strong> moved erratically had the<br />

greatest effects. Sorenson et al.<br />

(1984) found evidence that "squid-<br />

eating" toothed <strong>and</strong> beaked whales were<br />

less <strong>com</strong>mon near boats than elsewhere;<br />

no such effect was found for "fish-<br />

eating" cetaceans, including some<br />

baleen whales (Richardson, 1985).<br />

The long-term effects of boat<br />

disturbance on whales are especially<br />

difficult to assess. The MMS hopes to<br />

develop some behavioral information<br />

regarding bowhead whalelicebreaker<br />

interaction as part of future<br />

research that is mentioned below.<br />

Dredging: Pertinent research has<br />

included both actual noise from dredge<br />

operations <strong>and</strong> playback of dredging<br />

noise. For actual dredging, the noise<br />

was detectable for at least several<br />

kilometers; <strong>and</strong> bowheads seemed to<br />

behave normally within the ensonified<br />

zone. For playbacks, bowheads<br />

responded to strong dredge noise even<br />

when the noise level was increased<br />

gradually over time.<br />

Drilling: Bowheads have been studied<br />

near operating drillships, well within<br />

the zone where drillship noise is<br />

clearly detectable. General activities<br />

of these animals seemed normal; <strong>and</strong><br />

there was no conclusive evidence that<br />

the noise affected surfacing, respira-<br />

tion, or dive cycles.<br />

The sightings near drillships<br />

showed tolerance of drilling but did<br />

not prove that bowheads are unaffected<br />

by drillships. Playback experiments<br />

showed that some bowheads reacted,<br />

although not strongly, to drillship<br />

noise at intensities equivalent to<br />

several kilometers from a real<br />

drillship (Richardson, 1985). The<br />

results for summering bowheads were<br />

generally consistent with reactions of<br />

migrating gray whales to the same<br />

drillship noise (Malme et al., 1983,<br />

1984). Migratory gray whales<br />

approaching the sound source tended to<br />

change speed <strong>and</strong> course only slightly.


Migratory gray whales were exposed to<br />

drillship-noise levels in the 50- to<br />

315-Hz b<strong>and</strong> at levels of 110, 117 <strong>and</strong><br />

122 dB re 1 uPa, respectively. Play-<br />

back exposure of feeding gray whales<br />

did not produce clear evidence of<br />

disturbance or avoidance behavior at<br />

received levels below 110 dB. Thus, at<br />

a conservative 120-dB threshold, a<br />

typical drillship would affect feeding<br />

gray whales at a range of about 300 m.<br />

Other observations indicate that<br />

reaction thresholds of bowhead <strong>and</strong> gray<br />

whales to playbacks of drilling noise<br />

are similar (Richardson, 1985).<br />

Observations of beluga whale<br />

(Delphinapterus leucas) responses to<br />

playbacks of oil-drilling sounds<br />

indicate that the direction of whale<br />

movement <strong>and</strong> general activity (feeding,<br />

traveling) are not greatly affected by<br />

these sounds, especially if the sound<br />

source is constant. Whales continued<br />

to move in the direction they were<br />

travelling before playbacks began. On<br />

several occasions, beluga whales within<br />

2 km of the sound source appeared to<br />

feed during playback experiments.<br />

Whales also approached <strong>and</strong> quickly<br />

passed closely by the <strong>under</strong>water<br />

speaker while sounds were being pro-<br />

jected (Stewart, Aubrey, <strong>and</strong> Evans,<br />

1983).<br />

Now that data are available, the<br />

MMS' approach has evolved from the<br />

field-experiment phase to the site-<br />

specific, predictive modeling of whale<br />

response to drilling operations. These<br />

studies (discussed later) for post-sale<br />

analyses have addressed a diversity of<br />

technology actually used in drilling<br />

operations in <strong>arctic</strong> waters.<br />

Production <strong>and</strong> Pipelines: The MMS has<br />

not directly studied these two noise<br />

producers but hopes to in the near<br />

future by using controlled-playback<br />

experiments in the spring lead system<br />

near Point Barrow. Research work would<br />

be conducted "downstream" of the whale<br />

hunting <strong>and</strong> censusing locations to<br />

avoid any disturbance to the whales <strong>and</strong><br />

subsistence whaling activities. The<br />

MMS anticipates that coordination with<br />

local organizations will be as impor-<br />

tant a <strong>com</strong>ponent of this study as is<br />

the technical work.<br />

Seismic Boats: Studies of endangered<br />

whale <strong>and</strong> seismic boat interactions<br />

have been a particularly crucial aspect<br />

of the MMS studies program. Actual <strong>and</strong><br />

potential litigation, seismic-<br />

exploration prohibition (e.g., eastern<br />

Alaskan Beaufort Sea in 1981), <strong>and</strong><br />

indirect human effects (e.g., conflicts<br />

with aboriginal whaling) have led to<br />

<strong>com</strong>plex studies spanning three species<br />

(bowhead, gray, <strong>and</strong> humpback whales)<br />

<strong>and</strong> as many <strong>ocean</strong>ic provinces (Pacific,<br />

Bering, <strong>and</strong> Arctic).<br />

In general, considering the<br />

source-level intensity (245-250 dB re 1<br />

uPa) of most airgun impulses, the<br />

avoidance responses of the latter<br />

species are relatively near-field<br />

phenomena. As a result of cooperative<br />

studies by MMS-sponsored researchers<br />

<strong>and</strong> geophysical operators, we have<br />

found that bowheads in Alaskan waters<br />

will not avoid operating seismic boats<br />

at ranges farther than 3.5 to 5.0 tan<br />

<strong>and</strong> at received levels less than 160 to<br />

170 dB re 1 uPa (Ljungblad et al.,<br />

1985; Richardson, 1985). Migratory<br />

gray whale avoidance of operating<br />

seismic boats will occur at a received<br />

peak pressure level of 164 dB re 1 uPa<br />

<strong>and</strong> at a range of about 2.5 km (Malme<br />

et al., 1984). Because this latter<br />

gray whale study may have affected sea<br />

otters in the study area (USDOI, FWS,<br />

1982), sea otters also were studied.<br />

It was found that sea otters displayed<br />

little, if any, reaction to a wide<br />

array of sound sources, including<br />

seismic boats at ranges of 900 m to<br />

1.6 tan. Other studies with smaller<br />

airgun experiments showed no clear<br />

evidence of avoidance by feeding<br />

humpbacks exposed at effective pulse-<br />

pressure levels of 172 dB re 1 'uPa<br />

(Malme et al., 1985). Feeding gray<br />

whales near St. Lawrence Isl<strong>and</strong>,<br />

Alaska, avoided a single-airgun<br />

exposure when average pulse levels<br />

reached 173 dB re 1 uPa. In specific<br />

''typical" locations that were analyzed,<br />

gray whale avoidance would occur at a<br />

range of about 3 km (Malme et al.,<br />

1986).<br />

The work summarized above repre-<br />

sents the primary information base of<br />

past <strong>and</strong> future decision processes<br />

pertaining to offshore seismic


exploration/endangered whale issues.<br />

On-Ice Seismic Exploration: In the<br />

late 1970's <strong>and</strong> early 1980's. analyses<br />

of biological data suggested that<br />

spring distribution <strong>and</strong> reproduction of<br />

ringed seals may have been affected by<br />

on-ice seismic exploration that was<br />

conducted primarily by "Vibroseis"<br />

methodology. Beginning in 1981, MMS<br />

sponsored a series of field experiments<br />

<strong>and</strong> other studies that examined change<br />

in ringed seal behavior, ice-lair use,<br />

distribution, <strong>and</strong> the affected acoustic<br />

environment. The overall results of<br />

these efforts (see Burns <strong>and</strong> Kelly,<br />

1983; Frost, Burns, <strong>and</strong> Lowry, 1985)<br />

showed that ab<strong>and</strong>onment or altered use<br />

of seal lairs occurred mainly within<br />

150 m of seismic lines. Comparison of<br />

seal densities, based on aerial or<br />

ground surveys, in "seismic" <strong>and</strong><br />

"control" areas produced mixed results.<br />

Detailed radio-telemetry studies of<br />

seal behavior (Kelly, Quackenbush, <strong>and</strong><br />

Rose, 1986) in Kotzebue Sound, Alaska,<br />

<strong>and</strong> further acoustical analyses there<br />

(Cummings, Holiday, <strong>and</strong> Lee, 1984)<br />

enhanced our <strong>under</strong>st<strong>and</strong>ing of potential<br />

effects on ringed seals. Monitoring<br />

studies that addressed regional abun-<br />

dance <strong>and</strong> distribution offshore Alaska<br />

were ongoing through spring 1987.<br />

Pre-Lease Decisions Utilizing Noise-<br />

Effects Studies<br />

Endangered Species Act Section 7<br />

Consultation: One of the most impor-<br />

tant applications of the noise-ef f ects<br />

studies has been their relevance to<br />

Endangered Species Act (ESA) section 7<br />

<strong>com</strong>pliance, particularly to the evolu-<br />

tion of Biological Opinions on proposed<br />

lease sales provided to MMS by the<br />

National Marine Fisheries Service<br />

(NMFS). Early NMFS opinions on pro-<br />

posed lease sales in the Beaufort Sea<br />

concluded that, "There is too little<br />

information to determine whether the<br />

lease sale <strong>and</strong> all resulting activities<br />

are likely to jeopardize the continued<br />

existence of the bowhead" (USDOC, NOAA,<br />

NMFS, 1980). Thus, NMFS asserted that<br />

in the face of insufficient information<br />

on oil-spill <strong>and</strong> noise effects, MMS<br />

could not clearly avoid jeopardy of the<br />

bowhead population. Recently, however,<br />

a Biological Opinion on activities in<br />

the same region concluded, "The leasing<br />

<strong>and</strong> exploration phases of Lease Sale 97<br />

are not likely to jeopardize the<br />

continued existence of any endangered<br />

or threatened marine species" (USDOC,<br />

NOAA, NMFS, 1987). In sup<strong>port</strong>ing<br />

<strong>com</strong>ments pertaining to their assessment<br />

of noise effects in the Sale 97 area,<br />

NMFS stated, "This opinion is based on<br />

the best available information includ-<br />

ing noise effects studies on bowhead<br />

whales summering in the Canadian<br />

Beaufort Sea" (USDOC, NOAA, NMFS,<br />

1987).<br />

In addition to enhancing these<br />

generalized analyses, other ESA-related<br />

operational consultations have bene-<br />

fited. Study re<strong>com</strong>mendations, conser-<br />

vation measures, <strong>and</strong> reasonable <strong>and</strong><br />

prudent alternatives expressed in<br />

Biological Opinions also must take new<br />

information into account.<br />

Seismic-Vessel Exploration-Permit<br />

Requirements: As mentioned previously,<br />

after concern for seismic-vessel<br />

effects on the fall migration of<br />

bowhead whales reached unprecedented<br />

levels in the early 19801s, entire<br />

offshore areas of the Beaufort Sea were<br />

closed to seismic exploration if whales<br />

were known to be present. This<br />

approach to seismic-vessel management<br />

lowered profit expectations consider-<br />

ably, <strong>and</strong> vessel owners sought relief.<br />

Essentially they questioned closures on<br />

the basis of presence when<br />

effects on whales had not been demon-<br />

strated. Subsequently, <strong>and</strong> with<br />

improved information in h<strong>and</strong> on bowhead<br />

responses to seismic boats--especially<br />

data determined by acoustically<br />

oriented field experiments (Ljungblad<br />

et al., 1985; Richardson, 1985)~<br />

permits for Beaufort Sea seismic<br />

operations were revised <strong>under</strong> terms<br />

that allow exploration beyond known<br />

whale-response distances. For example,<br />

a seismic permit for Beaufort Sea<br />

exploration now typically requires<br />

special precautions of the vessel<br />

operator during bowhead migrations:<br />

"After the beginning of the whale<br />

migration, seismic vessels can operate<br />

their high energy sources only when<br />

visibility exceeds 3 miles. During<br />

periods of fog, darkness, or weather<br />

<strong>conditions</strong> which limit visibility to


less than 3 miles, the seismic sound<br />

sources must be shut down. Operations<br />

cannot be initiated or resumed until an<br />

area with a radius of 5 miles from the<br />

vessel is clear of whales. This may<br />

require the use of aircraft."<br />

The specific distances referred to<br />

are derived primarily from the result<br />

of MMS studies that established thres-<br />

hold distances related to bowhead whale<br />

disturbance.<br />

Probably one of the most publi-<br />

cized applications of noise-effects<br />

studies in resolving seismic vessel1<br />

endangered whale conflicts was their<br />

use in litigation decisions on proposed<br />

St. George Basin Lease Sale 70. This<br />

area, just north of Unimak Pass in the<br />

southern Bering Sea, is suspected<br />

habitat of right whales (Balaena<br />

glacialis) <strong>and</strong> is adjacent to the<br />

spring <strong>and</strong> fall primary migration route<br />

of gray whales. Following a suit filed<br />

to block the sale (Village of False<br />

Pass v. Watt, D. Alaska, Cir. No.<br />

A83-176) the U. S. District Court,<br />

Alaska, ruled (aspects of this ruling<br />

were later overturned) that the Secre-<br />

tary of the Interior could not execute<br />

leases until:<br />

(1) A "Worst-case" analysis of<br />

seismic effects on gray <strong>and</strong> right<br />

whales or a supplementary Environmental<br />

Impact Statement (EIS) evaluating<br />

effects of preliminary seismic<br />

exploration was prepared.<br />

(2) The Final Notice of Sale or<br />

other order must include restrictions<br />

implementing reasonable <strong>and</strong> prudent<br />

alternatives contained in the relevant<br />

Biological Opinion or justification<br />

that such restrictions are not<br />

necessary.<br />

Subsequently, MMS issued a supple-<br />

mental EIS that focused heavily on<br />

recent studies results <strong>and</strong> revised<br />

restrictions on seismic operations. In<br />

obtaining NOAA concurrence on the<br />

adequacy of a draft "Notice to Lessees"<br />

(NTL) for protecting whales from<br />

potential seismic effects, Good (1983)<br />

wrote :<br />

"The Minerals Management Service<br />

believes these restrictions are more<br />

than adequate to protect gray <strong>and</strong> right<br />

whales. Deep seismic surveys have been<br />

conducted in the Bering Sea since the<br />

early 1970's. The National Marine<br />

Fisheries Service routinely allows deep<br />

seismic surveys to <strong>com</strong>e within 20 miles<br />

of Unimak Pass during the gray whale<br />

-<br />

d a deep-seismic system, far more<br />

powerful than a high resolution system.<br />

The whales came as close as three miles<br />

to the airguns before 'some possible<br />

changes in the swimming patterns of<br />

cow-calf pairs were observed. . .<br />

' (Emphasis added .)<br />

As is evident above, im<strong>port</strong>ant<br />

information obtained from a noise-<br />

effects study was assimilated directly<br />

into the OCS management-decision<br />

process. The preliminary results<br />

referred to were later re<strong>port</strong>ed in<br />

Malme et al. (1984). Following the<br />

issuance of the NTL <strong>and</strong> the supple-<br />

mental EIS, the case was closed.<br />

On-Ice Seismic Exploration:<br />

Similarly, studies results have<br />

affected the decision process regarding<br />

permits <strong>and</strong> regulations of on-ice<br />

seismic explorations. At first, in the<br />

face of substantial uncertainty about<br />

the extent of potential effects on<br />

ringed seals, conservative management<br />

approaches (such as seasonal termina-<br />

tion of all seismic activities) were<br />

implemented by regulatory agencies.<br />

Industry groups were, of course,<br />

concerned <strong>and</strong> sought changes through<br />

legislative processes. In 1982,<br />

regulations governing the small take of<br />

marine mammals incidental to specified<br />

activities <strong>under</strong> section 101(a)(5) of<br />

the Marine Mammals Protection Act were<br />

proposed to deal specifically with the<br />

ringed seal issue. Among information<br />

considered (Federal Register, 1982a),<br />

NMFS cited the findings of "Burns et<br />

al., (1981)" <strong>and</strong> other results of<br />

MMS-sponsored, June 1981 studies.<br />

These studies were instrumental in<br />

showing that although on-ice seismic<br />

activities may affect a small number<br />

(less than 1,000) of seals in the area<br />

covered by seismic activities, the<br />

"taking" would have a negligible impact<br />

on the 2.5 million-animal population.


Subsequently, a final rule on the<br />

matter (Federal Register, 1982b) was<br />

issued to allow "small takes" of ringed<br />

seals. This action provided a new<br />

framework by which MMS could structure<br />

permits for on-ice seismic exploration,<br />

<strong>and</strong> which ultimately enhanced seismic-<br />

exploration op<strong>port</strong>unities while<br />

providing appropriate protection for<br />

this valued species. We believe that<br />

environmental-studies results pertain-<br />

ing to the acoustic environment <strong>and</strong><br />

this issue were particularly instru-<br />

mental in resolving this issue.<br />

Mitigating Measures: Much of the<br />

various types of information obtained<br />

from noise-effects studies has an<br />

im<strong>port</strong>ant but difficult-to-quantify<br />

influence on environmental assessment<br />

<strong>and</strong>, ultimately, the lease <strong>conditions</strong><br />

related to offshore oil <strong>and</strong> gas<br />

development. Many noise-effects issues<br />

are now better <strong>under</strong>stood; therefore,<br />

environmental analyses (in ESA section<br />

7 consultation, EIS's, <strong>and</strong> exploration<br />

plan reviews) are better sup<strong>port</strong>ed with<br />

scientific results. Almost all Alaska<br />

lease sales are now ac<strong>com</strong>panied by<br />

NTL's formulated on the basis of<br />

noise-effects-studies results.<br />

Post-Lease Decisions Utilizing<br />

Noise-Effects Studies<br />

ESA Section 7 Consultation:<br />

Biological Opinions on pre- <strong>and</strong> post-<br />

lease operations--issued by NMFS after<br />

consultation with MMS--are phased <strong>and</strong>,<br />

as such, have been recognized by the<br />

Federal courts. Prior to any approval<br />

of post-lease development plans,<br />

consultation between MMS <strong>and</strong> NMFS will<br />

have occurred <strong>and</strong> the resulting Biolog-<br />

ical Opinion, which takes into account<br />

noise studies available up to that<br />

time, will have been prepared.<br />

Monitoring: For several years<br />

industry has been required to have in<br />

place a whale-observation program while<br />

conducting exploration-drilling activi-<br />

ties during the bowhead migration.<br />

Seasonal drilling restrictions have<br />

been waived if appropriate studies are<br />

ongoing <strong>and</strong> if industry has met other<br />

requirements. The determination of<br />

Zones of Influence (21) around opera-<br />

tions within which bowhead whales are<br />

considered likely to react to acoustic<br />

stimuli has provided a frame of refer-<br />

ence for these observation programs.<br />

These are challenging studies to design<br />

<strong>and</strong> carry out, since there are many<br />

uncontrolled variables, i.e., the<br />

changing acoustic environment, the<br />

changing chemical <strong>and</strong> physical environ-<br />

ments, <strong>and</strong> the changes in whale<br />

behavior due to factors that cannot be<br />

differentiated from man-induced<br />

changes. McLaren et al. (1986) is an<br />

example of an industry-sponsored<br />

monitoring study; other studies are in<br />

progress. The MMS continues to provide<br />

regionwide aerial monitoring that<br />

shares data with site-specific studies.<br />

Mitigating Measures: There have<br />

been several mitigating measures<br />

utilized on the Alaska OCS that are<br />

directly related to the potential for<br />

acoustic disturbance of whales, other<br />

marine mammals, <strong>and</strong> birds. These<br />

studies usually involve reconmending<br />

horizontal <strong>and</strong> vertical separation of<br />

operations from individual animals or<br />

aggregations, as well as cessation of<br />

activities until the animals have<br />

departed a 21.<br />

Post-Sale Environmental Assess-<br />

- ment: One study designed for post-sale<br />

application is "Prediction of Drilling<br />

Site-Specific Interaction of ~ndustriai<br />

Acoustic Stimuli <strong>and</strong> Endangered Whales<br />

in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea." In order<br />

to enhance environmental assessment<br />

predictive techniques <strong>and</strong> accuracy,<br />

this study measured sound characteristics<br />

at drilling sites <strong>and</strong> used<br />

models derived from previous studies to<br />

predict response zones. Results will<br />

be useful in future exploration-plan<br />

reviews <strong>and</strong> other post-sale<br />

applications.<br />

The MMS recently contracted to<br />

study the Davis Strait bowhead stock,<br />

which is relatively pristine <strong>and</strong> free<br />

from man-induced noise disturbance,<br />

with the goal to <strong>com</strong>pare the "normal"<br />

behavior of those whales to the<br />

"normal" behavior of the Western Arctic<br />

stock. The latter stock has been<br />

exposed to human activities in both the<br />

Canadian <strong>and</strong> U.S. Beaufort Seas for<br />

over 10 years. We may be able to<br />

determine if cumulative human <strong>and</strong><br />

disturbance effects are evident in the


Western Arctic bowhead stock.<br />

Future Needs <strong>and</strong> Applications<br />

The MMS is presently preparing to<br />

perform a study on the "Effects of<br />

Production Activities on Bowhead<br />

Whales" in the Chukchi <strong>and</strong> Beaufort<br />

Seas to determine if bowhead whales<br />

will be affected by noise in their<br />

spring migration along the Chukchi<br />

coast (near Point Barrow) <strong>and</strong> into the<br />

Beaufort Sea. This study will help us<br />

to find another answer to the long list<br />

of acoustic-stimuli questions associ-<br />

ated with the spectrum of oil <strong>and</strong> gas<br />

operations. These studies usually<br />

require more than 1 year to arrive at<br />

satisfactory findings.<br />

Even with the <strong>com</strong>pletion of this<br />

study, there are other noise-effects<br />

studies that may be required in the<br />

future. One of the <strong>com</strong>pelling reasons<br />

for this lack of specificity is that<br />

many results are not derived from<br />

easily controlled experiments. The MMS<br />

generally is working on wild, protected<br />

species in a harsh environment--not<br />

capturing <strong>and</strong> lab testing large marine<br />

mammals or other protected species.<br />

Instead, reliance on field observations<br />

by trained experts who also can measure<br />

acoustic parameters is required. Team<br />

approaches will continue to be used to<br />

establish the degree of relationship<br />

between offshore operations <strong>and</strong><br />

wildlife .<br />

Conclusion<br />

Over the past several years, MMS<br />

has <strong>com</strong>missioned an array of stuuies<br />

dealing with noise disturbance.<br />

Results from many of these studies have<br />

influenced im<strong>port</strong>ant decision processes<br />

to protect marine mammal <strong>and</strong> bird<br />

populations while simultaneously<br />

fostering orderly oil <strong>and</strong> gas resource<br />

development.<br />

Literature Cited<br />

Baker, C.S., L.M. Herman, B.G. Bays,<br />

<strong>and</strong> W.F. Stifel. 1982. The Impact of<br />

Vessel Traffic on the Behavior of<br />

Humpback Whales in Southeast Alaska.<br />

Unpublished re<strong>port</strong> prepared by Kewalo<br />

Basin Marine Mammals Lab. , Honolulu,<br />

HI, for USDOC, NOAA, National Marine<br />

Mammals Laboratory, Seattle, WA. 39<br />

PP .<br />

Burns, J.J. <strong>and</strong> B.P. Kelly. 1983.<br />

Studies of Ringed Seals in the Alaskan<br />

Beaufort Sea During Winter: Impacts of<br />

Seismic Exploration. Annual Re<strong>port</strong>,<br />

Outer Contimental Shelf Environmental<br />

Assessment Region (OCSEAP) Research<br />

Unit (RU) 232.<br />

Cowles, C. J. <strong>and</strong> J.L. Imm. 1980.<br />

Endangered Species Research: A<br />

Rationale for the Selection of a<br />

Research Strategy. In: Proceedings of<br />

the Interagency ~eetin~ to Review,<br />

Coordinate, <strong>and</strong> Plan Bowhead Whale<br />

Research, other Cetacean Research, <strong>and</strong><br />

Related Research Bearing Upon the Conservation<br />

<strong>and</strong> Protection of Endangered<br />

Marine Species in Alaska <strong>and</strong> Elsewhere.<br />

USDOI, Bureau of L<strong>and</strong> Management. pp.<br />

69-79.<br />

Cummings, W.C., D.V. Holliday, <strong>and</strong> B.J.<br />

Lee. 1984. Potential Impacts of<br />

Man-Made Noise on Ringed Seals:<br />

Vocalizations <strong>and</strong> Reactions. Environ-<br />

mental Assessment of the Alaskan<br />

Continental Shelf. Final Re<strong>port</strong> of<br />

Principal Investigators, RU 636.<br />

Tracer Doc. No. T-84-06-008-U.<br />

124 pp.<br />

Federal Register. 1982a. Regulations<br />

Governing Small Takes of Marine<br />

Mammals Incidental to Specified Activi-<br />

ties, 47(42):9027-9030 (March 3, 1982).<br />

Federal Register. 1982b. Regulations<br />

Governing Small Takes of Marine<br />

Mammals Incidental to Specified Activi-<br />

ties, 47(96):21248-21259 (May 18,<br />

1982).<br />

Frost, K.J., J.J. Burns, <strong>and</strong> L.F.<br />

Lowry. 1985. Distribution, Relative<br />

Abundance, <strong>and</strong> Potential Displacement<br />

of Ringed Seals in Alaska. Abstract<br />

from the Proceedings of the Sixth<br />

Biennial Conference on the Biology of<br />

Marine Mammals.<br />

Good, A.H. 1983. Letter from A.H.<br />

Good, Associate Solicitor, Energy <strong>and</strong><br />

Resources, USDOI, to Dr. Anthony J.<br />

Calio, Deputy Administrator, USDOC,<br />

NOAA; dated May 13, 1983.


Kelly, B.P., L.T. Quakenbush, <strong>and</strong> J.R.<br />

Rose. 1986. Ringed Seal Winter<br />

Ecology <strong>and</strong> Effects of Noise Disturb-<br />

ance. Environmental Assessment of the<br />

Alaskan Continental Shelf. Final<br />

Re<strong>port</strong> of Principal Investigators, Part<br />

2, RU 232. 83 pp.<br />

Ljungblad, D.K., B. Wursig, S.L.<br />

Swartz, <strong>and</strong> J.M. Keene. 1985. Obser-<br />

vations of the Behavior of Bowhead<br />

Whales (Balaena mysticetus) in the<br />

Presence of Operating Seismic Explora-<br />

tion Vessels in the Alaskan Beaufort<br />

Sea. OCS Study MMS 85-0076. Re<strong>port</strong><br />

prepared by SEACO, Inc. Anchorage, AK:<br />

USDOI, MMS, Alaska OCS Region. 51 pp.<br />

Malrne, C.I., P.R. Miles, C.W. Clark, P.<br />

Tyack, <strong>and</strong> J.E. Bird. 1983. Investi-<br />

gations of the Potential Effects of<br />

Underwater Noise from Petroleum Indus-<br />

try Activities on Migrating Gray Whale<br />

Behavior. Re<strong>port</strong> No. 5366 prepared by<br />

Bolt, Beranek, <strong>and</strong> Newman, Inc.,<br />

Cambridge, MA, for USDOI, MMS, Alaska<br />

OCS Region, Anchorage, AK. 134 pp.<br />

Malme, C.I., P.R. Miles, C.W. Clark, P.<br />

Tyack, <strong>and</strong> J.E. Bird. 1984. Investi-<br />

gation of the Potential Effects of<br />

Underwater Noise from Petroleum Indus-<br />

try Activities on Migrating Gray Whale<br />

Behavior, Phase 11. January 1984<br />

Migration. Re<strong>port</strong> No. 5586 prepared by<br />

Bolt, Beranek, <strong>and</strong> Newman, Inc., for<br />

USDOI, MMS, Alaska OCS Region,<br />

Anchorage, AK. 185 pp.<br />

Malme, C.I., P.R. Miles, P. Tyack, C.W.<br />

Clark, <strong>and</strong> J.E. Bird. 1985. Investi-<br />

gation of the Potential Effects of<br />

Underwater Noise from Petroleum Indus-<br />

try Activities on Feeding Humpback<br />

Whale Behavior. Re<strong>port</strong> No. 5851<br />

prepared by Bolt, Beranek, <strong>and</strong> Newman,<br />

Inc., for USDOI, MMS, Alaska OCS<br />

Region, Anchorage, AK. 100 pp.<br />

Malme, C.I., B. Wursig, J.E. Bird, <strong>and</strong><br />

P. Tyack. 1986. Behavioral Responses<br />

of Gray Whales to Industrial Noise:<br />

Feeding Observations <strong>and</strong> Predictive<br />

Modeling. Environmental Assessment of<br />

the Alaskan Continental Shelf. Final<br />

Re<strong>port</strong> of Principal Investigators, RU<br />

675. BBN Re<strong>port</strong> No. 6265. 164 pp.<br />

McLaren, P.L., C.R. Greene, W.J.<br />

Richardson, <strong>and</strong> R.A. Davis. 1986.<br />

Bowhead Whales <strong>and</strong> Under-Water Noise<br />

Near a Drillship Operation in the<br />

Alaskan Beaufort Sea, 1985. Re<strong>port</strong><br />

prepared by LGL Limited <strong>and</strong> Greenridge<br />

Sciences for UNOCAL Corp. 137 pp.<br />

Richardson, W.J., ed. 1983. Behavior,<br />

Disturbance Responses, <strong>and</strong> Distribution<br />

of Bowhead Whales, Balaena mysticetus,<br />

in the Eastern Beaufort Sea. 1982.<br />

Unpublished re<strong>port</strong> prepared by LGL<br />

Ecological Research Associates, Inc.,<br />

Bryan, TX, for USDOI, MMS, Reston, VA.<br />

357 pp.<br />

Richardson, W.J., ed. 1985. Behavior,<br />

Disturbance Responses, <strong>and</strong> Distribution<br />

of Bowhead Whales, Balaena mysticetus,<br />

in the Eastern Beaufort Sea. 1980-84.<br />

OCS Study MMS 85-0034. Prepared by LGL<br />

Ecological Research Associates, Inc.,<br />

for USDOI, MMS. 306 pp.<br />

Sorensen, P.W., R.J. Medved, M.A.M.<br />

Hyman, <strong>and</strong> H.E. Winn. 1984. Distribu-<br />

tion <strong>and</strong> Abundance of Cetaceans in the<br />

Vicinity of Human Activities Along the<br />

Continental Shelf of the Northwestern<br />

Atlantic. Marine Environmental<br />

Research 12:69-81.<br />

Stewart, B.S., F.T. Awbrey, <strong>and</strong> W.E.<br />

Evans. 1983. Beluga Whale,<br />

Delphinapterus leucas, Responses to<br />

Industrial Noise in Nushagak<br />

Bay, Alaska: 1983. Environmental<br />

Assessment of the Alaskan Continental<br />

Shelf. Final Re<strong>port</strong> of Principal<br />

Investigators, RU 629. Hubbs-Sea World<br />

Research Institute, Technical Re<strong>port</strong><br />

No. 83-161. 9 pp.<br />

USDOI, FWS, 1982. Section 7 Consulta-<br />

tion (1-1-83-F-1). Studies on Southern<br />

Sea Otter Response to Acoustic Stimuli.<br />

December 14, 1982. 6 pp.<br />

USDOC , NOAA, NMFS. 1980. Endangered<br />

Species Act Section 7 Consultation -<br />

Biological Opinion for Proposed Outer<br />

Continental Shelf Oil <strong>and</strong> Gas Lease<br />

Sale in the Nearshore Beaufort Sea <strong>and</strong><br />

All Resulting Activities (Sale BF).<br />

June 24. 1980. 19 pp.<br />

USDOC, NOAA, NMFS. 1987. Endangered<br />

Species Act Section 7 Consultation <strong>and</strong><br />

Biological Opinion for Oil <strong>and</strong> Gas<br />

Leasing <strong>and</strong> Exploration - Beaufort Sea<br />

Sale 97. May 20, 1987. 22 pp.


Abstract<br />

UNRESOLVED ASPECTS CONCERNING THE INFLUENCE<br />

OF NOISE ON MARINE MAMMALS<br />

J. M. Terhune<br />

University of New Brunswick, Saint John, New Brunswick, CANADA<br />

The im<strong>port</strong>ance <strong>and</strong> utilization of<br />

<strong>under</strong>water sounds in the lives of marine<br />

manuals varies greatly. Some species<br />

are virtually silent <strong>and</strong> inhabit areas<br />

where sound transmission is possible<br />

over only short distances. Other<br />

species vocalize year round <strong>and</strong><br />

inhabit areas where sounds can be<br />

detected at great distances. The<br />

detection of purposefully produced<br />

vocalizations <strong>and</strong> natural "noises" can,<br />

in theory, be measured or predicted<br />

using current knowledge <strong>and</strong> technology.<br />

The influence of man-made sounds on the<br />

detection of "natural" sounds can be<br />

determined. While noise exposure models<br />

can be constructed, these models will be<br />

restricted to the detection of sounds.<br />

The myriad of possible consequences of<br />

industrial noises masking natural sounds<br />

anchor introducing frightening acoustic<br />

stimuli is largely unknown. Until the<br />

role of sound in a natural setting is<br />

known for a species, it will be<br />

difficult to predict (or measure) the<br />

in luence of a perturbed situation.<br />

Efforts must be made to link short <strong>and</strong><br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of apaperpresented<br />

at the Ninth International Conference on Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean<br />

Engineering Under Arctic Conditions, Fairbanks, Alaska,<br />

USA, August 17-22, 1987. Q The Geophysical Institute,<br />

University of Alaska, 1987.<br />

long- term life history factors with<br />

noise exposure models. This will<br />

require the development of new<br />

approaches <strong>and</strong> technologies as well as<br />

utilization of available techniques.<br />

Introduction<br />

There is great variability in the<br />

prevalence <strong>and</strong> nature of <strong>under</strong>water<br />

vocalizations of marine mammals. The<br />

very long range calls of some cetaceans<br />

(Payne <strong>and</strong> Webb, 1971) contrast markedly<br />

with the echo-location pulses of others.<br />

Presumed <strong>com</strong>municative vocalizations of<br />

seals exhibit much variability. Weddell<br />

seals (Leptonychotes weddelli) call<br />

throughout the year, over long distances<br />

<strong>and</strong> have a wide variety of call types<br />

(Thomas <strong>and</strong> Kuechle, 1982) . The harbor<br />

seal (Phoca vitulina), however, is<br />

almost silent. Fig. 1 illustrates the<br />

variable nature of the vocal behavior of<br />

a few phocids. Using the nature of the<br />

vocal activities as an index, it would<br />

follow that the im<strong>port</strong>ance of <strong>under</strong>water<br />

<strong>com</strong>nunication to the species also varies<br />

greatly. To seme extent, this diversity<br />

may reflect the acoustical properties of<br />

the areas which the various species<br />

inhabit. For example, harbor seals<br />

frequent coastal areas which are<br />

characterized by very shallow water,<br />

irregular bottom features, isl<strong>and</strong>s,<br />

turbidity, upright vegetation in the


water etc. These features will severely<br />

limit the transmission distance of<br />

<strong>under</strong>water sound. During <strong>under</strong>water<br />

recording sessions in an estuary, I<br />

often heard the airborne noises of small<br />

fishing boats well before I could detect<br />

them with a hydrophone. Polar seals in<br />

ice-covered waters are not so limited<br />

<strong>and</strong> long range inter-animal<br />

<strong>com</strong>munication is possible. Weddell<br />

seals have been heard (through<br />

hydrophones) at distances of almost 30<br />

km (Thomas <strong>and</strong> Kuechle, 1982). Ambient<br />

noises generated by ice, wind <strong>and</strong> rain<br />

will interfere with the cmunication<br />

channels. In addition, species with<br />

high population concentrations or very<br />

distant calling ranges, may well mask<br />

each other (Terhune <strong>and</strong> Ronald, 1986).<br />

The evolutionary pressures of these<br />

noises may well have shaped the vocal<br />

<strong>com</strong>munication channels utilized by the<br />

various marine mammals.<br />

Ñ<br />

Weddell<br />

Short bharbor w<br />

Seasonal<br />

CALL TYTnP "ria<br />

Few Many<br />

Fig. 1. Variability of seal vocalization<br />

patterns.<br />

Detection of Sounds<br />

Cmunication is limited by the<br />

sensitivity <strong>and</strong> decoding abilities of<br />

the receiver. To date, only a few<br />

aspects of marine mama1 hearing have<br />

been examined. These include the<br />

sensitivity to pure tones, critical<br />

ratios (e.g. Moore <strong>and</strong> Schusterman,<br />

1987), directional hearing (e.g.<br />

Terhune, 1974) <strong>and</strong> upper frequency<br />

limits (e-g. Terhune <strong>and</strong> Ronald, 1976).<br />

These, <strong>and</strong> other studies, have examined<br />

only a few individuals of a few species<br />

<strong>and</strong> the results must be interpreted in<br />

the "broad brush" sense only. A recent<br />

study (Terhune, unpublished results)<br />

suggests that seals <strong>and</strong> bottlenosed<br />

dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) process<br />

short duration sounds somewhat<br />

differently (porpoise data from Johnson,<br />

1968). A directional hearing study<br />

suggests that lew frequencies <strong>and</strong> pure<br />

tones cannot be located accurately<br />

(Terhune, 1974). This implies that many<br />

sounds could not be cross correlated<br />

(cocktail party effect). This will have<br />

direct bearing on the masking influence<br />

of noises. To date, masking studies<br />

have had the test signal <strong>and</strong> masking<br />

sound originate from the same sound<br />

source. This effectively reduces the<br />

possibility of separating the signal<br />

from the noise by cross-correlation<br />

techniques. Thus, the sets of values<br />

re<strong>port</strong>ed in Moore <strong>and</strong> Schustennan (1987)<br />

may be higher than would be the case if<br />

a high frequency <strong>and</strong> somewhat irregular<br />

signal (i.e. not a continuous pure tone)<br />

from one source were masked by a noise<br />

from another direction.<br />

Because some vocal marine mama1<br />

species have essentially evolved <strong>under</strong><br />

various types of noisy <strong>conditions</strong>, some<br />

vocalizations may be somewhat pre-<br />

disposed to over<strong>com</strong>ing noise. The very<br />

long (45-60 sec), frequency modulated<br />

call of the bearded seal (Ray et al.,<br />

1969) <strong>and</strong> the repetitive, harp seal<br />

calls which increase in loudness <strong>and</strong>(or)<br />

frequency toward their finish (Watkins<br />

<strong>and</strong> Schevill, 1979) will be more<br />

detectable <strong>under</strong> noisy <strong>conditions</strong> than<br />

short duration calls. The evolution of<br />

very different types of calls also<br />

suggests that acoustical <strong>com</strong>munication<br />

will be utilized for different purposes<br />

in various species. While harp seals<br />

may depend upon their myriad of calls<br />

for locating the reproductive herd<br />

<strong>and</strong>/or courtship (Terhune <strong>and</strong> Ronald,


1986), ringed seals may utilize sounds<br />

in association with territorial defense<br />

(Stirling, 1973).<br />

There are many unanswered questions<br />

concerning the capabilities of marine<br />

manmals to detect <strong>and</strong> recognize various<br />

sounds. Until further information can<br />

be obtained, we can only utilize<br />

extrapolations from other species or<br />

assume that the various systems are<br />

noise limited <strong>and</strong> thus may be inferred<br />

from an examination of ambient noises.<br />

Sound detection thresholds of baleen<br />

whales clearly must be dealt with in<br />

this latter manner. Many technically<br />

difficult problems could be investigated<br />

<strong>and</strong> reasonable approximations on the<br />

limits of detectability or recognition<br />

generated. For example, equal loudness<br />

curves would permit the establishment of<br />

"weighting curves" similar to the "A, B,<br />

<strong>and</strong> C" curves established for humans.<br />

This would be in<strong>port</strong>ant in assessing<br />

perceived levels of sounds. Because<br />

high frequencies are absorbed to a<br />

greater extent than low frequencies, the<br />

spectrum of vocalizations will change<br />

with distance. Thus, Weddell seal<br />

vocalizations of 30 km distance will<br />

sound appreciably different than the<br />

same calls at close range. This is<br />

analogous to the human situation of<br />

hearing someone speaking on the<br />

telephone. In the Weddell seal case,<br />

the researchers could identify the calls<br />

of seals 30 krn away. We do not know at<br />

what distance the sounds would be<br />

detectable, <strong>and</strong> still recognizable, to<br />

the seals however. The question of<br />

which statistical level to use when<br />

considering the influence of ambient<br />

noises must also be addressed. If the<br />

sound levels can be accurately<br />

described, it should be possible to<br />

consider the various pro<strong>port</strong>ions of<br />

noise <strong>and</strong> quiet periods. In some<br />

instances, the term "ambient signal" may<br />

better describe the ambient "noise" as<br />

the marine mammal may be obtaining some<br />

information relating to navigation,<br />

location of open water etc. by listening<br />

to specific sounds. Although many<br />

experiments examining these <strong>and</strong> similar<br />

questions would be costly <strong>and</strong> time<br />

consuming to perform, they are<br />

technically possible <strong>and</strong> will likely be<br />

<strong>com</strong>pleted in due time.<br />

Situation of the Listener<br />

The problem of assessing possible<br />

consequences of industrial noises is<br />

made particularly difficult because it<br />

not only requires information on the<br />

noise but also on the situation of the<br />

listener. In the human case, public<br />

protests concerning air<strong>port</strong> noises are<br />

ccinmon <strong>and</strong> have resulted in the<br />

initiation of a number of mitigative<br />

measures specifically aimed at reducing<br />

the absolute noise levels <strong>and</strong> timing of<br />

the noises. Many humans, however, are<br />

kncwn to actively seek out or<br />

voluntarily tolerate dangerously loud<br />

sounds. Persons attending "rock<br />

concerts" or patronizing a bar that has<br />

entertainment, tolerate noise levels<br />

that are known to cause permanent<br />

hearing loss. The disturbing noises<br />

generated by a late night party may<br />

depend upon whether or not you were<br />

invited!<br />

High frequency acoustic scaring<br />

devices have been employed to protect<br />

fish or crops from mammalian <strong>and</strong> avian<br />

pests. These devices have generally<br />

been found to be ineffectual against<br />

rodents <strong>and</strong> rabbits (Wilson <strong>and</strong><br />

McKillop, 1986) <strong>and</strong> harbor seals<br />

(Geiger, 1985) . Although these devices<br />

shew some initial success, the mammals<br />

in question may habituate to the sound,<br />

have different initial tolerance levels<br />

<strong>and</strong>/or the intensity involved does not<br />

cause unconditioned aural pain (Geiger ,<br />

1985). In the case of using a sound<br />

deterrent device to protect salmon<br />

caught in gill nets, the sound may<br />

frighten the seals <strong>and</strong> sea lions away<br />

initially but, without further negative<br />

reinforcement, may <strong>com</strong>e to serve as a<br />

dinner bell. Harbor seals that haul out<br />

onto offshore rocks in the Bay of Fundy,<br />

Canada, have habituated to traffic<br />

noises from a road a half kilometer<br />

away. The seals remained on the<br />

haul-out site when large trans<strong>port</strong><br />

trucks went by but raced to the water<br />

when a researcher inadvertently slmd<br />

a car door. These seals have a regular


haul-out cycle <strong>and</strong> will tend to return<br />

to the rocks if a disturbance occurs<br />

early in the cycle, but will remain in<br />

the water if they are disturbed late in<br />

the cycle. Thus sounds which will<br />

frighten marine mamnals in the short<br />

term are variable <strong>and</strong> the context in<br />

which the sound is detected is<br />

im<strong>port</strong>ant.<br />

Frightening Sounds<br />

Some sounds (<strong>and</strong><br />

can generate extreme<br />

Very loud noises may<br />

related activities)<br />

fear in a manmal.<br />

terrorize an animal<br />

<strong>and</strong> result in long-lasting behavioral<br />

changes. For example, many dogs <strong>and</strong><br />

other domestic animals are known to be<br />

frightened of th<strong>under</strong>storms or to be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

"gun-shy". I have observed instances in<br />

which harbor seals have been shot at <strong>and</strong><br />

subsequently vacated a haul-out ledge<br />

for a month or so. Overall, however,<br />

seals in the Bay of F'undy have cone to<br />

tolerate much human-related disturbance.<br />

During daylight, they are constantly<br />

vigilant when hauled-out , while<br />

(protected) harbor seals in California<br />

are thought to sleep (Terhune, 1985).<br />

Harbor seals return to the Bay of F'undy<br />

each spring following an annual<br />

migration to the United States (where<br />

they are legally protected). In spite<br />

of being purposefully harassed, these<br />

seals remain in the area <strong>and</strong> don't swim<br />

back to the U.S.A. (which they could do<br />

in a day or two). Over time, through<br />

genetic selection, a marine mammal<br />

population may be<strong>com</strong>e more tolerant of<br />

disturbance than their ancestors.<br />

Through more active selection, a similar<br />

situation has occurred with domestic<br />

animals.<br />

Life History Linkage with Noise Exposure<br />

The role of acoustical <strong>com</strong>munication<br />

(both active <strong>and</strong> passive) in the lives<br />

of marine manmals must be known to<br />

properly utilize a noise exposure model.<br />

The variability of marine mama1<br />

vocalizations suggest that it would be<br />

necessary to construct species specific<br />

noise exposure models. Once the normal<br />

situation is properly determined <strong>and</strong> the<br />

noise model constructed, the final step<br />

(<strong>and</strong> probably most difficult) will be to<br />

assess the situation with regard to<br />

various life history parameters. That<br />

is, the receiver end of the noise<br />

exposure model must be calibrated.<br />

Various studies have noted short-term<br />

behavioral responses. Will the noise<br />

exposure be reflected in long term<br />

recruitment, mortality, longevity <strong>and</strong>/or<br />

distribution of the species? Life<br />

history studies will, more likely,<br />

reflect the influence of a number of<br />

perturbatinq factors simultaneously. It<br />

may not be possible to detect an<br />

influence resulting frcm a single mode<br />

of disturbance. Another unknown is the<br />

cumulative effect of stresses (Geraci<br />

<strong>and</strong> St. Aubin, 1980 ) . A multi-faceted<br />

increase in human activity in an area<br />

could possibly result in a greater<br />

overall impact than would be predicted<br />

by the sum of all the impacts of<br />

individual factors. The myriad of<br />

caplex interactions may mask all but<br />

the most extreme problems.<br />

Life history studies of all marine<br />

manual species are far from <strong>com</strong>plete.<br />

There is still controversy over the<br />

population estimates of harp seals<br />

(Holt, 1987) even though this is<br />

probably one of the best known of all<br />

marine mama1 populations. Technical<br />

problems of locating the animals <strong>and</strong> the<br />

wide range of variation associated with<br />

food, ice <strong>conditions</strong>, weather, age<br />

structures, etc. result in population<br />

assessment with large st<strong>and</strong>ard errors.<br />

Marine manmal studies are occasionally<br />

confounded by the secrecy associated<br />

with naval operations <strong>and</strong> studies. The<br />

routes <strong>and</strong> noises produced by many<br />

vessels (e.g. nuclear submarines) are<br />

known but not available to the public.<br />

Assessment of a noise disturbance model<br />

would begin with an unknown amount of<br />

disturbance already occurring.<br />

In spite of all of the problems<br />

noted above, it should be possible to<br />

relate sane life history factors to a<br />

noise exposure model. This would<br />

require a long term set of species by<br />

species studies conducted by a stable,<br />

experienced workforce. Until such<br />

studies link biological consequences to


noise exposures, the value of noise<br />

exposure models will be marginal at<br />

best.<br />

References<br />

Geiger, A.C. 1985. Evaluation of seal<br />

harassment devices to protect<br />

salmon in gillnet fisheries.<br />

Abstract. - "Sixth Biennial<br />

Conference on the Biology of<br />

Marine ~ammals,"Vancouver, B.C.<br />

Geraci, J.R., <strong>and</strong> D.J. St. Aubin. 1980.<br />

Offshore petroleum resource<br />

development <strong>and</strong> marine mammals: a<br />

review <strong>and</strong> research re<strong>com</strong>mendations.<br />

Mar. Fish. Rev. 42: 1-12.<br />

Holt, S.J. 1987. Letter to the editor.<br />

Bulletin, Can. Soc. Zool. 18: 9.<br />

Johnson, C.S. 1968. Relation between<br />

absolute threshold <strong>and</strong> duration-of<br />

tone pulses in the bottlenosed<br />

porpoise. J. Acoust. Soc. Amer.<br />

43: 757-763.<br />

Sterlinq, I. 1973. Vocalization in the<br />

ringed seal (Phcca hispida). J.<br />

Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 30: 1592-1594.<br />

Ray, C., W.A. Watkins <strong>and</strong> J. J. Burns.<br />

1969. The <strong>under</strong>water sonq of<br />

Erignathus (bearded seal ).<br />

Zoologia 54: 79-83.<br />

Terhune, J.M. 1974. Directional hearinq<br />

of a harbor seal in air <strong>and</strong> water.<br />

J. Acoust. Scc. Amer. 56:<br />

1862-1865.<br />

Terhune, J.M. 1985. Scanning behavior<br />

of harbor seals on haul-out sites.<br />

J. Mammal. 66: 392-395.<br />

Terhune, J.M. <strong>and</strong> K. Ronald. 1976. The<br />

upper frequency limit of ringed<br />

seal hearing. can. J. Zool. 54:<br />

1226-1229.<br />

Terhune, J.M. <strong>and</strong> K. Ronald. 1976.<br />

Distant <strong>and</strong> near range functions<br />

of harp seal <strong>under</strong>water calls.<br />

Can. J. Zool. 64: 1065-1070.<br />

Thomas, J.A. <strong>and</strong> V.B. Kuechle. 1982.<br />

Guantitative analvsis of Weddell<br />

seal (Leptonych;tes weddelli)<br />

<strong>under</strong>water vocalizations at<br />

McMurdo Sound, Ant<strong>arctic</strong>a. J.<br />

Acoust. Soc. Amer. 72: 1730-1738.<br />

Watkins, W.A. <strong>and</strong> W.E. Schevill. 1979.<br />

Distinctive characteristics of<br />

<strong>under</strong>water calls of the harp seal,<br />

Phoca groenl<strong>and</strong>ica, during the<br />

breeding season. J. Acoust. Soc.<br />

Amer. 66: 983-988.<br />

Wilson, C.J. <strong>and</strong> I.G. McKillop. 1986.<br />

An acoustinq scaring device tested<br />

against European rabbits. Wildl.<br />

Soc. Bull. 14: 409-411.<br />

Discussion<br />

B. MORRIS: Would you speculate on the<br />

purpose of bearded seal vocalizations?<br />

You stated that bearded seals have only<br />

one type of call that they use year-<br />

round.<br />

J. TERHUNE: Watkins <strong>and</strong> Burns (Zoologica<br />

54:79-83, 1969) believe that the males<br />

call curing the breeding season to<br />

proclaim territory <strong>and</strong> (or) breeding<br />

condition. At other times of the year<br />

the seals are apparently solitary. Calls<br />

may then act as a means by which the<br />

seals can space themselves <strong>and</strong> not<br />

inadvertently cluster in an area. The<br />

calls might also permit the animals to<br />

stay in contact (an acoustic herd) even<br />

though dispersed.<br />

S. TREACY: Do harbor seals echo-locate?<br />

J. TERHUNE: I don't think so. The seals<br />

do not emit trains of clicks which would<br />

enhance the amount of information they<br />

could gather. I don't believe that<br />

emitting a single click would work,<br />

especially on a moving target.


Abstract<br />

EFFECTS OF INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES ON RINGED SEALS<br />

IN ALASKA, AS INDICATED BY AERIAL SURVEYS<br />

Kathryn J. Frost<br />

Lloyd F. Lowry<br />

Alaska Department of Fish <strong>and</strong> Game, Fairbanks, Alaska, USA<br />

The preferred pupping habitat of<br />

ringed seals (Phoca hispida) is the<br />

stable shorefast ice which also provides<br />

a convenient platform for some types of<br />

industrial activity. Concern for the<br />

possible effects of on-ice industrial<br />

activities on ringed seals has resulted<br />

in restrictions on industry <strong>and</strong> in<br />

research to evaluate the problem.<br />

Aerial surveys were conducted in 1970,<br />

1975-77, <strong>and</strong> 1981-82, <strong>and</strong> the data were<br />

used to <strong>com</strong>pare ringed seal abundance in<br />

"industrial" <strong>and</strong> "control" areas.<br />

Results were equivocal <strong>and</strong> sometimes<br />

contradictory.<br />

In 1985-87 a major program of<br />

aerial surveys was conducted to monitor<br />

the ringed seal population off Alaska<br />

<strong>and</strong> to continue investigating possible<br />

effects of industrial activities.<br />

Studies around artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s in the<br />

central Beaufort Sea suggest some<br />

displacement of seals within 2 nm<br />

(nautical miles) of the isl<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

Comparisons of industrial <strong>and</strong> control<br />

blocks indicated that seals were more<br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of apaper presen ted<br />

at the Ninth International Conference on Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean<br />

Engineering Under Arctic Conditions, Fairbanks, Alaska,<br />

USA, August 17-22, 1987.<br />

abundant in the industrial block whether<br />

or not industrial activity had occurred.<br />

Historical data indicate that seal<br />

density in the Beaufort Sea was high in<br />

1975, decreased greatly by 1977, <strong>and</strong> has<br />

subsequently increased. Although these<br />

trends correlate with levels of<br />

industrial activity (high in the late<br />

1970's <strong>and</strong> early 1980ts, then decreasing<br />

greatly in 1985-87), the changes<br />

occurred in areas both with <strong>and</strong> without<br />

activity <strong>and</strong> are, therefore, probably<br />

due to some other cause. Other studies<br />

in addition to aerial surveys are needed<br />

in order to <strong>under</strong>st<strong>and</strong> ringed seals <strong>and</strong><br />

how they may be affected by human<br />

activities.<br />

Introduction <strong>and</strong> Background<br />

Ringed seals (Phoca hispida) are<br />

the most abundant marine mammals found<br />

in seasonally ice-covered waters of<br />

northern Alaska. These seals are an<br />

im<strong>port</strong>ant subsistence species for<br />

coastal residents of northern Alaska <strong>and</strong><br />

are a major ecological <strong>com</strong>ponent of the<br />

<strong>arctic</strong> <strong>and</strong> sub<strong>arctic</strong> marine fauna. They<br />

prey on small fishes <strong>and</strong> crustaceans<br />

(Lowry et al. 1980) <strong>and</strong> are the major<br />

prey of polar bears (Ursus maritimus)<br />

(Smith 1980). Ringed seals <strong>com</strong>pete for<br />

food with other pinnipeds, as well as<br />

seabirds, <strong>arctic</strong> cod (Boreogadus saida),


<strong>and</strong> bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus)<br />

(Lowry et al. 1978-t <strong>and</strong> Lowry<br />

1984).<br />

Ringed seals normally spend winter<br />

<strong>and</strong> spring on <strong>and</strong> <strong>under</strong> extensive<br />

unbroken shorefast ice. They maintain<br />

breathing holes through the shorefast<br />

ice, <strong>and</strong> in spring bear their young in<br />

subnivean lairs on top of the ice (Smith<br />

<strong>and</strong> Stirling 1975). The shorefast ice<br />

also provides a convenient platform on<br />

which various aspects of petroleum<br />

development can be conducted, including<br />

construction <strong>and</strong> maintenance of winter<br />

ice roads <strong>and</strong> airstrips, <strong>and</strong> seismic<br />

exploration. Areas most suitable for<br />

industrial activity may also sup<strong>port</strong><br />

relatively high densities of ringed<br />

seals.<br />

In June 1970, Burns <strong>and</strong> Harbo<br />

(1972) conducted the first extensive<br />

aerial surveys of ringed seals in<br />

shorefast ice areas of the Chukchi <strong>and</strong><br />

Beaufort seas. The principal objectives<br />

of the research were to develop survey<br />

techniques <strong>and</strong> to gather baseline<br />

information on ringed seal distribution<br />

<strong>and</strong> density. However, since seismic<br />

exploratory activities were ongoing in<br />

the study area, an attempt was made to<br />

determine whether the surveys could<br />

detect any effect of seismic activities<br />

on seal distribution. (Profiling was<br />

conducted using dynamite charges -<br />

maximum charge of 50 pounds - buried a<br />

minimum of 1 foot per pound, with a<br />

minimum burial of 20 feet to generate<br />

seismic waves which were used to<br />

determine subsurface geological<br />

profiles. In waters deeper than 3<br />

fathoms, activities were terminated on<br />

15 March.) Locations of seismic lines<br />

were plotted <strong>and</strong> "undisturbed" <strong>and</strong><br />

"disturbed" areas in the central<br />

Beaufort Sea were chosen for analysis.<br />

Comparisons based on surveys flown on<br />

9 June showed a slightly higher density<br />

in the disturbed area while the reverse<br />

was true on 13 June. Based on their<br />

data, the authors concluded that seismic<br />

operations such as were being conducted<br />

<strong>under</strong> state regulations had not<br />

appreciably displaced ringed seals.<br />

From 1971 to 1974, ringed seal<br />

surveys were not conducted. During that<br />

time development of alternative seismic<br />

energy sources other than explosives was<br />

encouraged. Surveys conducted using<br />

air-guns <strong>and</strong> vibroseis equipment were<br />

allowed to operate in water deeper than<br />

3 fathoms after the 15 March cutoff<br />

date.<br />

Extensive aerial surveys were again<br />

conducted in June of 1975, 1976, <strong>and</strong><br />

1977, principally to investigate the<br />

possible magnitude of annual<br />

fluctuations in ringed seal abundance<br />

along the Beaufort Sea coast (Burns <strong>and</strong><br />

Eley 1978). Specific tests of the<br />

effects of on-ice human activities were<br />

not included in the survey design since<br />

the objective was an extensive,<br />

broad-scale assessment of abundance.<br />

However, a substantial increase in<br />

on-ice seismic activity was evident both<br />

to permitting agencies <strong>and</strong> to ringed<br />

seal survey personnel, <strong>and</strong> a request was<br />

therefore made to use these data to<br />

<strong>com</strong>pare seal densities in areas with <strong>and</strong><br />

without extensive seismic survey<br />

activity. The <strong>com</strong>parisons consistently<br />

showed a lower density of seals in<br />

"seismic areas" than in adjacent<br />

"controls." The magnitude of this<br />

difference ranged from 227 to 88% with<br />

an average difference of 51% for the 3<br />

years (Burns <strong>and</strong> Kelly 1982).<br />

Therefore, the best available data<br />

indicated that displacement was<br />

occurring, <strong>and</strong> beginning in 1979 a<br />

cutoff date of 20 March was imposed on<br />

operations in water deeper than 3<br />

fathoms. The cutoff date was intended<br />

to avoid disturbance of ringed seals<br />

during the primary pupping period.<br />

However, it had a severe impact on<br />

industry by restricting the potential<br />

duration of their operations <strong>and</strong><br />

eliminating the optimum working period<br />

in terms of daylight, weather, <strong>and</strong> ice<br />

<strong>conditions</strong>. Therefore, in 1981 a<br />

program began as part of the Outer<br />

Continental Shelf Environmental<br />

Assessment Program to clarify <strong>and</strong><br />

quantify the possible impacts of on-ice<br />

seismic exploration on ringed seals.<br />

Intensive aerial surveys were one<br />

<strong>com</strong>ponent of that program.<br />

From 2 to 9 June 1981, 12 aerial<br />

survey flights were conducted in the<br />

Beaufort Sea with emphasis on areas of<br />

intense seismic activity (Burns et al.<br />

1981). On 3 days, surveys were flown


directly along seismic shot lines <strong>and</strong> on<br />

"control" lines which were parallel to<br />

<strong>and</strong> midway between the seismic lines.<br />

On 2 days, seal density was higher on<br />

the control lines, while on the third,<br />

density was higher on the seismic lines.<br />

Comparisons similar to those previously<br />

done for 1975-77 data were also made<br />

between 2 sets of seismic <strong>and</strong> adjacent<br />

control blocks. In both cases, seal<br />

densities were virtually identical in<br />

the seismic <strong>and</strong> control blocks.<br />

From 26 May to 4 June 1982, aerial<br />

surveys were again flown along seismic<br />

lines <strong>and</strong> on control lines midway<br />

between the seismic lines (Burns <strong>and</strong><br />

Kelly 1982). Statistical <strong>com</strong>parisons<br />

were made of the density of seals on<br />

seismic <strong>and</strong> control lines for 8 flights<br />

made on 7 days. A significant<br />

difference was found in only 1<br />

<strong>com</strong>parison, <strong>and</strong> in that case seal<br />

density was higher on the seismic<br />

transects than on the controls. There<br />

were no significant differences when<br />

data for all flights were <strong>com</strong>bined.<br />

While the results were sometimes<br />

equivocal or even contradictory, these<br />

studies, in aggregate, indicated that<br />

on-ice seismic activity of the type <strong>and</strong><br />

intensity conducted at that time did not<br />

result in large-scale displacement of<br />

ringed seals in the central Beaufort<br />

Sea. However, the fact remained that<br />

ringed seals are abundant <strong>and</strong><br />

ecologically im<strong>port</strong>ant along the Chukchi<br />

<strong>and</strong> Beaufort sea coasts, <strong>and</strong> that their<br />

preferred pupping habitat, the shorefast<br />

ice, also provides a convenient platform<br />

for industrial activities. There was a<br />

clear need to develop accurate <strong>and</strong><br />

repeatable techniques for assessing<br />

ringed seal abundance, as well as to<br />

determine what factors influence ringed<br />

seal distribution. Therefore, beginning<br />

in 1985, the Minerals Management Service<br />

through the National Oceanic <strong>and</strong><br />

Atmospheric Administration Outer<br />

Continental Shelf Environmental<br />

Assessment Program funded a 3-year study<br />

to monitor the ringed seal population<br />

off Alaska <strong>and</strong> to continue investigating<br />

the possible effects of industrial<br />

activities on ringed seals. The results<br />

of that study are presented in this<br />

paper.<br />

Methods<br />

Aerial survey design<br />

In order to gather the type of<br />

baseline data needed for a monitoring<br />

program, we chose to conduct an<br />

extensive survey covering all of the<br />

shorefast ice between Kotzebue Sound <strong>and</strong><br />

Barter Isl<strong>and</strong>. The study area was<br />

divided into 11 sample units that<br />

corresponded to sectors used in previous<br />

surveys (Burns <strong>and</strong> Harbo 1972; ADF&G<br />

unpubl.). Sector boundaries were marked<br />

by identifiable l<strong>and</strong>marks such as capes,<br />

points, villages, or radar installations<br />

(Figure 1). Surveys were conducted over<br />

the shorefast ice between 20 May <strong>and</strong><br />

16 June, beginning in Kotzebue Sound <strong>and</strong><br />

proceeding north <strong>and</strong> east to Barter<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong>. The Chukchi Sea was surveyed<br />

from 20 to 31 May, <strong>and</strong> the Beaufort Sea<br />

from 27 May to 16 June, to coincide with<br />

ice <strong>conditions</strong> which were optimal for<br />

sighting seals <strong>and</strong> with the peak period<br />

of seal haul-out.<br />

The surveys were flown between 1000<br />

<strong>and</strong> 1600 hours true local time, the time<br />

of day when maximum numbers of seals are<br />

known to haul out (Burns <strong>and</strong> Harbo 1972;<br />

Smith <strong>and</strong> Hammill 1981). The obser-<br />

vation platform was a Twin Otter<br />

aircraft equipped with oversize bubble<br />

windows, radar altimeter, <strong>and</strong> Omega-GNS<br />

500 Global Navigation System, flown at a<br />

true ground speed of 110-130 knots.<br />

Survey altitude was usually 500 ft in<br />

the Chukchi Sea <strong>and</strong> 300 ft in the<br />

Beaufort Sea.<br />

Strip width varied according to<br />

altitude <strong>and</strong> was determined by<br />

pre-calculated inclinometer angles which<br />

were marked on the windows. At 500 ft,<br />

the transects began 0.125 nm out from<br />

the centerline <strong>and</strong> extended out to<br />

0.5 nm for a net width of 0.375 nm<br />

(2,250 ft). At 300 ft, the inclinometer<br />

angles remained the same <strong>and</strong> the<br />

effective strip width was reduced to<br />

0.225 nm (1,350 ft). Two observers sat<br />

on either side of the aircraft just<br />

forward of the wings. A third person<br />

recorded beginning <strong>and</strong> ending points of<br />

transects, ice <strong>conditions</strong>, <strong>and</strong> weather.<br />

Each observer counted the seals in the<br />

strip on his or her side of the aircraft<br />

<strong>and</strong> also made note of industrial


CHUKCHI SEA<br />

ALASKA<br />

BEAUFORT SEA t<br />

Kolfbuf Sound FAST ICE / PACK ICE<br />

EDGE<br />

activity such as artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s, ice<br />

roads, seismic lines, <strong>and</strong> airstrips.<br />

All data were recorded by 1-minute<br />

intervals.<br />

The survey was flown according to a<br />

stratified r<strong>and</strong>om strip transact design,<br />

with transects spaced 2 nm between<br />

centerlines. Transects were flown along<br />

lines of latitude in the Chukchi Sea <strong>and</strong><br />

lines of longitude in the Beaufort Sea,<br />

from shore to the approximate seaward<br />

edge of the shorefast ice. Within each<br />

sector, 60% of the possible transects<br />

were r<strong>and</strong>omly selected <strong>and</strong> flown; in<br />

some sectors all or some of the selected<br />

lines were replicated for <strong>com</strong>parative<br />

purposes.<br />

Data analysis<br />

Counts of seals at cracks <strong>and</strong> at<br />

holes were added separately for each<br />

1-minute interval. The lengths of<br />

transects were calculated from beginning<br />

<strong>and</strong> ending GNS positions <strong>and</strong> divided by<br />

total elapsed time to obtain ground<br />

speed. The area surveyed per minute<br />

interval was calculated by multiplying<br />

speed by strip width. Each minute<br />

interval, therefore, was assigned data<br />

on latitude <strong>and</strong> longitude (of the<br />

beginning point), area (nm 2 ), local<br />

Figure 1. Map of northern<br />

Alaska showing sectors<br />

used for design <strong>and</strong><br />

analysis of ringed seal<br />

aerial surveys, <strong>and</strong> an<br />

example of lines flown<br />

during a survey.<br />

time, counts of seals at holes <strong>and</strong> at<br />

cracks, <strong>and</strong> ice <strong>and</strong> weather <strong>conditions</strong>.<br />

Densities were calculated by<br />

dividing the number of seals counted by<br />

the area surveyed (Cochran 1977).<br />

Variance of the density was calculated<br />

by using the model unbiased o-stimator<br />

(Cochran 1977, formula 6.27), modified<br />

to account for total sampling area<br />

(Estes <strong>and</strong> Gilbert 1978).<br />

The possible effects of industrial<br />

activity were examined by <strong>com</strong>paring<br />

densities of seals in areas with <strong>and</strong><br />

without activity such as ice roads,<br />

seismic trails, or artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

The shortest straight-line distances<br />

from artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s to each minute<br />

sighting block were determined by<br />

<strong>com</strong>paring positions for each interval to<br />

position for the isl<strong>and</strong>s. Densities<br />

were then calculated for 2-nm concentric<br />

circles centered at the artificial<br />

isl<strong>and</strong>s, out to a distance of 10 nm.<br />

Since the isl<strong>and</strong>s were less than 10 nm<br />

apart <strong>and</strong> interactive effects were<br />

possible, a density in relation to all<br />

isl<strong>and</strong>s was also calculated using the<br />

minimum distance from any of the 3<br />

isl<strong>and</strong>s for each 1-minute sighting<br />

block.


Densities were calculated for an Table 1. The density of ringed seals at<br />

industrial <strong>and</strong> 2 adjacent control holes in relation to distance from 3<br />

blocks. All sightings within 10 nm of artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s in the Beaufort Sea,<br />

l<strong>and</strong> were used in this <strong>com</strong>parison. June 1985-1987.<br />

"Industrial" blocks were areas which<br />

included artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s, ice roads,<br />

<strong>and</strong> seismic trails. "Control" blocks of<br />

1985<br />

similar size were delineated to the east Distance (am)<br />

<strong>and</strong> west of the industrial area. Isl<strong>and</strong> Survey 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10<br />

Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion<br />

Data were obtained for 3 artificial<br />

isl<strong>and</strong>s : Seal, Northstar, <strong>and</strong><br />

S<strong>and</strong>piper, for all 3 years of the survey<br />

(Table 1). In 1985, all 3 of the<br />

isl<strong>and</strong>s were active: Seal was engaged<br />

in drilling operations <strong>and</strong> Northstar <strong>and</strong><br />

S<strong>and</strong>piper were <strong>under</strong> construction.<br />

During the 1985 surveys, the central<br />

Beaufort Sea adjacent to the artificial<br />

isl<strong>and</strong>s was surveyed twice, on 7 <strong>and</strong><br />

11 June. Analysis of density with<br />

distance from the isl<strong>and</strong>s indicated that<br />

for all <strong>com</strong>parisons the density of seals<br />

at holes was 20%-80% lower within 2 nm<br />

of the isl<strong>and</strong>s than it was 2-4 nm away.<br />

During the 1986 surveys Seal Isl<strong>and</strong><br />

was inactive <strong>and</strong> had been so all winter:<br />

Northstar was inactive at the time of<br />

survey but had been in operation through<br />

late spring; <strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong>piper was currently<br />

active. The area was surveyed before<br />

break-up on 6 June, <strong>and</strong> after break-up<br />

had <strong>com</strong>menced on 13-16 June. Unlike<br />

1985, there was no clear trend in<br />

density with distance from the isl<strong>and</strong>s<br />

for either survey; results for<br />

individual isl<strong>and</strong>s were contradictory.<br />

Near Northstar (active until April) the<br />

density for both surveys was slightly<br />

lower (3%-15%) within 2 nm of the isl<strong>and</strong><br />

than between 2-4 nm. Near S<strong>and</strong>piper the<br />

density was higher within 2 nm of the<br />

isl<strong>and</strong> on one survey, <strong>and</strong> lower on the<br />

other.<br />

During winter <strong>and</strong> spring of<br />

1986-87, all 3 artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s were<br />

inactive. As in previous years, the<br />

isl<strong>and</strong>s were surveyed twice in 1987, on<br />

6 <strong>and</strong> 11 June. There was no consistent<br />

trend in seal density with distance from<br />

the 3 non-operational isl<strong>and</strong>s. Seals<br />

were more numerous near Seal Isl<strong>and</strong>,<br />

less numerous near Northstar, <strong>and</strong><br />

differed between the 2 surveys at<br />

S<strong>and</strong>piper.<br />

Seal 85-1 0.7 1.2 1.1 1.7 1.3<br />

85-2 - 1.9 1.0 3.3 2.2<br />

Northstar 85-1 0.8 1.6 2.2 1.4 0.9<br />

85-2 0.8 1.0 5.8 1.5 1.5<br />

S<strong>and</strong>piper 85-1 0.6 3.1 1.0 1.0 1.1<br />

85-2 2.6 4.4 1.8 1.9 1.6<br />

1986<br />

Distance (nm)<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong> Survey 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10<br />

Seal 86-1 6.1 5.8 4.6 2.3 5.1<br />

86-2 - 4.6 6.5 5.0 5.6<br />

Northstar 86-1 5.0 5.2 6.8 4.2 2.1<br />

86-2 5.0 5.9 5.7 8.8 5.3<br />

S<strong>and</strong>piper 86-1 8.3 3.3 6.5 3.2 3.6<br />

86-2 5.2 6.2 6.8 9.1 9.1<br />

1987<br />

Distance (nm)<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong> Survey 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10<br />

Seal 87-1 - 1.1 2.9 2.7 5.5<br />

87-2 14.4 9.5 10.4 5.9 4.8<br />

Northstar 87-1 1.1 3.3 5.6 4.1 5.2<br />

87-2 3.8 8.4 14.2 6.3 6.1<br />

S<strong>and</strong>piper 87-1 7.1 7.6 2.2 4.2 3.9<br />

87-2 6.8 5.5 6.6 5.2 11.9<br />

Interpretation of the data<br />

regarding trends in density around<br />

individual isl<strong>and</strong>s was <strong>com</strong>plicated <strong>and</strong><br />

the utility of such data limited by<br />

several factors: sample sizes were<br />

small (17-80 nm 2 total per survey),<br />

particularly within 2 nm of the isl<strong>and</strong>s<br />

where the sample for a survey usually<br />

consisted of 1-3 minutes (1-6 nm 2 ) of<br />

data; the isl<strong>and</strong>s were close enough<br />

together (particularly Seal <strong>and</strong>


Northstar isl<strong>and</strong>s which were only 4 nm<br />

apart) for interactive effects to occur;<br />

<strong>and</strong> not all isl<strong>and</strong>s were in similar<br />

operational status either within or<br />

between years. Consequently, the data<br />

set shown in Table 1 could not be<br />

treated as 18 replicate tests of the<br />

effect of an artificial isl<strong>and</strong> on seal<br />

density.<br />

To address the first two of these<br />

problems we determined the minimum<br />

distance from any isl<strong>and</strong> in the data set<br />

from each survey (Table 2). In 5 of the<br />

6 <strong>com</strong>parisons, the density of seals at<br />

holes was 12%-72% lower within 2 nm of<br />

any isl<strong>and</strong> than it was 2-4 nm away.<br />

Inspection of the raw data indicated<br />

that for the single exception (survey<br />

86-1) the higher density at 0-2 nm was<br />

probably an artifact of the way position<br />

was assigned to the minute survey<br />

interval. Although the density of seals<br />

was lower near the isl<strong>and</strong>s in both 1985<br />

when all isl<strong>and</strong>s were active <strong>and</strong> 1987<br />

when none were active, the magnitude of<br />

the difference was much greater during<br />

activity (50%-70%) than in its absence<br />

(12%-30%).<br />

Table 2. The density of ringed seals at<br />

holes in relation to distance from any<br />

of 3 artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s in the Beaufort<br />

Sea, June 1985-1987.<br />

Distance from any isl<strong>and</strong> (nm)<br />

Survey nm 2 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10<br />

A block <strong>com</strong>parison of industrial<br />

<strong>and</strong> adjacent control areas was also done<br />

for all 3 years. In 1985, industrial<br />

activity, including seismic lines, ice<br />

roads, <strong>and</strong> isl<strong>and</strong>s, was widespread,<br />

resulting in an industrial block<br />

approximately 60 nm across. In 1986,<br />

the only obvious activities were the<br />

artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> associated ice<br />

roads, resulting in an industrial block<br />

which was only 16 nm across (Figure 2).<br />

During 1987 surveys there was no<br />

offshore industrial activity; however,<br />

data were analyzed according to the 1986<br />

industrial <strong>and</strong> control blocks for<br />

<strong>com</strong>parative purposes.<br />

70 45 "<br />

70 15 .,<br />

150 148<br />

WEST CONTROL<br />

r----- -- .--.<br />

BEAUFORT SEA<br />

EAST CONTROL<br />

Figure 2. Map showing locations of<br />

artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s in sector B3 of the<br />

Beaufort Sea <strong>and</strong> the 1986 industrial <strong>and</strong><br />

control blocks.<br />

In both 1985 <strong>and</strong> 1986 the density<br />

of total seals was significantly higher<br />

in the industrial block than in the<br />

control blocks (Figure 3). In 1987, in<br />

the absence of any offshore industrial<br />

activity, density in the "industrial"<br />

block was also higher than either<br />

control, suggesting that some<br />

characteristics other than the presence<br />

or absence of activity were responsible<br />

for the difference.<br />

Aerial surveys of ringed seals in<br />

1985-1987 were the most extensive <strong>and</strong><br />

systematic ever conducted in Alaska, <strong>and</strong><br />

the first for which between-year<br />

statistical <strong>com</strong>parisons were possible.<br />

Data from those years demonstrated<br />

substantial year-to-year variability in<br />

ringed seal densities (Table 3).


0 WEST CONTROL<br />

0 EASTCONTROL<br />

Figure 3. Density of ringed seals<br />

(total seals/nm 2 ) in industrial <strong>and</strong><br />

control blocks in the central<br />

Beaufort Sea, June 1985-1987.<br />

Table 3. Comparison of ringed seal<br />

densities (total seals/nm 2 ) on the<br />

shorefast ice of the Chukchi <strong>and</strong><br />

Beaufort seas based on surveys conducted<br />

in 1985-1987. Data from the Chukchi Sea<br />

in 1987 are not yet analyzed.<br />

Density<br />

Sector 1985 1986 1987*<br />

* Preliminary data.<br />

Between 1985 <strong>and</strong> 1986, observed density<br />

of total seals hauled out on the Chukchi<br />

Sea shorefast ice increased 607 from 2.9<br />

to 4.7 seals/nm 2 . Increases in<br />

individual sectors ranged from 307-907..<br />

In the Beaufort Sea, the overall<br />

increase was 12%, from 3.0 to 3.3<br />

seals/nm 2 , with the westernmost sector<br />

near Barrow decreasing 77 <strong>and</strong> the<br />

central sectors increasing 20%-30%. The<br />

causes for such inter-annual variation<br />

are unknown. While relationships<br />

between seal abundance <strong>and</strong> physical<br />

parameters such as ice deformation <strong>and</strong><br />

extent of shorefast ice do exist <strong>and</strong> may<br />

explain small-scale differences in the<br />

distribution <strong>and</strong> abundance of seals<br />

(Frost et al. 1985, 1987), they cannot<br />

account for the large observed inter-<br />

annual differences . We have no measure<br />

of biological parameters such as prey<br />

availability, which may be a major<br />

factor in determining overall ringed<br />

seal distribution <strong>and</strong> abundance in a<br />

given year.<br />

Historical data also indicate<br />

substantial year-to-year variability in<br />

the occupancy of nearshore areas by<br />

ringed seals. Data are available for<br />

the Alaskan Beaufort Sea since 1970<br />

(Burns <strong>and</strong> Harbo 1972; Burns <strong>and</strong> Eley<br />

1978; Burns et al. 1981; Burns <strong>and</strong> Kelly<br />

1982; Frost et al. 1985). During that<br />

period, the density of ringed seals on<br />

the shorefast ice of the Beaufort Sea,<br />

as a whole, dropped from a high of 3.3<br />

seals/nm 2 in 1975, to a low of 1.1<br />

seals/nm 2 in 1977, <strong>and</strong> subsequently<br />

increased steadily to 3.3 seals/nm2 by<br />

1986. The density in any particular<br />

year ranged from 507 below to 40% above<br />

the mean density for 8 years of surveys.<br />

In the Canadian Beaufort Sea near<br />

Tuktoyaktuk, ringed seal densities have<br />

fluctuated from 557 above to 70% below<br />

the long-term mean in a far less regular<br />

manner than the Alaskan Beauf ort Sea<br />

(Stirling et al. 1981; Kingsley 1986).<br />

Such annual <strong>and</strong> long-term<br />

variability demonstrate the need for<br />

regular <strong>and</strong> relatively extensive<br />

coverage of areas in which smaller-scale<br />

<strong>com</strong>parisons are being made. For<br />

example, the density of ringed seals in<br />

the central Beaufort Sea (sectors B2 <strong>and</strong><br />

B3) decreased in the mid- to late 1970's<br />

<strong>and</strong> subsequently increased in the<br />

mid-1980's (Figure 4). This could be<br />

attributed to changes in industrial<br />

activity, which intensified in the late<br />

1970's <strong>and</strong> early 19801s, then gradually<br />

decreased. However, the western<br />

Beaufort Sea (sector Bl), which<br />

experienced little or no seismic or<br />

other industry activity, showed the same<br />

fluctuations in density during this time<br />

period. Furthermore, the major decline


in density which occurred in the study<br />

area between 1975 <strong>and</strong> 1977 also occurred<br />

in the Canadian Beaufort Sea (Stirling<br />

et al. 1981).<br />

00 J<br />

70 72 74 76 78 80 82 34 86<br />

YEAR<br />

Figure 4. Density of ringed seals in 3<br />

sectors of the Beaufort Sea based on<br />

aerial surveys conducted in 1970-1986.<br />

(Data from Burns <strong>and</strong> Harbo 1972; Burns<br />

<strong>and</strong> Eley 1978; Burns et al. 1981; Burns<br />

<strong>and</strong> Kelly 1982; Frost et al. 1986.)<br />

While aerial surveys are useful in<br />

monitoring long-term trends in abundance<br />

over large areas, they are not well-<br />

suited to detecting small-scale<br />

differences in geographically restricted<br />

areas. In this study, aerial survey<br />

data indicated a possible local effect<br />

of artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s on the density of<br />

ringed seals. However, interpretation<br />

was <strong>com</strong>plicated by the fact that the<br />

minimum sighting unit was 1 minute or<br />

2 nm; l<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> the edge of shorefast<br />

ice, which may both affect seal<br />

densities, were variable distances from<br />

the 3 isl<strong>and</strong>s; <strong>and</strong> the precision of<br />

navigational equipment sometimes varied<br />

by  1 nm. In analyses of industrial<br />

<strong>and</strong> control blocks, the greatest<br />

difficulties were in obtaining an<br />

accurate measure of industrial activity<br />

<strong>and</strong> in designating <strong>com</strong>parable control<br />

blocks. There is considerable east-west<br />

variability in the Beaufort Sea in ice<br />

topography, extent of shorefast ice, <strong>and</strong><br />

bathymetry. Control <strong>and</strong> industrial<br />

blocks were not necessarily <strong>com</strong>parable<br />

simply because they were adjacent, as is<br />

indicated by higher densities in the<br />

"industrial" blocks with or without<br />

industrial activity.<br />

In aggregate, analyses of histori-<br />

cal <strong>and</strong> recent aerial survey data<br />

emphasize the im<strong>port</strong>ance of matching<br />

research technique to the question at<br />

h<strong>and</strong>. Our data indicate that in 1985-86<br />

there were no apparent broad-scale<br />

effects of industrial activity on the<br />

density of ringed seals as measured by<br />

aerial surveys. The data do not<br />

discount local effects which would be<br />

more appropriately detected by other<br />

techniques, nor do they discount the<br />

possibility that regional effects could<br />

occur at different levels of industrial<br />

activity. Most aerial surveys conducted<br />

during peak years of industrial activity<br />

in the central Beaufort Sea did not have<br />

sampling effort or design suitable for<br />

statistical analyses of differences<br />

between relatively small areas. By<br />

conducting on-ice studies, Burns <strong>and</strong><br />

Kelly (1982) found that although aerial<br />

surveys showed no significant difference<br />

in densities along seismic <strong>and</strong> control<br />

lines, the rate of alteration or<br />

refreezing of lairs <strong>and</strong> breathing holes<br />

within 150 m of seismic lines was<br />

approximately double the rate at<br />

distances greater than 150 m. Kelly et<br />

al. (1986) also re<strong>port</strong>ed results of<br />

on-ice studies which indicated that<br />

ringed seals do respond to disturbance.<br />

Conclusions<br />

1. Based on aerial surveys conducted<br />

in 1985-87, the density of ringed seals<br />

was lower within 2 nm of artificial<br />

isl<strong>and</strong>s in the central Beaufort Sea than<br />

it was 2-4 nm away. Although this was<br />

true in years with <strong>and</strong> without activity<br />

on the isl<strong>and</strong>s, the difference was<br />

greatest when they were all active.<br />

Interpretation of data was <strong>com</strong>plicated<br />

by possible interactive effects of<br />

distance from the isl<strong>and</strong>s, from l<strong>and</strong>,<br />

<strong>and</strong> from the shorefast ice edge; the<br />

accuracy of navigational equipment; <strong>and</strong><br />

other biological or physical parameters<br />

that could affect densities but which<br />

were unknown to us.<br />

2. Comparisons of industrial <strong>and</strong><br />

adjacent control blocks in 1985 <strong>and</strong> 1986<br />

indicated that the density of ringed<br />

seals was significantly higher in the<br />

industrial blocks in both years. A<br />

similar <strong>com</strong>parison of the same blocks in<br />

1987 when there was no industrial


activity also showed that seals were<br />

more numerous in the industrial block,<br />

which indicates that factors other than<br />

the presence or absence of industrial.<br />

activity caused the difference.<br />

3. There was a steady increase in the<br />

density of ringed seals in the central<br />

Beaufort Sea from 1985-87 which occurred<br />

concurrently with a decrease in<br />

industrial activity. In our opinion,<br />

the two are probably not related, since<br />

a similar increase in density occurred<br />

in the western Beaufort Sea where no<br />

industrial activity took place.<br />

4. While our studies do not show any<br />

broad-scale effect of industrial<br />

activities on ringed seal abundance <strong>and</strong><br />

distribution in the Beaufort Sea, that<br />

does not imply that such effects cannot<br />

occur. Our data relate only to the<br />

types <strong>and</strong> levels of activities that<br />

occurred during the study period.<br />

Continued monitoring of ringed seal<br />

populations is warranted. Studies of<br />

ringed seal ecology are needed in order<br />

to explain the causes of the "natural"<br />

fluctuations in density that have been<br />

documented.<br />

5. Aerial surveys are a useful means<br />

of detecting long-term trends in ringed<br />

seal abundance <strong>and</strong> <strong>com</strong>paring regional<br />

trends in abundance over large areas.<br />

However, aerial surveys alone are not<br />

adequate for determining the effects of<br />

industrial activity. Such studies<br />

should <strong>com</strong>bine aerial surveys with<br />

on-ice studies that monitor the use <strong>and</strong><br />

fate of breathing holes <strong>and</strong> lairs on a<br />

finer scale.<br />

Acknowledgements<br />

This study was funded by the<br />

Minerals Management Service, Department<br />

of the Interior, through an Interagency<br />

Agreement with the National Oceanic <strong>and</strong><br />

Atmospheric Administration, Department<br />

of Commerce, as part of the Alaska Outer<br />

Continental Shelf Environmental<br />

Assessment Program, contract numbers<br />

02-5-022-53, 03-5-022-69 (RU #232),<br />

NA-81-RAC-00045, <strong>and</strong> 84-ABC-00210.<br />

The authors especially want to<br />

acknowledge the logistic sup<strong>port</strong><br />

provided by the NOAA Office of Aircraft<br />

Operations in the form of the NOAA Twin<br />

Otter <strong>and</strong> its excellent flight crews,<br />

particularly Comm<strong>and</strong>er Dan Eilers who<br />

served not only as Chief Pilot all 3<br />

years, but as a valuable member of the<br />

scientific team. Thanks go to Jim<br />

Gilbert, Howard Golden, Sue Hills, Dawn<br />

Hughes, <strong>and</strong> Val Uhler for their many<br />

hours as observers, recorders, <strong>and</strong> idea<br />

generators; to George Lapiene for taking<br />

care of sometimes <strong>com</strong>plicated logistics<br />

planning; <strong>and</strong> to Jesse Venable for<br />

helping to translate hours of survey<br />

data into analyzed results. Special<br />

thanks to John Burns who, for better or<br />

worse, got us started surveying ringed<br />

seals <strong>and</strong> laid the ground work for this<br />

project over 15 years ago.<br />

References<br />

Burns, J. J. <strong>and</strong> T. J. Eley. 1978. The<br />

natural history <strong>and</strong> ecology of the<br />

bearded seal (Erignathus barbatus)<br />

<strong>and</strong> the ringed seal (Phoca hispida).<br />

Paces 99-162 in Environmental Assessment<br />

ofthe ~laskan~ontinental Shelf, Annual<br />

Re<strong>port</strong>s, Vol. 1, Outer Continental<br />

Shelf Environmental Assessment Program,<br />

Boulder, CO.<br />

Burns, J. J. <strong>and</strong> S. J. Harbo, Jr. 1972.<br />

An aerial census of ringed seals,<br />

northern coast of Alaska. Arctic<br />

25:279-290.<br />

Burns, J. J. <strong>and</strong> B. P. Kelly. 1982.<br />

Studies of ringed seals in the Alaskan<br />

Beaufort Sea during winter: impacts of<br />

seismic exploration. Annual re<strong>port</strong><br />

RU #232 to Outer Continental Shelf<br />

Environmental Assessment Program,<br />

Juneau, AK. 57 pp.<br />

Burns, J. J., L. F. Lowry, <strong>and</strong> K. J.<br />

Frost. 1981. Trophic relationships,<br />

habitat use, <strong>and</strong> winter ecology of<br />

ice-inhabiting phocid seals <strong>and</strong><br />

functionally related marine mammals<br />

in the Arctic. Annual re<strong>port</strong> RU #232 to<br />

Outer Continental Shelf Environmental<br />

Assessment Program, Juneau, AK. 81 pp.<br />

Cochran, W. G. 1977. Sampling<br />

techniques, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,<br />

NY. 428pp.<br />

Estes, J. A. <strong>and</strong> J. R. Gilbert. 1978.<br />

Evaluation of an aerial survey of


Pacific walruses (Odobenus rosmarus<br />

divergens). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.<br />

35:1130-1140.<br />

Frost, K. J. <strong>and</strong> L. F. Lowry. 1984.<br />

Trophic relationships of vertebrate<br />

consumers in the Alaskan Beaufort<br />

Sea. Pages 381-401 & P. W. Barnes,<br />

D. M. Schell, <strong>and</strong> E. Reimnitz, eds.<br />

The Alaskan Beaufort Sea - Ecosystems<br />

<strong>and</strong> Environments. Academic Press,<br />

NY.<br />

Frost, K. J., L. F. Lowry, <strong>and</strong> J. J.<br />

Burns. 1985. Ringed seal monitoring:<br />

relationships o f distribution,<br />

abundance, <strong>and</strong> reproductive success to<br />

habitat attributes <strong>and</strong> industrial<br />

activities. Interim re<strong>port</strong> 1985 -<br />

RU #667 to Outer Continental Shelf<br />

Environmental Assessment Program,<br />

Juneau, AK. 85 pp.<br />

Frost, K. J., L. F. Lowry, <strong>and</strong> J. R.<br />

Gilbert. 1987. Ringed seal monitoring:<br />

relationships o f distribution,<br />

abundance, <strong>and</strong> reproductive success to<br />

habitat attributes <strong>and</strong> industrial<br />

activities. Interim re<strong>port</strong> 1986 -<br />

RU #667 to Outer Continental Shelf<br />

Environmental Assessment Program,<br />

Juneau, AK. 53 pp.<br />

Kelly, B. P., L. T. Quakenbush, <strong>and</strong> J.<br />

R. Rose. 1986. Ringed seal winter<br />

ecology <strong>and</strong> effects of noise<br />

disturbance. Final re<strong>port</strong> (Part 2)<br />

RU #232 to Outer Continental Shelf<br />

Environmental Assessment Program,<br />

Juneau, AK. 83 pp.<br />

Kingsley, M. C. S. 1986. Distribution<br />

<strong>and</strong> abundance of seals in the Beaufort<br />

Sea, Amundsen Gulf, <strong>and</strong> Prince Albert<br />

Sound, 1984. Environmental Studies<br />

Revolving Funds Re<strong>port</strong> No. 025. 16 pp.<br />

Lowry, L. F., K. J. Frost, <strong>and</strong> J. J.<br />

Burns. 1978. Food of ringed seals <strong>and</strong><br />

bowhead whales near Point Barrow,<br />

Alaska. Can. Field-Nat. 92:67-70.<br />

Lowry, L. F., K. J. Frost, <strong>and</strong> J. J.<br />

Burns. 1980. Variability in the diet<br />

of ringed seals, Phoca hispida, in<br />

Alaska. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.<br />

37:2254-2261.<br />

Smith, T. G. 1980. Polar bear<br />

predation of ringed <strong>and</strong> bearded seals in<br />

the l<strong>and</strong>-fast sea ice habitat. Can. J.<br />

2001. 58:2201-2209.<br />

Smith T. G. <strong>and</strong> M. 0. Hammill. 1981.<br />

Ecology of the ringed seal, Phoca<br />

hispida, in its fast ice breeding<br />

habitat. Can. J. 2001. 59:966-981.<br />

Smith, T. G. <strong>and</strong> I. Stirling. 1975.<br />

The breeding habitat of the ringed seal<br />

(Phoca hispida). The birth lair <strong>and</strong><br />

associated structures. Can. J. Zool.<br />

53:1297-1305.<br />

Stirling, I., M. C. S. Kingsley, <strong>and</strong> W.<br />

Calvert. 1981. Seals in the Beaufort<br />

Sea 1974-1979. Re<strong>port</strong> prepared for Dome<br />

Petroleum Limited, Esso Resources Canada<br />

Limited, <strong>and</strong> the Department of Indian<br />

<strong>and</strong> Northern Affairs. Can. Wildl.<br />

Serv., Edmonton, Alberta. 70 pp.<br />

Discussion<br />

B. KELLEY: Given the great annual<br />

variability in ice <strong>and</strong> snow <strong>conditions</strong><br />

that appear to affect the pro<strong>port</strong>ion<br />

of basking seals, how useful do you<br />

feel aerial survey data are for<br />

examining year-to-year changes in seal<br />

density?<br />

K. FROST: Although annual variability<br />

in ice <strong>and</strong> snow <strong>conditions</strong> can be<br />

considerable, that variability is<br />

generally apparent to survey<br />

observers. As long as surveys are<br />

conducted not only during the same<br />

general time period, but also <strong>under</strong><br />

similar ice <strong>conditions</strong> (e.g., before<br />

extensive snow melt <strong>and</strong> cracking of<br />

the fast ice occur), year-to-year<br />

<strong>com</strong>parisons should be useful.<br />

However, relatively large geographic<br />

areas should be included in<br />

<strong>com</strong>parisons in order to avoid apparent<br />

differences caused by small-scale<br />

local variability. Data should be<br />

screened to ensure that surveys have<br />

not been conducted <strong>under</strong> post-breakup<br />

<strong>conditions</strong>, which result in extremely<br />

high densities. The best indicators<br />

of these <strong>conditions</strong> are a large<br />

percentage (greater than 30%) of seals<br />

at cracks <strong>and</strong> a high incidence of<br />

groups of more than 2 seals at holes.<br />

Within a year, surveys of some part of


the study area should be replicated<br />

several times at 3 to 5 day intervals<br />

to ensure that surveys are conducted<br />

<strong>under</strong> suitable <strong>conditions</strong> <strong>and</strong> before<br />

haul-out patterns have begun to change<br />

with the onset of breakup.<br />

T. NEWBURY: You described data on the<br />

number of seals around drill sites,<br />

<strong>and</strong> you implied that there might be a<br />

direct effect on these seals due to<br />

activity. Won't there also be an<br />

indirect effect due to the influence<br />

of activity on seal predators,<br />

primarily polar bears?<br />

K. FROST: Indirect effects on predators<br />

are possible, but it is difficult to<br />

predict what they might be. Any effects<br />

would depend on the characteristics of<br />

the activities <strong>and</strong> the specifics of<br />

predator <strong>and</strong> prey populations in the area<br />

(including density, age, <strong>and</strong> sex<br />

<strong>com</strong>position, or other factors). In 300<br />

hours of surveys over the fast <strong>and</strong> pack<br />

ice of northern Alaska, no polar bear<br />

kill sites were seen in the very<br />

nearshore region where drill sites were<br />

located.<br />

V. R. NERALLA: Did you conduct any<br />

studies on the appearance of ringed seals<br />

<strong>and</strong> environmental <strong>conditions</strong> (e.g., air<br />

temperature, wind speed <strong>and</strong> wind<br />

direction, etc.)?<br />

K. FROST: Most investigators who have<br />

surveyed ringed seals have considered the<br />

effects of environmental <strong>conditions</strong>. The<br />

survey protocol which specified that<br />

surveys be conducted between 10 a.m. <strong>and</strong><br />

4 p.m. (sun time) <strong>and</strong> when wind speed was<br />

less than 20 knots incorporated what this<br />

<strong>and</strong> other studies have found about ringed<br />

seal behavior relative to weather. In<br />

order for a study to specifically test<br />

the effects of weather, surveys would<br />

have to be conducted <strong>under</strong> poor as well<br />

as good weather <strong>conditions</strong>.<br />

Data obtained in our study are presented<br />

in Frost et al. 1985 <strong>and</strong> 1987. It should<br />

be noted that it is difficult to make<br />

specific correlations between<br />

environmental <strong>conditions</strong> <strong>and</strong> seal haul-<br />

out patterns for two major reasons: ( 1)<br />

environmental variables are interactive<br />

<strong>and</strong> do not always produce the same<br />

results (for example, strong winds on<br />

bright, sunny days may not inhibit haul-<br />

out, whereas more moderate winds on cold<br />

days may greatly reduce the number of<br />

seals hauling out); <strong>and</strong>, (2) it is<br />

extremely difficult to obtain on-ice<br />

measurements of temperature <strong>and</strong> wind<br />

speed or direction during surveys.<br />

Conditions at shore-based weather<br />

stations or those at survey altitude may<br />

be considerably different than <strong>conditions</strong><br />

over the ice at ground level.


RESPONSES OF RINGED SEALS (Phoca hispida) TO NOISE DISTURBANCE<br />

Abstract<br />

Brendan P. Kelly<br />

Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska Fairbanks, Alaska, USA<br />

John J. Burns<br />

Living Resources Inc., Fairbanks, Alaska, USA<br />

Lori T. Quakenbush<br />

Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska Fairbanks, Alaska, USA<br />

The effects of on-ice industrial noises<br />

on ringed seals (Phoca hispida) were<br />

investigated to determine the extent to<br />

which such disturbance increases the rates<br />

at which seals ab<strong>and</strong>on breathing holes <strong>and</strong><br />

lairs. In the spring of 1982, breathing holes<br />

<strong>and</strong> lairs were ab<strong>and</strong>oned three times as<br />

often within 150 m of recent seismic survey<br />

lines as were structures at greater distances<br />

from the same lines. Subnivean structures<br />

were ab<strong>and</strong>oned at equal rates within <strong>and</strong><br />

beyond 150 m of control lines. Aerial<br />

surveys of ringed seals conducted in the<br />

Beaufort Sea in 1981 <strong>and</strong> 1982, however,<br />

showed no consistent differences in the<br />

density of basking seals in transects<br />

centered over seismic survey lines <strong>and</strong> in<br />

intervening transects.<br />

The rate of ab<strong>and</strong>onment of subnivean<br />

seal structures was <strong>com</strong>pared over six years.<br />

In undisturbed areas, the ab<strong>and</strong>onment rate<br />

was 4.0% in shore-fast ice <strong>and</strong> 12.9% in<br />

drifting ice. Among seal structures<br />

subjected to industrial noise in the shore-fast<br />

ice, the rate was 13.5%, <strong>and</strong> with the<br />

addition of repeated examinations of<br />

structures by investigators the rate was<br />

32.5%.<br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of a paper presented<br />

at the Ninth International Conference on Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean<br />

Engineering Under Arctic Conditions, Fairbanks, Alaska,<br />

USA, August 17-22, 1987. @ The Geophysical Institute,<br />

University of Alaska, 1987.<br />

Radio-tagged seals departed their lairs<br />

in response to snow machines within 2.8 km,<br />

human footfalls as far away as 600 m, a skier<br />

as far away as 400 m, <strong>and</strong> in response to a<br />

helicopter flying 5 km from the lair at an<br />

altitude of 152 m, <strong>and</strong> during helicopter<br />

l<strong>and</strong>ings or takeoffs as far away as 3 km.<br />

Ringed seals ab<strong>and</strong>on breathing holes<br />

<strong>and</strong> lairs in response to naturally occurring<br />

<strong>conditions</strong> such as minimal snow cover,<br />

shifting ice, <strong>and</strong> the activities of predators.<br />

They ab<strong>and</strong>on those sites at higher rates in<br />

response to anthropogenic noises. Seals<br />

would be most adversely affected by noise<br />

disturbance in late March through June<br />

when the amount of time they spend out of<br />

the water is increasing <strong>and</strong> movements,<br />

especially of females <strong>and</strong> their dependent<br />

young, are limited to small areas.<br />

Introduction<br />

Potential effects on marine mammals<br />

of anthropogenic noises include physical<br />

harm from extremely loud noises,<br />

interference with vocal <strong>com</strong>munication,<br />

increased levels of stress, <strong>and</strong> displacement<br />

from local areas (Rausch 1973; Geraci <strong>and</strong><br />

St. Aubin 1980; Schusterman <strong>and</strong> Moore<br />

1980; Norris 1981; Stewart 1981; Ronald <strong>and</strong><br />

Dougan 1982; Mansfield 1983; Kelly et al.<br />

1986). Displacement has the most potential<br />

for widespread <strong>and</strong> long-term effects <strong>and</strong> has<br />

been a focus of our investigations. Ringed


seals (Phoca hispida) are the most adapted of<br />

northern pinnipeds to inhabiting thick,<br />

relatively stable sea ice, <strong>and</strong> their ability to<br />

maintain holes through the ice permits them<br />

to occupy areas of <strong>com</strong>plete ice cover year-<br />

round. That adaptation allows ringed seals<br />

to exploit resources from which other<br />

pinnipeds are largely excluded during<br />

winter, but it also makes them more<br />

vulnerable to predation by polar bears<br />

(Ursus maritimus) <strong>and</strong> <strong>arctic</strong> foxes (Alopex<br />

lagopus). Mortality of ringed seal pups can<br />

be substantial due to that predation (Smith<br />

1976; Smith 1987; Kelly et al. 1987).<br />

Occupation of areas of extensive ice cover,<br />

especially shore-fast ice, also makes ringed<br />

seals more vulnerable to human activities;<br />

for thous<strong>and</strong>s of years the species was a<br />

major resource for coastal Eskimos <strong>and</strong> it<br />

remains im<strong>port</strong>ant in modern Eskimo<br />

culture <strong>and</strong> economy (Hall 1866; Boas 1888;<br />

Stefansson 1913; Manning 1944; McLaren<br />

1958a; Cox <strong>and</strong> Spiess 1980; Wenzel 1984;<br />

Smith 1987). In recent times, petroleum<br />

exploration <strong>and</strong> development activities have<br />

taken place in ringed seal habitat. Gravel<br />

isl<strong>and</strong> construction <strong>and</strong> exploration for oil<br />

using seismic profiling have overlapped<br />

spatially <strong>and</strong> temporally with ringed seal<br />

whelping <strong>and</strong> breeding areas. Both gravel<br />

isl<strong>and</strong> construction <strong>and</strong> seismic profiling<br />

involve operating heavy trucks <strong>and</strong><br />

bulldozers on the shore-fast ice. Seismic<br />

profiling further entails imparting<br />

substantial amounts of low frequency sound<br />

energy into the <strong>ocean</strong>ic crust (<strong>and</strong><br />

incidentally the water column <strong>and</strong> overlying<br />

ice) <strong>and</strong> recording the reflected signals.<br />

Concern about the effects of<br />

disturbance in Alaskan waters was first<br />

expressed by subsistence hunters on the<br />

Seward Peninsula. They re<strong>port</strong>ed decreased<br />

harvests of ringed seals in an area subjected<br />

to offshore gold exploration in the 1960's<br />

(Burns <strong>and</strong> Kelly 1982). More recently,<br />

seismic profiling during oil exploration has<br />

presented a greater potential for disturbance<br />

since it involves considerable noise energy<br />

<strong>and</strong> affects extensive areas. Explosives were<br />

the main signal sources until their offshore<br />

use was banned in 1977 b an<br />

Administrative Order of the A aska<br />

Department of Natural Resources.<br />

Subsequently, "air guns," "water guns," <strong>and</strong><br />

Vibroseis machines have been used to<br />

generate source signals.<br />

When we began this study in 1981, the<br />

only data available with which to examine<br />

the hunters' suggestion that ringed seals<br />

r<br />

were displaced by noise disturbances were<br />

the results of aerial surveys conducted<br />

between 1970 <strong>and</strong> 1977 (Burns <strong>and</strong> Harbo<br />

1972; Burns <strong>and</strong> Eley 1978). In those<br />

surveys, lower densities of seals were<br />

observed in the vicinity of coastal<br />

settlements than in adjacent near-shore<br />

areas. They believed that those differences<br />

were greater than could be accounted for by<br />

removal of seals, since hunting of ringed<br />

seals was greatly reduced <strong>com</strong>pared to<br />

earlier times. They speculated that human<br />

activity, especially snow machine travel,<br />

was displacing seals from those areas.<br />

Examination of the aerial data from the<br />

Beaufort Sea for indications of differences in<br />

seal densities inside <strong>and</strong> outside of areas<br />

affected by seismic exploration has yielded<br />

conflicting results. Burns <strong>and</strong> Harbo (1972)<br />

re<strong>port</strong>ed similar densities of seals in both<br />

areas during the 1970 survey, but Burns et<br />

al. (1981) re-examined the data from 1975-<br />

1977 <strong>and</strong> concluded that densities of seals in<br />

"seismic" areas were consistently lower than<br />

in undisturbed areas. None of those surveys<br />

were designed to test for indications of<br />

displacement, however, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

retrospective partitioning of the data into<br />

disturbed <strong>and</strong> undisturbed areas was<br />

unsatisfactory.<br />

For the present study, we <strong>com</strong>bined onice<br />

surveys of subnivean seal structures<br />

(breathing holes <strong>and</strong> lairs) using trained<br />

Labrador retrievers, aerial surveys of<br />

basking seals, <strong>and</strong> radio telemetr to<br />

quantify the reactions of ringed sea s to<br />

seismic profiling that employed the<br />

Vibroseis method <strong>and</strong> to other<br />

anthropogenic noises. Our objectives were to<br />

(1) determine the effect of seismic profiling<br />

activities on ringed seal distribution, (2)<br />

determine the behavioral responses of<br />

ringed seals occupying lairs to<br />

anthropogenic noise, (3) <strong>com</strong>pare the rates of<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>onment of subnivean structures in<br />

disturbed <strong>and</strong> undisturbed areas, <strong>and</strong> (4)<br />

assess the significance of ab<strong>and</strong>onment of<br />

subnivean structures in terms of the<br />

numbers <strong>and</strong> distribution of alternative<br />

structures available to individual seals. Our<br />

primary measures of disturbance were the<br />

relative densities of basking seals along <strong>and</strong><br />

immediately adjacent to seismic "shot lines,"<br />

the rate of ab<strong>and</strong>onment of subnivean<br />

structures as a function of distance from<br />

seismic lines, <strong>and</strong> changes in haulout<br />

frequency <strong>and</strong> duration in areas subjected to<br />

seismic profiling. Rates of short-term <strong>and</strong><br />

long-term displacement resulting from noise<br />

disturbance were assessed relative to<br />

f


natural rates established using surveys <strong>and</strong><br />

telemetric studies conducted between 1981<br />

<strong>and</strong> 1987.<br />

Methods<br />

Aerial surveys<br />

Aerial surveys were conducted along<br />

the Beaufort Sea coast of Alaska (Figure 1)<br />

between 2 <strong>and</strong> 9 June 1981 <strong>and</strong> between 25<br />

May <strong>and</strong> 4 June 1982. The 1981 surveys<br />

were conducted from a twin engine fixed-<br />

wing aircraft (Grumman Goose) equipped<br />

with a Global Navigation System (GNS). A<br />

Bell 204 helicopter, also with GNS, was used<br />

for the 1982 surveys. Two observers counted<br />

all seals visible within 0.5 nm of each side of<br />

the aircraft while flying at an altitude of<br />

500 ft.<br />

Figure 1. Map of Alaska showing locations mentioned in text.<br />

2 9<br />

Between 2 <strong>and</strong> 9 June 1981, we<br />

surveyed 2,880 nm of transect lines divided<br />

into three groups; those parallel to the coast<br />

between Smith Bay (70°55'N 154O20W) <strong>and</strong><br />

Barter Isl<strong>and</strong> (70°08'N 143'40'W), those<br />

centered over seismic lines that had been<br />

surveyed during the previous few months,<br />

<strong>and</strong> control lines centered between those<br />

seismic line transects. In 1982, we<br />

conducted aerial surveys between 25 May<br />

<strong>and</strong> 4 June. The total length of those<br />

transects was 1,083 nm, again divided into<br />

those along seismic trails, those along<br />

control transects, <strong>and</strong> a series duplicating<br />

some of the transects surveyed in June 1981.<br />

Subnivean seal structure surveys<br />

Trained Labrador retrievers were used<br />

to find seal-made structures (subnivean lairs<br />

<strong>and</strong> breathing holes) in 10 surveys between<br />

so"<br />

50Â


1982 <strong>and</strong> 1987. The method was similar to<br />

the way Eskimo hunters used sled dogs to<br />

locate seal holes (Hall 1866). Canadian<br />

workers adapted the method for biological<br />

sampling (Smith <strong>and</strong> Stirling 1975) <strong>and</strong> one<br />

of us (BPK) learned the method from them<br />

in 1981. The dogs ran in front of a snow<br />

machine at the direction of the dog h<strong>and</strong>ler.<br />

When they detected seal odor, they followed<br />

the scent to its source <strong>and</strong> indicated the<br />

location of the seal structure by digging in<br />

the snow above it. Generally, the dogs were<br />

directed to run perpendicular to the wind<br />

direction to maximize the area of detection.<br />

The search pattern varied de ending<br />

on the objectives of work during the different<br />

field efforts. The dogs generally searched<br />

either along lines established by heavy<br />

equipment <strong>and</strong> snow machines or at r<strong>and</strong>om<br />

within pre-selected areas, usually near field<br />

camps or stations established to monitor<br />

radio-tagged seals. An exception was in a<br />

drift ice survey in 1987 when the dogs<br />

searched along tracks of polar bears.<br />

Seal structure surveys in 1982 were<br />

limited to the shore-fast ice of the Beaufort<br />

Sea, primarily in the vicinity of Reindeer<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> Seal Isl<strong>and</strong>, a man-made gravel<br />

isl<strong>and</strong> (Figure 2). In that effort, searches<br />

were primarily along seismic lines or control<br />

lines delineated by snow machine tracks.<br />

Surveys in 1983 were conducted again in the<br />

Reindeer Isl<strong>and</strong> area <strong>and</strong> at numerous<br />

shore-fast ice locations from Norton Sound<br />

in the Bering Sea north to Point Barrow in<br />

the Chukchi Sea (Figure 1). In 1984, shore-<br />

fast ice was surveyed in Kotzebue Sound <strong>and</strong><br />

drifting ice was surveyed elsewhere in the<br />

Chukchi Sea. Shore-fast ice was surveyed in<br />

the vicinity of Point Barrow in 1985, 1986,<br />

<strong>and</strong> 1987. The 1987 surveys also included<br />

efforts in the Beaufort Sea east of Point<br />

Barrow; on shore-fast ice between the man-<br />

made gravel isl<strong>and</strong>, Tern Isl<strong>and</strong> (70°17'N<br />

147O28'W) <strong>and</strong> Narwhal Isl<strong>and</strong> (70°24'N<br />

147'30'W) <strong>and</strong> at several locations in<br />

drifting ice.<br />

At a minimum, each structure was<br />

probed with an aluminum rod, 1 cm in<br />

diameter. Most structures were partially<br />

uncovered to permit examination <strong>and</strong><br />

measurements after which they were<br />

carefully re-covered. When examined,<br />

structures were classified as breathing<br />

holes, simple resting lairs, multi-chambered<br />

lairs, or birth lairs, <strong>and</strong> notations were made<br />

of the dimensions, physical setting, <strong>and</strong><br />

indications of predator activity. The status<br />

of each structure was recorded as open, if<br />

the hole through the ice was maintained by<br />

the seal to its maximal diameter; frozen, if<br />

the entire hole was refrozen; or, in the case of<br />

lairs as altered, if access to the lair was<br />

obstructed by partial freezing of the access<br />

hole or by a collapsing ceiling. Structures<br />

that were classified as frozen were<br />

considered to have been ab<strong>and</strong>oned by the<br />

seals.<br />

In most instances, structures were<br />

examined when first located. In 1982,<br />

however, many structures were probed when<br />

first located, but they were not examined<br />

further until a subsequent revisit. In that<br />

year, approximately 72% of the structures<br />

were visited two or more times.<br />

The examination of a structure was<br />

considered to constitute a disturbance, thus<br />

all examinations subsequent to the initial<br />

one were of structures previously exposed to<br />

anthropogenic disturbance <strong>and</strong> were<br />

categorized as such.<br />

Monitoring of haulout activity<br />

Fourteen ringed seals were live-<br />

captured at breathing holes in the shore-fast<br />

ice; three in the Beaufort Sea in 1982, six in<br />

the Beaufort Sea in 1983, <strong>and</strong> five in<br />

Kotzebue Sound in 1984 (Kelly et al. 1986).<br />

The weight, sex, <strong>and</strong> minimal age, as<br />

determined by claw annuli (McLaren<br />

1958b), of each seal was recorded. VHF<br />

radio transmitters were glued to the pelage<br />

of the dorsum, midway between the base of<br />

the tail <strong>and</strong> the region of maximal girth,<br />

before each seal was released at its capture<br />

site.<br />

The unique frequency of each deployed<br />

transmitter was monitored from a nearby<br />

camp every half-hour in 1982 <strong>and</strong> every hour<br />

in 1983 <strong>and</strong> 1984 for up to 2.5 months<br />

between March <strong>and</strong> early June. Signals<br />

could be received only when the transmitters<br />

were above the ice surface, thus indicating<br />

that the seals were out of the water.<br />

Haulout bouts of 13 of the radio-tagged seals<br />

were monitored after their release; no<br />

signals were received from one of the seals<br />

tagged in 1983. Whenever feasible, the<br />

exact location of the signal sources,<br />

indicating the location of lairs or other<br />

haulout sites, was determined. Those<br />

determinations were ac<strong>com</strong>plished by skiing<br />

or walking around the signal source while<br />

monitoring the signal with a h<strong>and</strong>-held,<br />

directional antenna.


SEISMIC SURVEY LINES, /<br />

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 METERS - Seismic survey lines<br />

p Subnivean seal structures<br />

Figure 2. Subnivean structures used by radio-tagged ringed seals <strong>and</strong> seismic survey lines in<br />

1982 (north of Reindeer Isl<strong>and</strong>) <strong>and</strong> 1983 (south of Reindeer Isl<strong>and</strong>). (After Kelly et al. 1986.)<br />

When radio-tagged seals were in their<br />

lairs <strong>and</strong> subjected to anthropogenic sounds,<br />

notations were made of their behavioral<br />

responses (departed or remained in lair). In<br />

April 1983, a simulated seismic survey was<br />

conducted near Reindeer Isl<strong>and</strong> in an area<br />

occupied by radio-tagged seals. The survey<br />

consisted of four seismic lines; A, B, C, <strong>and</strong> D<br />

depicted in Figure 2. Four machines<br />

travelled over each seismic line. A drill<br />

truck used a power auger to bore holes<br />

through the ice, generally every 67 m along<br />

the survey lines. A bulldozer (D6<br />

Caterpillar) then leveled the ice along the<br />

survey lines. Every 67 m, the ice surface<br />

was vibrated ten times in 16 second sweeps<br />

from 10 to 70 Hz by a Vibroseis machine. A<br />

fuel truck followed at the end of the convoy.<br />

Lines A <strong>and</strong> B were vibrated on 21 April,<br />

lines C <strong>and</strong> D were vibrated on 22 April, <strong>and</strong><br />

line A was vibrated a second time on 27<br />

April. Additionally, the behavioral<br />

responses of seals in lairs to the sounds of<br />

I<br />

helicopters, snow machines <strong>and</strong> other<br />

equipment operating on the ice, <strong>and</strong> people<br />

walking or skiing on the ice were<br />

documented op<strong>port</strong>unistically.<br />

Results<br />

Aerial surveys<br />

^<br />

Results of our aerial surve s were<br />

conflicting with regard to the e fects of<br />

seismic survey activities on seal<br />

distribution. In 1981, we observed an<br />

average of 1.3-1.4 ringed seals per nm2 on<br />

the shore-fast ice between Point Barrow<br />

(71°23.2'N 156'27.2W) <strong>and</strong> Oliktok Point<br />

(70°30.0'N 14g052.6W) <strong>and</strong> an average of<br />

1.1 ringed seals per nm2 between Oliktok<br />

Point <strong>and</strong> Barter Isl<strong>and</strong> (70°08.1'N<br />

142O24.7'W), similar to the densities<br />

observed in four surveys conducted between<br />

1970 <strong>and</strong> 1978 (Burns et al. 1981).


The observed densities of basking seals<br />

along seismic lines <strong>and</strong> intermediate control<br />

lines on three days are shown in Table 1.<br />

Densities along the two sets of lines differed<br />

significantly only on 3 June when densities<br />

along the seismic lines were 58% of those<br />

along control lines.<br />

Concentrations of seals basking along<br />

newly opened cracks (as opposed to at<br />

breathing holes) appeared unexpectedly<br />

early in June 1981 <strong>and</strong> increased from 13.9%<br />

of all seals sighted on 4 June to 16.5% on<br />

7 June <strong>and</strong> 22.8% on 8 June. The indication<br />

was that seals were leaving breathing holes<br />

<strong>and</strong> lairs maintained through the winter in<br />

favor of haulout sites along newly opened<br />

cracks. Therefore, we suspected that the 5<br />

<strong>and</strong> 9 June surveys were less representative<br />

of the early spring distribution of seals than<br />

was the 3 June survey. Thus, in 1982, we<br />

scheduled aerial surveys to begin in late<br />

May in the hope of obtaining relative<br />

densities that were more representative of<br />

early spring distribution.<br />

A replicated survey track from Cape<br />

Halkett (70°48'N 152Oll'W) to a point<br />

offshore of Prudhoe Bay yielded 1.28 seals<br />

per nm2 in 1981 <strong>and</strong> 1.84 seals per nm2 in<br />

1982, not a significant difference (t = 1.03,<br />

df = 32, p > 0.10). The 1982 effort also<br />

included eight flights in which a series of<br />

seismic <strong>and</strong> control lines were surveyed<br />

(Table 2). Observed densities along seismic<br />

<strong>and</strong> control lines did not differ si<br />

except on 26 May when more sea lifi~tly, s (1 00 per<br />

nm2) were observed along seismic lines than<br />

along control lines (0.48 seals per nm2) (t =<br />

2.24, df = 13, p < 0.05).<br />

Responses of seals to anthropogenic noises<br />

Haulout bouts of the radio-tagged<br />

ringed seals were monitored for 3 to 10<br />

weeks (Table 31, <strong>and</strong> we documented the<br />

behavioral responses of seals that were<br />

hauled out in lairs when exposed to a variety<br />

of anthropogenic noises. Single observations<br />

were obtained during the approach of a<br />

seismic convoy, a hovercraft, <strong>and</strong> a dog. A<br />

seal (GI83) departed his lair when a seismic<br />

convoy was 0.64 km away. On another<br />

occasion, the same seal departed his lair<br />

when a dog approached within 5 m of the<br />

lair. Another seal (SA82) remained in her<br />

lair when a hovercraft passed at a distance of<br />

2.5 km.<br />

Responses of seals to helicopter noise<br />

was variable. Responses to helicopters<br />

l<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> taking off (i.e., when the<br />

helicopters were applying maximal power<br />

<strong>and</strong> lift close to the surface) were noted six<br />

times. On two occasions, at distances of 1.0<br />

<strong>and</strong> 3.0 km, the seal departed. On four<br />

occasions, all at distances greater than<br />

2.5 km, the seals remained in their lairs.<br />

Seals departed lairs in five of 14 cases in<br />

response to airborne helicopters. In one<br />

case, the helicopter was directly over the lair<br />

at an altitude of 152 m, <strong>and</strong> in another case<br />

it was 5 km away at that same altitude when<br />

the seal departed. The closest approaches of<br />

airborne helicopters that were tolerated by<br />

seals in lairs were 0.6 km at an altitude of<br />

122 m <strong>and</strong> directly overhead at an altitude of<br />

762 m.<br />

Nine observations of the seals'<br />

responses to operating snow machines were<br />

obtained. One seal remained in its lair on<br />

two occasions when snow machines were<br />

operatin 0.5 km distant. Three other seals<br />

departe


Table 2. Ringed seal densities observed along adjacent seismic <strong>and</strong> control transects during<br />

aerial surveys in 1982.<br />

Date<br />

26 May<br />

29 May<br />

30 May<br />

31 May<br />

31 May<br />

1 June<br />

3 June<br />

4 June<br />

Seismic Transects Control Transects<br />

Density Length Density Length<br />

(sealslnm2) (nm) (sealslnm2) (nm) T Test<br />

lairs were noted. In nine cases, the seals<br />

remained in the lairs, including four cases in<br />

which the people approached to within<br />

0.2 km. In 12 cases where the seals<br />

responded by departing, people were<br />

walking 0.1 to 0.6 km from the lairs. In each<br />

of four cases in which a person walked<br />

within 0.1 km, the seal departed from its<br />

lair.<br />

People on skis approached lairs 26<br />

times. Seals remained in lairs during five of<br />

six approaches by skiers to within 0.2 km.<br />

Four departures were observed, one at<br />

0.2 km, two at 0.3 km, <strong>and</strong> one at 0.4 km.<br />

In all instances in which seals departed<br />

lairs in response to noise disturbance, they<br />

subsequently reoccupied the lair. The<br />

breathing holes <strong>and</strong> lairs known to have<br />

been used by the three female seals radio-<br />

tagged in 1982 (SA82, BA82, BE821 were<br />

within an extensive grid of seismic lines that<br />

had been vibrated a few weeks before the<br />

Table 3. Ringed seals radio-tagged in the Beaufort Sea <strong>and</strong> Kotzebue Sound . (After Kelly et al.<br />

1986.)<br />

- -<br />

Age (yrs) First Last Known<br />

Seal indicated Weight Date signal signal minimal<br />

no. Sex by claws (kg) tagged received received no. of lairs


seals were tagged (Figure 2). Each seal<br />

maintained at least one lair <strong>and</strong> one<br />

breathing hole within the grid of seismic<br />

lines. The breathing holes <strong>and</strong> lair access<br />

holes passed through 2 m of ice <strong>and</strong><br />

presumably had been maintained since<br />

freeze up, or shortly thereafter. The<br />

breathing holes ranged from 19 to 129 m<br />

from the nearest seismic line; the lairs<br />

ranged from 250 to 700 m from the nearest<br />

seismic line. All of those structures<br />

remained in active use until at least early<br />

June, approximately two months after the<br />

seismic convoy had left the area.<br />

Of the seals radio-tagged in 1983, three<br />

(two males <strong>and</strong> one female) occupied lairs<br />

within the grid of simulated seismic survey<br />

lines (Figure 2). One of the males (TI83)<br />

tended to haul out late at night in April <strong>and</strong><br />

was never in his lair during the daytime<br />

hours that the seismic convoy operated<br />

(Kelly et al. 1986). The frequency <strong>and</strong><br />

duration of his haulout bouts <strong>and</strong> their<br />

locations showed no significant changes in<br />

relation to the seismic operation.<br />

The second male (GI83) was in his lair<br />

when the seismic equipment approached on<br />

21 April <strong>and</strong> his departure, when the convoy<br />

was 0.64 km distant, was mentioned earlier.<br />

The next signal from him was heard on<br />

23 April when he briefly hauled out at a<br />

different site than the one he departed two<br />

days earlier. Thereafter, five additional<br />

haulout bouts by that seal were recorded, at<br />

least two of them from the lair he departed<br />

in response to the convoy. No signals were<br />

received from his transmitter after 26 April<br />

when he hauled out briefly (less than one<br />

hour). On 17 May, examination of the lair<br />

he had occupied during the seismic survey<br />

indicated its continuing use as a haulout<br />

site, but we were unable to ascertain<br />

whether he or some other seal was using the<br />

lair at that time.<br />

The female (LR83) using the 1983<br />

seismic area was ta ged after the survey<br />

was <strong>com</strong>pleted. Her F our haulout sites were<br />

within the seismic line grid, <strong>and</strong> her birth<br />

lair probably was in use prior to the seismic<br />

survey (Figure 2). She continued to use that<br />

lair as late as 4 June, more than one month<br />

after the survey.<br />

Fate of seal structures in areas of industrial<br />

activity<br />

While lair use by the radio-tagged<br />

seals appeared to be interrupted only briefly<br />

by anthropogenic disturbance, we did<br />

observe cases of ab<strong>and</strong>onment in our<br />

examination of other structures. We found<br />

evidence that the examination by<br />

investigators <strong>and</strong> the activities associated<br />

with seismic profiling <strong>and</strong> gravel isl<strong>and</strong><br />

construction increased the rates of<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>onment. Data on these points were<br />

obtained in 1982 on the shore-fast ice of the<br />

Beaufort Sea.<br />

Of 37 structures that were opened <strong>and</strong><br />

examined when first found, 46% were frozen<br />

or altered when revisited. Another 59<br />

structures were only probed when first<br />

found, <strong>and</strong> 22% of those structures were<br />

frozen or altered when revisited. The<br />

difference in the pro<strong>port</strong>ion of structures<br />

frozen or altered was significant (G = 6.35,<br />

df = 2, p < 0.05).<br />

The fate of 110 structures was<br />

investigated as a function of their distance<br />

from seismic lines <strong>and</strong> a gravel isl<strong>and</strong> <strong>under</strong><br />

construction. Within 150 m of the seismic<br />

lines, 14/48 (29.2%) structures were<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>oned, <strong>com</strong>pared to 4/37 (10.0%) of the<br />

structures beyond 150 m of the same lines.<br />

The difference was statistically significant<br />

(G = 5.53, df = 1,O.Ol < p < 0.025).<br />

Within 8 km of the Seal Isl<strong>and</strong><br />

construction site, the incidence of<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>onment was 8/25 (32.0%), similar to<br />

the rates close to seismic lines. Near the<br />

isl<strong>and</strong> construction site, no differences were<br />

detected in ab<strong>and</strong>onment rates within <strong>and</strong><br />

beyond 150 m of the search lines.<br />

We observed varying rates of<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>onment in over 700 seal structures<br />

examined between 1982 <strong>and</strong> 1987. Our<br />

samples were grouped according to ice type,<br />

the amount of anthropogenic disturbance,<br />

<strong>and</strong> the number of examinations by the<br />

investigators. That breakdown resulted in<br />

the four samples shown in Table 4. They<br />

are; (1) 93 structures from the drifting ice,<br />

not subjected to unnatural noise<br />

disturbance; (2) 471 structures from shore-<br />

fast ice <strong>and</strong> not subject to human<br />

disturbance; (3) 148 structures from shore-<br />

fast ice <strong>and</strong> subjected to "on-ice" industrial<br />

activity; <strong>and</strong> (4) 107 of the above 148<br />

structures after being subjected to two or<br />

more investigator examinations as well as<br />

industrial activities.<br />

On the shore-fast ice with no<br />

significant anthropogenic disturbances<br />

(sample 2), only 4.0% of the structures were


Table 4. Rates of ab<strong>and</strong>onment (freezing of breathing or access holes) of ringed seal structures<br />

in four samples collected between 1982 <strong>and</strong> 1987.<br />

Anthropogenic Number Percent<br />

Sample disturbance N frozen frozen<br />

1. Drifting ice<br />

Chukchi &<br />

Beaufort seas<br />

1984 & 1987<br />

2. Shore-fast ice<br />

Bering, Chukchi,<br />

& Beaufort seas<br />

1983-1987<br />

3. Shore-fast ice<br />

Beaufort Sea<br />

1982<br />

4. Shore-fast ice<br />

Beaufort Sea<br />

1982<br />

None 93 12 12.9%<br />

None<br />

frozen. This represents what we consider to<br />

be the natural rate of ab<strong>and</strong>onment on<br />

shore-fast ice during our study.<br />

Of the structures in the shore-fast ice<br />

that were subjected to industrial noise<br />

(sample 31, 13.5% were ab<strong>and</strong>oned when<br />

first examined. The difference in<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>onment rates between the industrially<br />

disturbed sample (3) <strong>and</strong> the undisturbed<br />

sample (2) was highly significant (X2 =<br />

17.14, df = 1, p < 0.001). In sample 4,<br />

which includes 107 of the structures from<br />

sample 3 that were subjected to multiple<br />

examinations as well as to industrial<br />

activities, the ab<strong>and</strong>onment rate was 32.7%,<br />

indicating a significant increase due to the<br />

investigator's activities (X2 = 12.42, df = 1,<br />

p < 0.001).<br />

Sample 1 includes 93 structures from<br />

the drifting ice <strong>and</strong> is included for<br />

<strong>com</strong>parison with the shore-fast ice samples.<br />

Compared to the latter habitat, the drifting<br />

ice is less stable. Furthermore, a high<br />

pro ortion of ringed seal structures in the<br />

?<br />

dri ting ice are opened by polar bears, a<br />

source of natural disturbance similar to that<br />

of our opening a lair. In the 1987 driftiice<br />

sample, 22/39 (56.4%) of the structures had<br />

been visited by bears, but that pro<strong>port</strong>ion<br />

was biased since the sample was collected<br />

Seismic surveys, 148 20 13.5%<br />

isl<strong>and</strong> building<br />

Seismic surveys, 107 35 32.7%<br />

isl<strong>and</strong> building,<br />

& investigator<br />

examinations<br />

while following bear tracks (Kelly et al.<br />

1987). The 1984 drifting ice sample was<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om, however, <strong>and</strong> of 54 structures in<br />

that sample, nine (16.6%) were visited by<br />

bears. The rate of ab<strong>and</strong>onment of<br />

structures in the drift ice (sample 1) was<br />

12.9%, similar to that found on the shore-<br />

fast ice in 1982 (sample 3). Only one other<br />

sample not subjected to industrial<br />

disturbance showed rates of ab<strong>and</strong>onment<br />

similar to those in the drifting ice. One of<br />

seven undisturbed, shore-fast ice samples<br />

exceeded 5% ab<strong>and</strong>onment. That sample,<br />

collected near Barrow in 1986, had a 12.8%<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>onment rate <strong>and</strong> was associated with a<br />

very high incidence of <strong>arctic</strong> fox activity.<br />

Discussion<br />

The responses of ringed seals to noise<br />

disturbance were quite variable as indicated<br />

by the behavior of radio-tagged seals <strong>and</strong> by<br />

the rates of ab<strong>and</strong>onment of seal structures<br />

near <strong>and</strong> at various distances from human<br />

activities. Some structures remained in<br />

active use despite close proximity to seismic<br />

survey lines, snow machine trails, gravel<br />

isl<strong>and</strong> construction, <strong>and</strong> helicopter flight<br />

paths. Other structures were ab<strong>and</strong>oned<br />

quickly when exposed to noises at greater<br />

distances. That variation probably is due in


part to differences in the noise environment<br />

that are difficult to measure. For example,<br />

helicopter noise is muffled on warm, cloudy,<br />

snowy, or windy days <strong>and</strong> is loudest in clear,<br />

calm, cold <strong>conditions</strong>. A snow machine, or<br />

person on foot or skis, produces different<br />

kinds <strong>and</strong> levels of noise when the snow is<br />

very cold <strong>and</strong> hard or windblown <strong>com</strong>pared<br />

to newly fallen, relatively warm or soft<br />

snow. Snow machines travelling over<br />

smooth ice sound different than those over<br />

rough ice. Also, the seals' sensitivity to<br />

anthropogenic noise may lessen when<br />

background noise, such as from wind-driven<br />

snow or ice movement is high.<br />

In spite of an array of variables not<br />

accounted for, it is apparent that ringed<br />

seals in lairs are aware of sound intrusions,<br />

<strong>and</strong> they generally react to mechanical<br />

conveyances at greater distances than they<br />

do to eople on foot or on skis. The<br />

indivi I ual variation in their reactions,<br />

however, makes it difficult to define<br />

"critical" distances for noise disturbances.<br />

Although we found fewer active seal<br />

structures within 150 m of seismic lines<br />

than beyond that distance, we cannot say<br />

how the rate of ab<strong>and</strong>onment changed<br />

within that range, which was chosen on the<br />

basis of sample size, rather than distance<br />

se. -<br />

Gravel isl<strong>and</strong> construction appeared to<br />

result in displacement of ringed seals at<br />

rates similar to those observed close to<br />

seismic survey lines. Our data suggested<br />

that the radius of disturbance was greater<br />

around Seal Isl<strong>and</strong> when it was <strong>under</strong><br />

construction than was the radius around<br />

seismic exploration, but the data are<br />

insufficient for determining the distance<br />

from the isl<strong>and</strong> at which the incidence of<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>onment began to decrease.<br />

The displacement of some seals within<br />

two hundred meters of seismic lines<br />

probably results in little, if any, increased<br />

mortality since, as we re<strong>port</strong>ed elsewhere<br />

(Kelly 1985; Kelly et al. 1986), individual<br />

seals use more than a single lair <strong>and</strong> as<br />

many as four or five lairs each. Our<br />

telemetric studies indicated that the<br />

distances between lairs used by individual<br />

seals averaged 572 m for females <strong>and</strong> 2,018<br />

m for males (Kelly et al. 1986). We do not<br />

know if mortality would be likely to occur if<br />

individual seals were displaced <strong>com</strong>pletely<br />

from the areas containing all of their lairs.<br />

At the very least, such an event would be<br />

likely to increase intra-specific strife by<br />

forcing displaced seals to use structures<br />

maintained by other seals.<br />

That ringed seals respond to noise<br />

disturbances by fleeing into the water<br />

probably is the result of their subjection to<br />

predation by polar bears <strong>and</strong> <strong>arctic</strong> foxes.<br />

Weddell seals (Levtonychotes weddelli),<br />

which breed on the shore-fast ice of<br />

Ant<strong>arctic</strong>a, have evolved in the absence of<br />

surface predators <strong>and</strong> are much less readily<br />

disturbed (Stirling 1977; Kooyman 1981).<br />

The rates of ringed seal structure<br />

ab<strong>and</strong>onment that we observed in areas of<br />

noise disturbance were more than three<br />

times greater than the overall rates in<br />

undisturbed areas but similar to the rates in<br />

areas of frequent predator activity.<br />

Increasing the frequency with which<br />

ringed seals flee lairs may increase stress<br />

levels <strong>and</strong> energy dem<strong>and</strong>s at times when<br />

rest is im<strong>port</strong>ant to their well-being. Lair<br />

occupation be<strong>com</strong>es increasingly frequent<br />

<strong>and</strong> longer in duration throu hout the<br />

spring months (Kelly et a . 1986),<br />

apparently due to the seals' need to maintain<br />

high epidermal temperatures while<br />

replacing their pelage (Feltz <strong>and</strong> Fay 1966).<br />

Of potentially greater im<strong>port</strong>ance are<br />

the effects of disturbances that cause<br />

structures to be <strong>com</strong>pletely ab<strong>and</strong>oned. That<br />

occurrence would be deleterious especially<br />

for nursing pups. Furthermore, females<br />

with nursing young are more susceptible to<br />

disturbance in lairs by virtue of their more<br />

frequent <strong>and</strong> extended haulout bouts (Kelly<br />

et al. 1986). Short of ab<strong>and</strong>oning a pup,<br />

female seals can take them through the<br />

water to alternate lairs (Smith <strong>and</strong> Stirling<br />

1975; Taugbd 1982). If a newborn pup is<br />

forced into the water, however, it may not<br />

survive the resultant heat loss. At birth,<br />

ringed seal pups do not have the insulating<br />

blubber layer that protects older seals from<br />

excessive heat loss when submerged. Pups<br />

that do survive swimming through the water<br />

to an alternate lair would have to expend<br />

significant amounts of their energy reserves<br />

in order to maintain core temperature while<br />

drying (Taugbd 1982). Those pups would be<br />

easier prey for polar bears <strong>and</strong> <strong>arctic</strong> foxes<br />

<strong>and</strong> would be less able to withst<strong>and</strong> other<br />

stresses.<br />

Our investigation focused on the effects<br />

of noise disturbance on the seals' use of lairs<br />

<strong>and</strong> breathing holes. From our telemetric<br />

studies, we know that seals spend the<br />

majority of the time in the water <strong>under</strong> the<br />

f?


ice (Kelly et al. 1986). Little is known about<br />

their activities <strong>under</strong> the ice, although much<br />

of it must involve feeding <strong>and</strong>, perhaps,<br />

territorial defense. Sound is readily<br />

conducted throu h the ice into the water,<br />

f<br />

<strong>and</strong> the effects o noise disturbance on seals<br />

<strong>under</strong> the ice remains unknown. Recent<br />

experiments with captive ringed seals<br />

suggest that ambient noise provides a<br />

critical navigational cue to seals swimming<br />

<strong>under</strong> ice in total darkness (Wartzok et al.<br />

1987).<br />

Acknowledgements<br />

Much of this work was funded by the<br />

Minerals Management Service, Department<br />

of the Interior through an Interagency<br />

Agreement with the National Oceanic <strong>and</strong><br />

Atmospheric Administration, Department<br />

of Commerce, as art of the Alaskan Outer<br />

Continental Shelf Environmental<br />

Assessment Program. Additional sup<strong>port</strong><br />

was provided by the Department of Wildlife<br />

Management, North Slope Borough,<br />

Barrow, Alaska, <strong>and</strong> the U. S. Fish <strong>and</strong><br />

Wildlife Service. We are grateful to those<br />

organizations <strong>and</strong> to a great many people<br />

who assisted in the field work <strong>and</strong> provided<br />

logistic sup<strong>port</strong>. We learned a great deal<br />

about ringed seals <strong>and</strong> the use of trained<br />

dogs for locating their subnivean structures<br />

from T. Smith <strong>and</strong> M. Hammill of the Arctic<br />

Biological Station, Ste. Anne de Bellevue,<br />

Quebec <strong>and</strong> J. Memorana, Holman, N. W. T.<br />

Personnel of Shell Western E & P, Inc.,<br />

Geophysical Services, Inc., Western<br />

Geophysical Co., Sefel Geophysical Co.,<br />

NANA Regional Corporation, U. S. Coast<br />

Guard - Port Clarence LORAN Station,<br />

711th Aircraft <strong>and</strong> Warning Squadron Radar<br />

Site - Cape Lisburne, Telonics, Inc., <strong>and</strong> the<br />

NOAA Helicopter Corps were extremely<br />

helpful to our efforts.<br />

References<br />

Boas, F. 1888. The central Eskimo. Bur.<br />

Amer. Ethnology, 399-699.<br />

Burns, J. J. <strong>and</strong> Eley, T. J. 1978. The<br />

natural history <strong>and</strong> ecolow of the bearded<br />

seal (~rignathus barbatus) <strong>and</strong> the ringed<br />

seal (Phoca hispidm. Dep. Commer.,<br />

NOMXSEAP Environ. Assess. Alaskan<br />

Continental Shelf, Ann. Rep. Year Ending<br />

March 1978,l: 99-162.<br />

Burns, J. J. <strong>and</strong> Harbo, S. J. 1972. An aerial<br />

census of ringed seals, northern coast of<br />

Alaska. Arctic 25: 279-290.<br />

Burns, J. J. <strong>and</strong> Kelly, B. P. 1982. Studies of<br />

ringed seals in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea<br />

during winter: impacts of seismic<br />

exploration. Unpubl. ann. rep., OCSEAP<br />

Res. Unit 232, to U.S. Dep. Commer.,<br />

NOAA, Off. Mar. Pollut. Assess., Juneau,<br />

Alaska, 57 pp.<br />

Burns, J. J., Kelly, B. P. <strong>and</strong> Frost, K. J.<br />

1981. Studies of ringed seals in the Beaufort<br />

Sea during winter. Executive Summay, 31<br />

October 1981. OCSEAP Res. Unit 232, to<br />

U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA, Off. Mar. Pollut.<br />

Assess., Juneau, Alaska. 81 pp.<br />

Cox, S. L. <strong>and</strong> Spiess, A. 1980. Dorset<br />

settlement <strong>and</strong> subsistence in northern<br />

Labrador. Arctic 33: 659-669.<br />

Feltz, E. T. <strong>and</strong> Fay, F. H. 1966. Thermal<br />

requirements in of epidermal cells from<br />

seals. CryobioT3: 261-264.<br />

Geraci, J. R. <strong>and</strong> St. Aubin, D. J. 1980.<br />

Offshore petroleum resource development<br />

<strong>and</strong> marine mammals: a review <strong>and</strong><br />

research re<strong>com</strong>mendations. Mar. Fish. Rev.<br />

42: 1-12.<br />

Hall, C. F. 1866. Arctic researches <strong>and</strong> life<br />

among the Esquimaux: being the narrative<br />

of an expedition in search of Sir John<br />

Franklin, in the years 1860,1861, <strong>and</strong> 1862.<br />

Harper <strong>and</strong> Bros. Publ., N. Y., 595 pp.<br />

Kelly, B. P. 1985. Dependence by ringed<br />

seals on subnivean lairs. Sixth Biennial<br />

Conference on the Biology of Marine<br />

Mammals. (Abstract).<br />

Kelly, B. P., Quakenbush, L. <strong>and</strong>. Rose, J. R.<br />

1986. Ringed seal winter ecology <strong>and</strong> effects<br />

of noise disturbance. Final rep., OCSEAP<br />

Res. Unit 232, Part 2, to U.S. Dep. Commer.,<br />

NOAA, Natl. Ocean Serv., Ocean Assess.<br />

Div., Alaska Office, Anchorage, Alaska,<br />

91 PP.<br />

Kelly, B. P., Amstrup, S. C., Gardner, C. <strong>and</strong><br />

Quakenbush, L. T. 1987. Predation on<br />

ringed seals in the western Beaufort Sea.<br />

Seventh Biennial Conference on the Biology<br />

of Marine Mammals, 5-9 December 1987,<br />

Miami, Florida. (Abstract).<br />

Kooyman, G. L. 1981. Weddell seal<br />

(Leptonychotes weddelli Lesson, 1826). 12


"H<strong>and</strong>book of marine mammals" (S. H.<br />

Ridgway <strong>and</strong> R. J. Harrison F.R.S., eds.).<br />

Vol. 2: Seals. Academic Press, London, 275-<br />

296.<br />

Manning, T. H. 1944. Hunting implements<br />

<strong>and</strong> methods of the present-day Eskimos of<br />

north-west Hudson Bay, Melville Peninsula,<br />

<strong>and</strong> south-west Baffin Isl<strong>and</strong>. Geom. J. 103:<br />

10-152.<br />

Mansfield, A. W. 1983. The effects of vessel<br />

traffic in the <strong>arctic</strong> on marine mammals <strong>and</strong><br />

re<strong>com</strong>mendations for future research. Can.<br />

Tech. Rep. Fish. <strong>and</strong> Aquatic Sci. No. 1186.<br />

Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue, Quebec, 97 pp.<br />

McLaren, I. A. 1958a. The economics of<br />

seals in the eastern Canadian <strong>arctic</strong>. Fish.<br />

Res. Board Can. Circ. 1,93 pp.<br />

McLaren, I. A. 1958b. The biology of the<br />

ringed seal (Phoca hispida Schreber) in the<br />

eastern Canadian <strong>arctic</strong>. Fish. Res. Board<br />

Can. Bull. 118: 97 pp.<br />

Norris, K. S. 1981. Marine mammals of the<br />

<strong>arctic</strong>, their sounds <strong>and</strong> their relation to<br />

alterations in the acoustic environment by<br />

man-made noise. In "The question of sound<br />

from icebreaker operations: the proceedings<br />

of a workshop February 23-24, 1981",<br />

Toronto, Ontario (N. M. Peterson, ed.).<br />

Arctic Pilot Proj., Petro-Canada, Calgary,<br />

Alberta, 304-309.<br />

Rausch, R. L. 1973. Post mortem findings<br />

in some marine mammals following the<br />

Cannikin test on Amchitka Isl<strong>and</strong>. Ms.<br />

Atomic Energy Comm., Las Vegas, Nev.<br />

86 PP.<br />

Ronald, K. <strong>and</strong> Dougan, J. L. 1982. The ice<br />

lover: biology of the harp seal (Phoca<br />

groenl<strong>and</strong>ica). Science 215: 928-933.<br />

Schusterman, R. J. <strong>and</strong> Moore, P. W. B.<br />

1980. Noise disturbance <strong>and</strong> audibility in<br />

innipeds. J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 70, Suppl. 1,<br />

583.<br />

Smith, T. G. 1976. Predation of ringed seal<br />

pups (Phoca his ida) by the <strong>arctic</strong> fox<br />

(Alopex lagopu*n. J. Zool. 54: 1610-<br />

1616.<br />

Smith,<br />

+<br />

T. G. 1987. The ringed seal, Phoca<br />

his ida, of the Canadian western Arctic.<br />

an. Bull. Fish. <strong>and</strong> Aquat. Sci. 216.<br />

Ottawa, 81 pp.<br />

Smith, T. G. <strong>and</strong> Stirling, I. 1975. The<br />

breeding habitat of the ringed seal (Phoca<br />

hispida). The birth lair <strong>and</strong> associated<br />

structures. Can. J. Zool. 53: 1297-1305.<br />

Stefansson, V. 1913. My life with the<br />

Eskimos. MacMillan Co., New York, 538 pp.<br />

Stewart, B. S. 1981. Behavioral response of<br />

northern elephant seals <strong>and</strong> California sea<br />

lions on San Nicolas Isl<strong>and</strong>. California. to<br />

loud impulse noise. J. ~cbust. Soc. Am.<br />

Suppl. 1, Vol. 70, S84.<br />

Stirling, I. 1977. Adaptations of Weddell<br />

<strong>and</strong> ringed seals to exploit the polar fast ice<br />

habitat in the absence or presence of surface<br />

predators. In "Adaptations within ant<strong>arctic</strong><br />

ecos stems" (G. A. Llano, ed.). Proceedings<br />

of the Third Symposium on Ant<strong>arctic</strong><br />

Biology. Gulf Publishing Co., Houston,<br />

Texas, 741-748. 1252 pp.<br />

Taugb01, G. 1982. Ringed seal<br />

thermoregulation, energy balance <strong>and</strong><br />

development in early life, a study on P s<br />

hispida in Kongsfj., Svalbard. Unpubl.<br />

thesis, 102 pp. (Transl. from Norwegian by<br />

Can. Fish. Aquat. Sci., No. 5090, 1984,<br />

109 pp.)<br />

Wartzok, D., Elsner, R., Kelly, B. P.,<br />

Mimken, G. <strong>and</strong> Quakenbush, L. T.. 1987.<br />

Visual, acoustic, <strong>and</strong> vibrissal contributions<br />

to <strong>under</strong>-ice navigation by ringed seals,<br />

Phoca his ida. Seventh Biennial Conference<br />

of Marine Mammals, 5-9<br />

December 1987, Miami, Florida. (Abstract).<br />

Wenzel, G. 1984. Archaeological evidence<br />

for prehistoric Inuit use of the sea-ice<br />

environment. In "Sikumiut: the people who<br />

use sea ice" (A. Cooke <strong>and</strong> E. V. Alstine,<br />

eds.). Canadian Arctic Resources<br />

Committee, Ottawa, 41-59. 153 pp.


Abstract<br />

RESPONSES OF MIGRATING NARWHAL AND BELUGA<br />

TO ICEBREAKER TRAFFIC AT THE ADMIRALTY INLET ICE-EDGE,<br />

N.W.T. IN 1986<br />

A mobile ice-based camp was<br />

maintained at the mouth of Admiralty<br />

Inlet from 22 May to 10 July 1986.<br />

Aerial surveys of migrating whales<br />

were flown, using a Bell 206 Jet<br />

Ranger helicopter, both when ships<br />

were absent from the ice-edge <strong>and</strong><br />

whales were presumed to be undisturbed<br />

<strong>and</strong> when ships were in the vicinity of<br />

the ice-edge. Numbers, distribution<br />

<strong>and</strong> behaviour of both narwhal <strong>and</strong><br />

beluga were recorded. Data indicated<br />

that day-to-day variation in numbers<br />

<strong>and</strong> distribution of both species was<br />

substantial, making assessment of the<br />

effects of ship traffic <strong>and</strong> assocl-.zed<br />

noise on numbers difficult. Observa-<br />

tion of undisturbed whales indicated<br />

that migratory patterns, group size<br />

<strong>and</strong> general activity of narwhal dif-<br />

fered significantly from those of bel-<br />

uga. In the presence of ship traffic<br />

beluga showed an increase in non-<br />

directed movement, a decline in<br />

directed movement <strong>and</strong> a decline in<br />

inactivity. Narwhal showed no change<br />

in non-directed movement, an increase<br />

in slow directed movement <strong>and</strong> a slight<br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of a paper<br />

presented at the Ninth International Conference on Port<br />

<strong>and</strong> Ocean Engineering Under Arctic Conditions, Fair-<br />

banks, Alaska, USA, August 17-22, 1987.<br />

Susan E. Cosens<br />

Larry P. Dueck<br />

Fisheries <strong>and</strong> Oceans, Winnipeg, Manitoba, CANADA<br />

decline in inactivity. Changes in<br />

group structure <strong>and</strong> orientation in re-<br />

sponse to ship traffic also differed<br />

between the two species. Overall, re-<br />

actions of both species appeared to be<br />

less pronounced than was described in<br />

a previous study. This difference may<br />

be attributable to differences in ice<br />

<strong>conditions</strong>.<br />

Introduction<br />

As a result of recent interest<br />

in developing resources in the Arctic,<br />

there is concern that disturbance by<br />

shipping traffic <strong>and</strong> other industrial<br />

activity may have detrimental effects<br />

on marine mammal populations (see<br />

Mansfield 1983). Both industry <strong>and</strong><br />

government have directed effort to ad-<br />

dress these concerns. Most of the re-<br />

search has taken place in the Beaufort<br />

Sea area where exploration for hydro-<br />

carbons, including seismic <strong>and</strong> drill-<br />

ing operations, has been most inten-<br />

sive. Research has focussed on large<br />

cetaceans, such as the bowhead whale<br />

(Balaena mysticetus) (eg. Ljungblad et<br />

al. 1985; Richardson 1985; Richardson<br />

et al. 1985). The beluga whale<br />

(Delphinapterus leucas) has also been<br />

the subject of similar studies in the<br />

western Arctic (see Ford 1977; Fraker<br />

1983).


Exploration for hydrocarbons in<br />

the eastern Arctic has been limited<br />

but other industrial activities, in-<br />

cluding mining, have required the use<br />

of icebreakers <strong>and</strong> tankers in the<br />

Northwest Passage. The Arvik <strong>and</strong> Nan-<br />

asivik mines, for example, send ship-<br />

ments of ore to Europe each summer.<br />

Government <strong>and</strong> industry have cooperat-<br />

ed in efforts to extend the shipping<br />

season in the eastern Arctic by bring-<br />

ing the icebreaking tanker MV Arctic<br />

to Nanasivik at the north end of<br />

Baffin Isl<strong>and</strong>, Northwest Territories,<br />

during the fast ice season. More<br />

effort has been directed toward bring-<br />

ing the ship in before break-up rather<br />

than during the winter freeze-up per-<br />

iod.<br />

Early shipping raises potential<br />

problems of interference with cetacean<br />

migrations through Lancaster Sound.<br />

In 1982, a study of responses of nar-<br />

whal (Monodon monoceros) <strong>and</strong> beluga to<br />

icebreaker traffic was begun by LGL at<br />

the Admiralty Inlet ice edge. At that<br />

time, the MV- Arctic, accoipanied by a<br />

Canadian Coastguard icebreaker, was<br />

making one round trip through the fast<br />

ice of Admiralty Inlet at the end of<br />

June, about the time that the odonto-<br />

cete migration begins to peak. Re-<br />

sults from this study indicated that<br />

(1) odontocetes moved away from loca-<br />

tions where icebreakers were generat-<br />

ing noise, (2) initial avoidance re-<br />

sponses occurred when ships were over<br />

40 km from the ice edge <strong>and</strong> (3) beluga<br />

<strong>and</strong> narwhal were behaviourally differ-<br />

ent in their responses to icebreaker<br />

disturbance.<br />

Intending to exp<strong>and</strong> the work<br />

that LGL conducted, we began our study<br />

in 1986. We intended to monitor odon-<br />

tocete migration patterns over a long-<br />

er period of time than had been done<br />

previously, <strong>and</strong> to <strong>com</strong>pare non-<br />

disturbance with disturbance pat-<br />

terns. We wanted to quantify be-<br />

haviour patterns of both beluga <strong>and</strong><br />

narwhal such that statistical <strong>com</strong>pari-<br />

sons of behaviour between species <strong>and</strong><br />

between disturbance <strong>conditions</strong> could<br />

be made. We conducted 27 helicopter<br />

surveys between 22 May <strong>and</strong> 6 July <strong>and</strong><br />

collected data on the behaviour of<br />

beluga <strong>and</strong> narwhal during two passages<br />

of a single ship <strong>and</strong> one passage of<br />

two ships through the fast ice. This<br />

paper summarizes the data on numbers,<br />

distribution, activity <strong>and</strong> orientation<br />

collected during these surveys.<br />

Materials <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

We established a mobile ice-<br />

based camp at the mouth of Admiralty<br />

Inlet (73O45'N 84'05'W) on 22 May <strong>and</strong><br />

conducted aerial surveys from 24 May<br />

to 6 July. Our surveys included three<br />

observers in a Bell 206 Jet Ranger<br />

helicopter that flew at an altitude of<br />

about 230 m <strong>and</strong> a speed of about 160<br />

km/hour. We planned to proceed east<br />

from our camp along the floe edge to<br />

Navy Board Inlet, north until we were<br />

several kilometres from the floe edge,<br />

west to Cape Crauford, then return to<br />

camp. This flight path would have<br />

covered the mouth of Admiralty Inlet<br />

both close to <strong>and</strong> several kilometers<br />

from the shear line. Actual flight<br />

paths were variable (Fig. 1). Pack<br />

ice was heavy, <strong>and</strong> our survey route<br />

usually followed open leads which were<br />

irregular in distribution. We fre-<br />

quently made return flights halfway or<br />

more across Lancaster Sound, following<br />

the edge of the pack ice. Occasional-<br />

ly, Lancaster Sound was <strong>com</strong>pletely<br />

covered in pack ice so large areas of<br />

open water were infrequently encount-<br />

ered. There was no l<strong>and</strong>-fast ice edge<br />

across Lancaster Sound in 1986, thus<br />

our westerly flights were limited only<br />

by fuel requirements.<br />

Whales observed within a 250 m<br />

strip on either side of the helicopter<br />

were identified to species, counted<br />

<strong>and</strong>, when possible, classed to sex <strong>and</strong><br />

gross age (adult, sub-adult, new-<br />

born). Their ongoing behaviour,<br />

orientation <strong>and</strong> general movement speed<br />

was noted. We also recorded ice con-<br />

ditions by estimating % ice cover<br />

within the 500 m survey strip. Chang-<br />

es in ice <strong>conditions</strong>, helicopter alti-<br />

tude, flight speed <strong>and</strong> bearing were<br />

recorded on cassette recorders.<br />

Ongoing behaviour was classified<br />

into four categories: (1) directed<br />

movement - whales maintained constant


Lancaster<br />

Sound<br />

Figure 1. a) A survey made on 10 June<br />

that followed our preferred flight<br />

path. b) A survey made on 25 May that<br />

deviated from our preferred flight<br />

path. Hatched areas represent l<strong>and</strong><br />

fast ice.<br />

direction during swimming movements,<br />

(2) circling - whales changed the di-<br />

rection in which they were swimming,<br />

(3) deep dive - whales disappeared<br />

from view after a dive, 4) resting -<br />

whales remained stationary showing no<br />

lo<strong>com</strong>otory behaviour. The latter cat-<br />

egory was further classified by noting<br />

location of whales relative to the<br />

water surface: (1) back exposed -<br />

backs breaking the water surface, (2)<br />

hanging - body totally submersed below<br />

the water surface.<br />

We estimated the bearing of<br />

sighted whales relative to true<br />

north. Orientation relative to ships<br />

present in the survey area during dis-<br />

turbance surveys were calculated later<br />

in the laboratory. Movement speed of<br />

whales was classified either as slow<br />

or moderate to fast. Fast-moving<br />

whales exhibited more vigorous fluke<br />

strokes <strong>and</strong> raised more of their backs<br />

above the water than did slow-moving<br />

whales. Fast movement was always di-<br />

rected <strong>and</strong> often synchronous within<br />

the group.<br />

We conducted surveys during non-<br />

disturbance periods at various times<br />

of day to determine whether there was<br />

any evidence of diurnal variation in<br />

behaviour <strong>and</strong> to control for differen-<br />

ces in time of day between disturbance<br />

<strong>and</strong> non-disturbance surveys (Table<br />

1). We could not predict when ships<br />

would arrive at the ice edge, but were<br />

able to increase the chances that con-<br />

trol <strong>and</strong> disturbance surveys would be<br />

done at <strong>com</strong>parable times of day.<br />

We used the Canadian Tide <strong>and</strong><br />

Current Tables, with Dundas Harbour on<br />

Devon Isl<strong>and</strong> (Fig. 1) as our point of<br />

Table 1. Distribution of control <strong>and</strong><br />

disturbance surveys relative to time<br />

of day.<br />

Time Number of Surveys<br />

Control Disturbance<br />

(no ship) (ship)


eference, to determine the tide state<br />

for each survey (Table 2).<br />

Weather <strong>conditions</strong> were recorded<br />

at least twice daily. We used a h<strong>and</strong><br />

held anemometer to record wind speed<br />

<strong>and</strong> a sling psychrometer to record dry<br />

bulb temperature. During surveys we<br />

noted obstructions to visibility of<br />

whales including fog, light snow <strong>and</strong><br />

sea state <strong>conditions</strong>.<br />

We used a rather broad defini-<br />

tion of disturbance by including ships<br />

within 130 km of the floe edge. Given<br />

that whales were expected to occur<br />

throughout Lancaster Sound during a<br />

ship passage, we did not want to ex-<br />

clude the possibility that disturbed<br />

whales might move ahead of the ship as<br />

it travelled eastward toward Admiralty<br />

Inlet. We conducted 16 control sur-<br />

veys where ships were not active in<br />

the vicinity of the Admiralty Inlet<br />

ice edge <strong>and</strong> 11 disturbance surveys<br />

Table 2. Number of surveys conducted<br />

during different types of tidal activ-<br />

ity. Note that more control than dis-<br />

turbance surveys were conducted during<br />

ebb tides.<br />

Rising High Ebb Low<br />

Nondist. 2 3 7 4<br />

Dist. 3 4 2 2<br />

when ships were either moving through<br />

Lancaster Sound or the fast ice of<br />

Admiralty Inlet (Table 3). We main-<br />

tained radio contact with both the =<br />

-<br />

des Grosseliers <strong>and</strong> the MV Arctic <strong>and</strong><br />

were able to obtain updates of ship<br />

positions at the time of our surveys.<br />

Table 3. Approximate ship positions during disturbance surveys conducted at Admiralty<br />

Inlet during 1986.<br />

Survey Date Identification Ship Location Activity<br />

--<br />

11<br />

12<br />

3 June<br />

4 June<br />

MV Arctic<br />

--<br />

CCG des Grosseliers<br />

MV Arctic<br />

moving west<br />

moving<br />

icebreaking through<br />

floe edge<br />

13<br />

14<br />

17<br />

18*<br />

2 3<br />

6 June<br />

8 June<br />

11 June<br />

12 June<br />

25 June<br />

--<br />

MV Arctic<br />

--<br />

CCG des Grosseliers<br />

--<br />

MV Arctic<br />

CCG -- des Grosseliers<br />

--<br />

CCG des Grosseliers<br />

icebreaking<br />

moving south<br />

stationary<br />

returning - moving north<br />

along ship track<br />

moving west<br />

icebreaking through<br />

floe edge<br />

24<br />

Lady Franklin<br />

27 June --<br />

CCG des Grosseliers<br />

Lady Franklin<br />

73'19'N 85'24'W<br />

as above<br />

following<br />

icebreaking moving south<br />

following<br />

2 5<br />

26<br />

27<br />

2 July<br />

3 July<br />

6 July<br />

--<br />

CCG des Grosseliers 74O26'N 82O38'W moving east<br />

--<br />

MV Arctic<br />

73'42'N 84'43'W icebreaking through<br />

floe edge<br />

-- MV Arctic<br />

returning - moving north<br />

through floe edge<br />

- - - - - --<br />

*MV Arctic at mouth of Lancaster Sound.


Results<br />

Aerial survey <strong>conditions</strong><br />

Weather <strong>conditions</strong> were similar<br />

for both control <strong>and</strong> disturbance sur-<br />

veys. No significant differences<br />

occurred in dry bulb air temperature,<br />

wind speed, wind direction or minimum<br />

visibility (Table 4). Sea state,<br />

estimated on the Beaufort Scale,<br />

ranged from5 to 4 during control sur-<br />

veys <strong>and</strong> 0-3 during disturbance sur-<br />

veys. One possible source of differ-<br />

Table 4. Summary of weather <strong>conditions</strong><br />

during 16 control <strong>and</strong> 11 nondisturbance<br />

surveys. -<br />

Survey Type<br />

(0<br />

*<br />

i2 I,<br />

Control Disturbance<br />

Temperature<br />

( OC) -1.6 3.8 +0.8 2.1<br />

Wind dir O<br />

220 89.4 243 124.0<br />

Wind speed<br />

(kn) 7.5 5.5 4.1 3.3<br />

Minimum<br />

visibility<br />

(km) 20.7 8.2 16.2 5.8<br />

ence between control <strong>and</strong> disturbance<br />

surveys was the relatively larger num-<br />

ber of non-disturbance surveys (Table<br />

2) done during ebb tides. Control <strong>and</strong><br />

disturbance surveys also differed sig-<br />

nif icantly (x =904.6, df=4, p


veys <strong>com</strong>pared to 1182 during disturb-<br />

ance surveys. This was equivalent to<br />

averages of 32 (SD=32.1) <strong>and</strong> 107<br />

(SD=211.1) narwhal/survey seen during<br />

control <strong>and</strong> disturbance periods re-<br />

spectively.<br />

May June July<br />

Survey Date<br />

Figure 3. Abundance of migrating nar-<br />

whal seen during control surveys (c)<br />

<strong>and</strong> disturbance surveys (d).<br />

Beluga were seen less regularly<br />

<strong>and</strong> occurred in fewer numbers than did<br />

narwhal (Fig. 4). The largest number<br />

of beluga found during any given sur-<br />

vey was 109, seen on 9 June, when the<br />

peak in numbers was recorded. We saw<br />

259 beluga in total during non-<br />

disturbance <strong>and</strong> 198 during disturbance<br />

surveys, or averages of 16 (SD=27.5)<br />

<strong>and</strong> 18 (SD=30.2) beluga/survey respec-<br />

tively.<br />

Narwhal were absent from only<br />

two surveys, neither of which were<br />

disturbance surveys. Beluga were absent<br />

during 5 of 16 non-disturbance<br />

surveys <strong>and</strong> during 7 of 11 disturbance<br />

surveys. T is difference was not sig-<br />

9<br />

nificant (x = 2.74, df=l, p>.05). On<br />

five of the seven disturbance surveys<br />

when beluga were absent, the ship was<br />


Narwhal were seen in more open water<br />

during disturbance than during non-<br />

disturbance surveys.<br />

Beluga distribu on also dif-<br />

^-<br />

fered significantly (x = 46.4, de4,<br />

p


Table 6. Percentages of migrating narwhal <strong>and</strong> beluga involved in different activities<br />

during control <strong>and</strong> disturbance surveys.<br />

Activity*<br />

% Narwhal % Beluga<br />

Control Disturbance Control Disturbance<br />

Directed movement 34 30 3 6 2 1<br />

Slow directed movement 16 2 6 38 39<br />

Back exposed 2 4 25 2


fairly evenly among other directions.<br />

Orientation differed significantly<br />

from r<strong>and</strong>om (x = 278.6, df=6,<br />

p


of ships. We would predict signifi-<br />

cant correlations between independent<br />

variables <strong>and</strong> survey date, if this al-<br />

ternate hypothesis is a likely expla-<br />

nation. Related to survey date for<br />

narwhal is numbers of whales observed,<br />

where the last three disturbance sur-<br />

veys produced the most whales. The<br />

last survey found 714 narwhal, an<br />

order of magnitude more than any num-<br />

ber seen in a non-disturbance survey.<br />

It is possible that some of the obser-<br />

ved behavioural changes could be att-<br />

ributable to the sheer number of nar-<br />

whal in the area as a consequence of<br />

interactions among groups or individ-<br />

uals. We would predict correlations<br />

between behaviour <strong>and</strong> total numbers<br />

seen, if this factor is im<strong>port</strong>ant.<br />

A third potentially confounding<br />

variable wa.s ice cover. By the time<br />

the last disturbance surveys were<br />

done, the pack ice was much reduced<br />

<strong>and</strong> open water predominated. Non-dis-<br />

turbance surveys were generally con-<br />

ducted wher. ice cover was heavy. Sig-<br />

nificant associations between depend-<br />

ent variables <strong>and</strong> ice cover would sug-<br />

gest that variation in ice cover could<br />

explain observed results.<br />

The fourth alternate hypothesis<br />

is that differences in time of day be-<br />

tween non-disturbance <strong>and</strong> disturbance<br />

surveys can explain observed results.<br />

This possibility results from the un-<br />

even distribution of surveys across<br />

time of day. The problem arises from<br />

the time period 10:OO-14:OO where 6<br />

control surveys but only 1 disturbance<br />

survey were conducted. Other time<br />

periods were more evenly sampled. To<br />

test for the effect of sampling bias,<br />

correlational analyses were again<br />

used.<br />

We did not consider tides to be<br />

a confounding variable for narwhal.<br />

Although control surveys sampled more<br />

ebb tides than did disturbance sur-<br />

veys, two of these control surveys did<br />

not locate any narwhal. Surveys from<br />

which we had behavioural data were re-<br />

latively evenly distributed across<br />

tides. Sampling for beluga was less<br />

easy to control. Non-disturbance sur-<br />

veys where beluga were actually seen<br />

were mainly done during ebb <strong>and</strong> low<br />

tides. This was not the case during<br />

disturbance surveys where only one<br />

survey was done during an ebb tide.<br />

The lower number of disturbance sur-<br />

veys <strong>and</strong> the absence of beluga from<br />

many of these surveys resulted in sam-<br />

pling bias. Behavioural differences<br />

in beluga across treatments might be<br />

attributable to tides. A difference<br />

in means across tidal categories in<br />

non-disturbance surveys would suggest<br />

that this variable cannot be ruled out<br />

as a factor contributing to differenc-<br />

es between control <strong>and</strong> disturbance<br />

surveys. Our samples, however, were<br />

too few to do such a <strong>com</strong>parison in a<br />

meaningful way.<br />

Group size of narwhal<br />

The correlation between mean<br />

group size <strong>and</strong> survey date was not<br />

significant during control surveys<br />

(r,, = .09, N = 14, p>.05), but was<br />

significant <strong>and</strong> positive during dis-<br />

turbance surveys (r = .69, N = 11,<br />

p


off at 4 whales (Fig. 5). We do not<br />

know whether this trend also occurs<br />

during non-disturbance <strong>conditions</strong>.<br />

Total numbers cannot, therefore, be<br />

ruled out as a factor contributing to<br />

differences in mean group size between<br />

control <strong>and</strong> disturbance surveys.<br />

Total Narwhal<br />

Figure 5. Relationship between mean<br />

group size <strong>and</strong> total numbers of nar-<br />

whal during control (c) <strong>and</strong> distur-<br />

bance (d) surveys.<br />

Mean group size did not vary<br />

with time of day, thus time of day ef-<br />

fects did not contribute to observed<br />

differences in mean group size between<br />

treatment groups. We also <strong>com</strong>pared<br />

group size in different categories of<br />

ice cover <strong>and</strong> found no significant as-<br />

sociation between group size <strong>and</strong> % ice<br />

cover. Variation in ice cover was<br />

therefore not a contributing factor to<br />

variation in mean group size across<br />

treatments.<br />

Distribution relative to ice cover<br />

Significant differences in dis-<br />

tribution of both narwhal <strong>and</strong> beluga<br />

relative to ice cover were found be-<br />

tween control <strong>and</strong> disturbance sur-<br />

veys. These changes in distribution<br />

resulted in narwhal being found in<br />

more open water <strong>and</strong> beluga in less<br />

open water during disturbance than<br />

during control surveys. Seasonal<br />

changes in ice alone do not explain<br />

observed variation in whale distribu-<br />

tion because the distribution of<br />

whales was not r<strong>and</strong>om relative to ice<br />

cover. Whales may change their habi-<br />

tat preferences during the course of<br />

the migratory period, but this hypo-<br />

thesis cannot be tested with the pre-<br />

sent data.<br />

General activity<br />

Both narwhal <strong>and</strong> beluga showed<br />

behavioural differences between con-<br />

trol <strong>and</strong> disturbance surveys. Narwhal<br />

activity did not vary significantly<br />

with survey date nor time of day in<br />

either treatment category. There is<br />

no indication that behaviour varied<br />

with ice type during non-disturbance<br />

surveys, but during disturbance sur-<br />

veys, the pro<strong>port</strong>ion of narwhal engag-<br />

ed in directed movement is somewhat<br />

lower than predicted <strong>and</strong> back exposed<br />

is somewhat higher than predicted in<br />

40 to 80% ice than in other ice types<br />

(Table 8). The percentage of narwhal<br />

for which behaviour was unknown was<br />

also higher for these categories.<br />

Data are really too limited to indi-<br />

cate anything stronger than a trend at<br />

this time.<br />

Table 8. Percent of narwhal showing<br />

directed movement (all DM) <strong>and</strong> back<br />

exposed (BE) behaviour relative to ice<br />

type.<br />

Ice Class Control Disturbance<br />

All DM BE Unkn. All DM BE Unkn.<br />

* During disturbance surveys, no nar-<br />

whal were seen in 20-40% ice cover.


Behavioural activity of narwhal<br />

was <strong>com</strong>pared with total numbers of in-<br />

dividuals seen. For slow directed<br />

movement, there was a significant pos-<br />

itive correlation (r=.65, N=14, p


Although our data were not suf-<br />

ficient to be conclusive, they do sug-<br />

gest that beluga abundance on the<br />

study area depended on ship traffic.<br />

Their absence during most of the dis-<br />

turbance surveys would indicate the<br />

beluga are more likely than are nar-<br />

ance. Finley <strong>and</strong> Davis (1984) state<br />

that beluga moved further away <strong>and</strong> re-<br />

mained away from the disturbance area<br />

longer than did narwhal. Our results<br />

are consistent with these observa-<br />

tions.<br />

Beluga showed no significant<br />

variation in mean group size between<br />

control <strong>and</strong> disturbance surveys. Of<br />

course, the low numbers seen during<br />

disturbance surveys makes <strong>com</strong>parison<br />

difficult but we cannot, at the pre-<br />

sent time, suggest that group size was<br />

affected by disturbance from vessel<br />

activity. Barber <strong>and</strong> Hochheim (1986)<br />

conducted a photographic survey from a<br />

Twin Otter aircraft along the<br />

Admiralty Inlet floe edge during a<br />

disturbance period. They located 5<br />

groups of beluga containing 3-6 ani-<br />

mals. Only 8% of beluga were seen as<br />

solitary individuals. Although this<br />

percentage was much smaller than ours,<br />

the upper limit of 38 beluga in one<br />

group was similar to our value of 32.<br />

They also found, consistent with our<br />

observations, that narwhal gr ups ty-<br />

pically did not contain largelnumbers<br />

of individuals. They recorde a maxi-<br />

m of 7 narwhal in one group?<br />

From photographs, ~arber <strong>and</strong><br />

Hochheim (1986) were able to measure<br />

group densities (number of whaleslm )<br />

<strong>and</strong> found that narwhal tend d to form<br />

more <strong>com</strong>pact (.09 whaleslm , SD=.06,<br />

N=6 groups) than did beluga (-05<br />

whaleslm , SD=.09, N=9 groups). More<br />

data are needed to verify that differ-<br />

ences between species are statistical-<br />

ly significant <strong>and</strong> to determine whe-<br />

ther group cohesiveness varies with<br />

disturbance level.<br />

Changes in mean group size of<br />

narwhal were clearly correlated with<br />

changes in total numbers of narwhal<br />

seen. Although we do not claim to<br />

have seen every narwhal in the study<br />

area, we expect that our data are in-<br />

dicative of relative numbers. The<br />

?<br />

correlation between group size <strong>and</strong><br />

numbers suggests that narwhal may be<br />

aggregating when they can locate other<br />

narwhal. It would be valuable to <strong>com</strong>-<br />

plete the data set on undisturbed nar-<br />

whal to see if the curve reaches the<br />

same plateau at 4 individuals. If<br />

shipping noise reduces the ability of<br />

narwhal to locate one another, then we<br />

would expect the control group to pro-<br />

duce a larger mean group size when<br />

large numbers of narwhal are present,<br />

than does the treatment group. In e-<br />

ffect, we would expect the maximum<br />

mean group size to be greater than<br />

four. Alternatively, in the face of a<br />

reduced signallnoise ratio, narwhal<br />

might tend to clump more closely, to<br />

counteract the effect of a reduced<br />

signal range. We cannot presently re-<br />

ject the null hypothesis, that ship-<br />

ping traffic has no effect on mean<br />

group size.<br />

Our data on activity patterns<br />

during non-disturbance periods gener-<br />

ally agree with observations made by<br />

Finley et al. (1984). They found that<br />

90% of beluga in pre-disturbance sur-<br />

veys were engaged in directed move-<br />

ment, <strong>and</strong> that narwhal tended to be<br />

more often engaged (19%) in other<br />

types of activities. Our pro<strong>port</strong>ions<br />

were not as high, but we did find that<br />

more beluga (76%) were involved in<br />

directed movement than were narwhal<br />

(50%).<br />

Because of poor weather, Finley<br />

et al. (1984) were unable to collect<br />

equivalent aerial survey data on be-<br />

haviour during the approach of the<br />

ship. They did do observations from<br />

the ice but did not quantify behaviour<br />

during disturbance periods. Their ob-<br />

servations suggest that beluga re-<br />

sponded to ship activity by rapid<br />

directed movement whereas narwhal<br />

tended to sink beneath the water sur-<br />

face, lie quietly near the floe edge,<br />

moving out of the area only slowly.<br />

Our results from disturbance periods<br />

do not agree with those of Finley et<br />

al. However, the <strong>com</strong>parison is limit-<br />

ed by the different methods of data<br />

collection <strong>and</strong> our small sample of<br />

disturbed beluga. Our data suggest<br />

that directed movement by beluga de-<br />

clined, that circling increased; <strong>and</strong>


that slow directed movement by narwhal the habituation hypothesis. However,<br />

increased. the critical test, as described ear-<br />

Her, has yet to be made.<br />

Our results do, however, confirm<br />

that beluga <strong>and</strong> narwhal behave differ-<br />

ently <strong>under</strong> normal <strong>conditions</strong> <strong>and</strong> re-<br />

spond differently to disturbance by<br />

ship traffic. Our observations sug-<br />

gest that responses were less intense<br />

in 1986 than they were in 1982 to<br />

1984. Again, there are several possi-<br />

ble explanations: 1) both narwhal <strong>and</strong><br />

beluga have been exposed to shipping<br />

in Lancaster Sound, <strong>and</strong> are beginning<br />

to habituate, 2) the presence of heavy<br />

pack ice provided cover <strong>and</strong> the lack<br />

of l<strong>and</strong> fast ice across Lancaster<br />

Sound enabled easy escape by disturbed<br />

whales, thus responses to ship<br />

approach were less intense than when<br />

whales were trapped against ice in<br />

relatively open water. Ice <strong>conditions</strong><br />

might also explain apparent differenc-<br />

es in non-disturbance behaviour pat-<br />

terns between the two studies. These<br />

hypotheses could easily be tested by<br />

monitoring responses to ship passage<br />

<strong>under</strong> ice <strong>conditions</strong> more typical of<br />

1982-84 than 1986.<br />

The differences in distribution<br />

by ice type between control <strong>and</strong> dis-<br />

turbance surveys may or may not be re-<br />

lated to disturbance by ship traffic.<br />

It is possible that habitat preferenc-<br />

es change over the migratory period.<br />

Further observations of undisturbed<br />

whales are necessary to clarify this<br />

question.<br />

Our data on orientation are con-<br />

sistent with those of Finley et al.<br />

(1983, 1984) <strong>and</strong> Miller <strong>and</strong> Davis<br />

(1984) in that most whales avoided the<br />

ship. Our results also sup<strong>port</strong> their<br />

observation that responses to ships<br />

begin to occur when vessels are 45 to<br />

60 km away. Narwhal <strong>and</strong> possibly bel-<br />

uga showed large changes in orienta-<br />

tion relative to the ship when it was<br />

nearer than 50 km. This suggests that<br />

habituation may not be occurring. One<br />

would expect whales to react at a<br />

closer proximity if they were getting<br />

used to vessel activity. This does<br />

not appear to be the case, although<br />

reactions seem to be less intense than<br />

have been previously observed. The<br />

orientation data favour rejection of<br />

Barber <strong>and</strong> Hochheim (1986) re-<br />

corded orientations of photographed<br />

whales relative to a ship <strong>and</strong> found<br />

that beluga were less variable in<br />

their orientation, <strong>and</strong> appeared to be<br />

more directed in their movements away<br />

from the ship than were narwhal.<br />

These results are again consistent<br />

with Finley <strong>and</strong> Davis (1984). Thus,<br />

it appears that beluga are more in-<br />

clined than narwhal to vacate an area<br />

of disturbance. This does not sug-<br />

gest, however, that narwhal are less<br />

disturbed by vessel activity. The<br />

two species are behaviourally dif-<br />

ferent, even during the spring migra-<br />

tory period, <strong>and</strong> interspecific differ-<br />

ences include reactions to disturbance<br />

by vessel traffic.<br />

Acknowledgements<br />

Research funds were provided<br />

through the Northern Oil <strong>and</strong> Gas<br />

Action Program (NOGAP). Additional,<br />

much appreciated field sup<strong>port</strong> was<br />

provided by the Polar Continental<br />

Shelf Program in Resolute Bay, N.W.T.<br />

We also thank Glenn Williams, the<br />

G.N.W.T. Natural Resources Officer in<br />

Arctic Bay, N.W.T. ,for his advice <strong>and</strong><br />

generous donation of storage space<br />

during the field <strong>port</strong>ion of the stu-<br />

d ~ . Ipilee Koonoo <strong>and</strong> Timothy<br />

Sangoyak were our guides <strong>and</strong> field as-<br />

sistants during our stay on the ice.<br />

Val Churney <strong>and</strong> Dave Yablecki also as-<br />

sisted with data collection <strong>and</strong> camp<br />

maintenance. We thank the field crew<br />

for maintaining cheerful dispositions<br />

in spite of the often long working<br />

hours <strong>and</strong> frequent camp moves <strong>and</strong> we<br />

thank our helicopter pilots for their<br />

capable flying skills. We also appre-<br />

ciated the warm wel<strong>com</strong>e we received in<br />

Arctic Bay <strong>and</strong> the sup<strong>port</strong> provided by<br />

the <strong>com</strong>munity. Finally, we thank the<br />

Canadian Coastguard, in particular<br />

Captain Dave Johns, for their coopera-<br />

tion <strong>and</strong> sup<strong>port</strong> during the study, <strong>and</strong><br />

Allan Sneyd of Can<strong>arctic</strong> Shipping for<br />

his assistance <strong>and</strong> information provid-<br />

ed during the planning phase of the<br />

project.


References<br />

Barber. D. <strong>and</strong> Hochheim. K. 1986.<br />

Results of aerial photographic surveys<br />

for disturbance reactions of ceta-<br />

ceans: Admiralty Inlet, N.W.T. Re-<br />

<strong>port</strong> prepared by E.M.S.I. for Canada<br />

Department of Fisheries <strong>and</strong> Oceans,<br />

Central <strong>and</strong> Arctic Region, 30 p.<br />

Finlev. -. K.J. <strong>and</strong> Davis. R.A. 1984.<br />

Reactions of beluga whales <strong>and</strong> narwhals<br />

to shin traffic <strong>and</strong> ice-breaking<br />

alone ice-edges in the eastern Cana-<br />

-<br />

ed, King City, Ontario, for Cana-<br />

da Department of Indian Affairs <strong>and</strong><br />

Northern Development, 42 p.<br />

Finlev. K.J.. Greene. C.R. <strong>and</strong> Davis.<br />

-.<br />

R.A. 1983. A study of ambient noise,<br />

ship noise, <strong>and</strong> the reactions of nar-<br />

whals <strong>and</strong> belugas to the MV Arctic<br />

breaking ice in Admiralty Inlet,<br />

N.W.T. - 1982. Re<strong>port</strong> by L.G.L. Lim-<br />

i ted, Toronto, for Canada Department<br />

of Indian Affairs <strong>and</strong> Northern Devel-<br />

opment, 108 p.<br />

Finley, K.J.. Miller. G.W.. Davis.<br />

-.<br />

R.A. <strong>and</strong> Greene, C.R. 1984. Respon-<br />

ses of narwhals (Monodon monoceros)<br />

<strong>and</strong> belugas (Delphinapterus leucas) to<br />

ice-breaking ships in Lancaster Sound<br />

- 1983. Re<strong>port</strong> by L.G.L. Limited,<br />

King City, Ontario, for Canada Depart-<br />

ment of Indian ~ffairs <strong>and</strong> ~orthern<br />

Development, 117 p.<br />

Ford, J. 1977. White whale offshore<br />

exploration acoustic study. Re<strong>port</strong> by<br />

F.F. Slaney & Co. for Imperial Oil<br />

Ltd.<br />

Fraker, P.M. 1983. The white whale<br />

monitoring program, Mackenzie Estu-<br />

ary. Part I. Migration, distribution<br />

<strong>and</strong> abundance of whales <strong>and</strong> effects of<br />

industry activities on whales. Re<strong>port</strong><br />

by L.G.L., Sidney, B.C. for Esso<br />

Resources Canada Limited, Dome Petro-<br />

leum <strong>and</strong> Gulf Canada Resource, Inc.<br />

.,<br />

Ljungblad, D.K., Wursig, B., Swartz,<br />

S.L. <strong>and</strong> Keene, J.M. 1985. Observations<br />

on the behaviour of bowhead<br />

whales (Balaena mysticetus) in the<br />

presence of operating seismic exploration<br />

vessels in the Alaskan Beaufort<br />

Sea. - Re<strong>port</strong> by SEACO, Inc. for United<br />

States Minerals Management Service, 53<br />

Mansfield, A.W. 1983. The effects of<br />

vessel traffic in the Arctic on marine<br />

mammals <strong>and</strong> re<strong>com</strong>mendations for future<br />

research. Can. Tech. Rept. of Fish<br />

Aq. Sci. No. 1186, 97 p.<br />

Miller, G.W. <strong>and</strong> Davis, R.A. 1984.<br />

Distribution <strong>and</strong> movements of narwhals<br />

<strong>and</strong> beluga whales in response to ship<br />

traffic at the Lancaster Sound ice<br />

edge - 1984. Re<strong>port</strong> by L.G.L. Limit-<br />

ed,King City, Ontario, for Canada De-<br />

partment of Indian Affairs <strong>and</strong>Northern<br />

Development, 34 p.<br />

Richardson, W.J. 1985. Behaviour,<br />

disturbance responses <strong>and</strong> distribution<br />

of bowhead whales Balaena mysticetus<br />

in the Eastern Beaufort Sea, 1980-84.<br />

Re<strong>port</strong> by L.G.L. Ecological Research<br />

Associates, Inc. for U.S. Minerals<br />

Management Service, 306 p.<br />

Richardson, W.J., Fraker, M.A.,<br />

Wursig, B. <strong>and</strong> Wells, R.S. 1985. Be-<br />

haviour of bowhead whales Balaena mys-<br />

ticetus summering in the Beaufort Sea:<br />

Reactions to industrial Activities.<br />

Biological Conservation, 32: 195-230.<br />

Discussion<br />

T. ALBERT: How do you define "critical<br />

distance?" What distance does it occur<br />

in beluga <strong>and</strong> narwhal <strong>and</strong> <strong>under</strong> what<br />

<strong>conditions</strong>? For example, do beluga<br />

respond at say 30 km from an icebreaker?<br />

S. COSENS: Finley et al. (1984) indi-<br />

cated that narwhal <strong>and</strong> beluga in Lan-<br />

caster Sound began showing avoidance<br />

reactions to ships that were about 50 km


away from them. To assess whether there extreme responses in 1986 may be related<br />

was any evidence for habituation we to both the absence of an ice edge<br />

<strong>com</strong>pared the orientation of narwhal <strong>and</strong> blocking westward movement, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

beluga to ships greater than 50 km away presence of pack ice providing cover.<br />

to those less than 50 km away. Alterna-<br />

tive methods, such as correlation<br />

analysis of the relationship between<br />

orientation <strong>and</strong> ship distance, could also<br />

be used.<br />

To address your example, beluga do<br />

show avoidance responses at 30 km from an<br />

icebreaker. Ironically, one of our<br />

problems in assessing beluga behaviour<br />

was the general absence of beluga in our<br />

surveys when ships were active at the ice<br />

edge.<br />

K. FROST: Did you note any obvious<br />

response by belugas or narwhals to your<br />

survey aircraft? In Alaska, in 1987<br />

surveys, we noticed some apparent behav-<br />

ioural changes when our aircraft circled<br />

at 1000 ft.<br />

S. COSENS: We flew our surveys at 700<br />

ft, an altitude that Larry Dueck found,<br />

from previous work, to be non-disruptive.<br />

We did initially attempt to circle groups<br />

of whales to obtain more detailed behav-<br />

ioural observations than were possible<br />

with straight-line passes. We found,<br />

however, that whales reacted to the<br />

circling helicopter, so we discontinued<br />

our attempts to collect data in this way.<br />

C. MALME: Did you determine the noise<br />

levels at which whales began to show<br />

avoidance behaviour in response to ships?<br />

S. COSENS: We did record both <strong>under</strong>water<br />

ambient <strong>and</strong> ship noise. When we <strong>com</strong>plete<br />

analysis of these recordings we should be<br />

able to estimate noise levels to which<br />

narwhal <strong>and</strong> beluga react.<br />

J. WARD: In 1982 when Finley started his<br />

work <strong>and</strong> first saw the extreme escape<br />

responses, the ice edge was just to the<br />

west of Admiralty Inlet. Where was the<br />

ice edge during your study?<br />

S. COSENS: There was no l<strong>and</strong>fast ice<br />

across Lancaster Sound in our vicinity in<br />

1986. Whales were free to continue<br />

migrations westward at all times during<br />

our study. There was, however, extensive<br />

pack ice present during late May <strong>and</strong><br />

early June. I think that the absence of


Abstract<br />

OBSERVATIONS OF FEEDING GRAY WHALE<br />

RESPONSES TO CONTROLLED INDUSTRIAL NOISE EXPOSURE<br />

Charles I. Malme<br />

BEN Laboratories Inc., Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA<br />

Bernd Wursig<br />

Moss L<strong>and</strong>ing Marine Laboratories, Moss L<strong>and</strong>ing, California, USA<br />

James E. Bird<br />

University of Maryl<strong>and</strong>, College Park, Maryl<strong>and</strong>, USA<br />

Peter Tyack<br />

Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, USA<br />

A field study was conducted on the<br />

potential effects of <strong>under</strong>water noise<br />

from petroleum industry activities on<br />

feeding <strong>and</strong> summering gray whales. This<br />

study was performed near Southeast Cape,<br />

St. Lawrence Isl<strong>and</strong>, Alaska, in August<br />

1985, using a 100 cu. in. air gun source<br />

<strong>and</strong> an <strong>under</strong>water projector for playback<br />

of drillship noise. Sound source levels<br />

<strong>and</strong> acoustic propagation losses were<br />

measured to permit estimation of the<br />

sound exposure levels at whale sighting<br />

positions. The surface-dive patterns<br />

<strong>and</strong> blow rates of whales were determined<br />

by observation of focal groups. A<br />

<strong>com</strong>puter-aided analysis of whale<br />

sighting data was performed to determine<br />

patterns <strong>under</strong> pre-exposure, exposure,<br />

<strong>and</strong> post-exposure <strong>conditions</strong>. For the<br />

air gun source there was an 0.5<br />

probability that the whales would stop<br />

feeding <strong>and</strong> move away from the area when<br />

the average pulse levels reached 173 dtf<br />

(re 1 microPasca1). The 0.1 probability<br />

of feeding interruption was estimated to<br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of a paper presented<br />

at the Ninth International Conference on Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean<br />

Engineering Under Arctic Conditions, Fairbanks, Alaska,<br />

USA, August 17-22, 1987. @ The Geophysical Institute,<br />

University of Alaska, 1987.<br />

occur at 163 dB, but whale responses<br />

were highly variable. Most whales<br />

returned <strong>and</strong> resumed feeding after the<br />

air gun vessel had moved on. Playback<br />

of drillship noise did not produce clear<br />

evidence of disturbance or avoidance<br />

behavior for levels below 110 dB. Pos-<br />

sible avoidance occurred for exposure<br />

levels approaching 119 dB.<br />

Background<br />

The exploration <strong>and</strong> development of<br />

energy resources in the outer contin-<br />

ental shelf (OCS) regions of the con-<br />

tinental U.S. <strong>and</strong> Alaska is introducing<br />

the factor of man-made noise into this<br />

environment. Since gray whales<br />

(Eschrichtius robustus) migrate <strong>and</strong> feed<br />

throughout the western OCS regions of<br />

the U.S. <strong>and</strong> Alaska, their activities<br />

may potentially be affected by increased<br />

levels of industrial noise. The objec-<br />

tive of this study was to determine the<br />

character <strong>and</strong> degree of response of<br />

feeding gray whales to playback of<br />

industrial noise (drillship sounds) <strong>and</strong><br />

to sound from an air gun seismic<br />

exploration source. A <strong>com</strong>plete descrip-<br />

tion of this study can be found in Malrne<br />

et al. (1986).


Previous studies<br />

There have been very few controlled<br />

experiments involving drillship play-<br />

backs to non-migrating baleen whales.<br />

Richardson et al. (1985a) <strong>and</strong> Richardson<br />

et al. (1985b) found some evidence for<br />

bowhead whale (Balaena mysticetus)<br />

avoidance at distances of 4 to 5 ton from<br />

the playback vessel, with the received<br />

sound level (RSL) at the closest whales<br />

ranging from approximately 100 dB to 113<br />

dB. They note, however, that because of<br />

the limited number <strong>and</strong> short duration of<br />

the playbacks, more experiments are<br />

needed <strong>and</strong> that their results "...must<br />

be considered preliminary." (Richardson<br />

et al. 1985a, p. 222.) Malme et al.<br />

(1985) conducted two drillship playback<br />

experiments on feeding humpback whales<br />

(Megaptera novaeangliae) in Frederick<br />

Sound, Alaska. There were no consistent<br />

responses of whales at ranges to the<br />

sound source of >0.5 km with RSL >116<br />

dB.<br />

Richardson et al. (1986) conducted<br />

air gun experiments on non-migrating<br />

bowhead whales using a single 0.66-1<br />

Bolt air gun. During three experiments<br />

in 1981 <strong>and</strong> 1983, involving a moving<br />

source, they found no evidence of<br />

avoidance at distances from 3 to 5 km<br />

with RSL near the whales > 118 to 133<br />

dB. In 1984, two experiments were<br />

conducted using a stationary source.<br />

Results showed that at 0.2 to 1.2 km <strong>and</strong><br />

2 to 4.5 km with RSL described as<br />

"intense" (not measured because of<br />

sonobuoy overload) <strong>and</strong> 124 to 131 dB,<br />

respectively, whales moved away from the<br />

source vessel. Malme et al. (1985)<br />

conducted single air gun (100 cu. in.)<br />

experiments on feeding humpback whales<br />

in Frederick Sound, Alaska. They found<br />

no overall pattern of avoidance, with<br />

RSL up to 172 dB. However, observers<br />

did note startle responses by whales at<br />

air gun onset on three occasions with<br />

RSL at 150 dB to 169 dB at ranges up to<br />

3.2 km.<br />

Migrating whale studies<br />

Malme et al. (1983) found that dur-<br />

ing playbacks of a variety of industrial<br />

noise stimuli to southbound migrants,<br />

each sound stimulus caused a statistic-<br />

ally significant response <strong>and</strong> that each<br />

of these responses was different when<br />

<strong>com</strong>pared to control <strong>conditions</strong>.<br />

Patterns of response appeared to vary<br />

predictably as a function of received<br />

sound level. Responses generally<br />

involved avoidance of the sound source,<br />

based on track deflection scores for<br />

whales exposed to playbacks of drilling<br />

platform, helicopter <strong>and</strong> production<br />

platform sounds <strong>and</strong> a drop in speed for<br />

whales exposed to drilling platform,<br />

drillship, semisubmersible <strong>and</strong> heli-<br />

copter sounds. During drilling platform<br />

<strong>and</strong> helicopter sound playbacks, apparent<br />

avoidance of the source area out to<br />

about 250 m was noted with sound levels<br />

at this range approximately 111 to<br />

118 dB.<br />

During January 1984, similar<br />

industrial noise playbacks were con-<br />

ducted on southbound migrating gray<br />

whales off the coast of California<br />

(Malme et al. 1984). An analysis pro-<br />

cedure was developed which permitted<br />

determination of the probability of<br />

avoidance of the region near the play-<br />

back source. This measure showed that<br />

avoidance behavior began at sound<br />

exposure levels of around 110 dB for the<br />

overall signal <strong>and</strong> was greater than 80%<br />

for regions with signal levels higher<br />

than 130 dB. Some variation among the<br />

various playback stimuli was observed,<br />

with the drillship producing the great-<br />

est avoidance <strong>and</strong> the production plat-<br />

form the lowest, for levels between 110<br />

<strong>and</strong> 125 dB. However, for levels between<br />

125 <strong>and</strong> 130 dB, the reactions to all<br />

playback stimuli were <strong>com</strong>parable.<br />

Malme et al. (1983) conducted<br />

experiments with seismic exploration<br />

sources on northward migrating mother/<br />

calf pairs during April <strong>and</strong> May 1983<br />

using a stationary <strong>and</strong> towed single air<br />

gun <strong>and</strong> a 40 gun towed array. Overall,<br />

results showed that the most predictable<br />

responses of the whales to air gun<br />

activity occurred at received levels<br />

>160 dB re 1 pPa when the air gun source<br />

was within 2 km of the animals.<br />

Small sample sizes prevented<br />

definite quantification of response for<br />

average pulse pressure levels between<br />

140 <strong>and</strong> 160 dB, but analysis showed that<br />

some behavioral changes did occur at<br />

these levels. In general, whales would<br />

slow down <strong>and</strong> turn away from the source.<br />

In several cases, groups were seen swim-


ming into the surf zone <strong>and</strong> also posi-<br />

tioning themselves in the sound shadow<br />

of a rock, isl<strong>and</strong>, or outcropping.<br />

There were significant differences,<br />

independent of range or level of<br />

exposure, in milling indices ,* speed<br />

indices for groups prior to exposure <strong>and</strong><br />

those same groups during exposure to the<br />

air gun noise. There were also signifi-<br />

cant differences in milling indices <strong>and</strong><br />

speed indices for groups during exposure<br />

<strong>and</strong> after exposure to air gun noise.<br />

During the southbound January 1984<br />

migration, seismic experiments were<br />

conducted using both a stationary single<br />

air gun <strong>and</strong> a towed single air gun.<br />

During stationary air gun experiments,<br />

whales avoided the sound source area by<br />

moving further offshore or inshore of<br />

the air gun vessel. This avoidance<br />

response was first detected 2 km north<br />

of the vessel <strong>and</strong> persisted until the<br />

whales were at least 2 km south of the<br />

vessel. No identifiable avoidance<br />

response was observed during moving air<br />

gun experiments. However, these<br />

experiments were of short duration <strong>and</strong><br />

sample sizes were low.<br />

The probability of avoidance<br />

analysis for the stationary air gun<br />

source showed that the threshold of<br />

avoidance behavior occurred for average<br />

pulse pressure levels of approximately<br />

164 dB. This was somewhat higher than<br />

the level of 160 dB which was observed<br />

to produce changes in the migration<br />

behavior of mother/calf pairs during the<br />

April <strong>and</strong> May 1983 field experiments.<br />

Introduction<br />

Based on a review of recent litera-<br />

ture <strong>and</strong> discussions with researchers<br />

working on feeding gray whales in the<br />

northern Bering Sea (Wursig, et al.<br />

1983, 1986; Thomson 1984), we decided to<br />

conduct our studies in the nearshore<br />

waters off Southeast Cape, St. Lawrence<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong>, Alaska. The project was con-<br />

*Milling index is a measure of the<br />

direct- ness or linearity of the route<br />

taken by the whale from point (xi, yl)<br />

to (xn, yn) <strong>and</strong> is calculated by<br />

dividing net speed by cumulative speed.<br />

ducted in the latter half of August,<br />

1985.<br />

The study concentrated on the area<br />

around St. Lawrence Isl<strong>and</strong>, especially<br />

near Southeast Cape (Fig. 1). Gray<br />

whales, apparently feeding, as evidenced<br />

by mud plumes, were located in the area<br />

of Kialegak Point, Southeas


generally below or near the bottom of<br />

the surface layer of warmer, less saline<br />

water.<br />

Playback procedure<br />

The acoustic playback system was<br />

designed to provide sound levels <strong>and</strong><br />

frequency response capable of realistic-<br />

ally simulating a broad range of<br />

petroleum industry activities. In order<br />

to boost the low frequency response of<br />

the projector system, two USN/USRD Type<br />

J-13 projectors were used to provide<br />

response down to 32 Hz. In addition to<br />

the two low frequency projectors, a<br />

USN/USRD Type F-40 projector was used to<br />

provide high frequency sound above 2<br />

kHz. Electrical equalization <strong>and</strong> cross-<br />

over networks were used to enable all of<br />

the projectors to be driven from a 300-<br />

watt power amplifier. As a result of<br />

the use of two low frequency projectors<br />

<strong>and</strong> the electronic equalization network,<br />

the useful response of the system<br />

extended from 32 Hz to 20 kHz. The<br />

playback system <strong>and</strong> its response curve<br />

are shown in Fig. 2.<br />

160 ,<br />

During a playback sequence, a pre-<br />

recorded, 15-min. duration, industrial<br />

noise stimulus on a cassette tape was<br />

used to generate a test signal. Two<br />

cassette recorders coupled to a fader<br />

control permitted uninterrupted<br />

continuous sound for as long as<br />

desired. Playback periods of 30 min to<br />

1 hr were generally used.<br />

Air gun source characteristics<br />

E COMBINED PROJECTOR RESPONSE WITH EQUALIZATION<br />

(CONSTANT RMS 113 OCTAVE BAND LEVEL INTO EQUALIZER.<br />

el<br />

REF. DRIVE LEVEL. 1A RMS IN 200 Hz 113 OCTAVE BAND)<br />

Deuda Power<br />

C~wtto Lmd Amplifier<br />

llydropho~<br />

The air gun used for the seismic<br />

signal tests was a 100 cu. in. Western<br />

Geophysical gun operated at 4500 psi.<br />

The peak source level was 226 dB re luPa<br />

at 1 m (125 Hz b<strong>and</strong>width). A typical<br />

pressure signature <strong>and</strong> spectrum are<br />

shown in Fig. 3. The firing rate used<br />

was 6 pulses per min. This gun was<br />

operated from the NANCY-H, an 80-ft (24<br />

m) oil-industry cargo/supply vessel.<br />

Since the peak pressure of the<br />

signal from the air gun is influenced<br />

strongly by multipath propagation<br />

<strong>conditions</strong>, we have found the average<br />

.... --9---<br />

FREQUENCY (Hz)<br />

Clou-Over<br />

Circuit<br />

PROJECTOR Hvdrophoni<br />

INSTRUMENTATION<br />

Figure 2. Playback instrumentation.


.<br />

ft.<br />

*<br />

a<br />

a<br />

: O<br />

ft.<br />

- 1.1<br />

9 320<br />

Time. m f c.<br />

Figure 3. Air gun signature <strong>and</strong><br />

spectrum, 100 cu. in., 4000 psi, range<br />

200 m, depth 10 m.<br />

pulse pressure level to be a useful<br />

measure of the received level of the<br />

transient signals from an air<br />

gun.This quantity is a measure of the<br />

effective energy of a noise pulse in<br />

terms of an average pressure level<br />

defined as (Urick 1983, Sec. 4.4)<br />

where<br />

pc = the specific acoustic<br />

impedance of water<br />

p(t) = the original pulse pressure<br />

waveform<br />

-<br />

p = the average pulse pressure<br />

T = the average pulse duration<br />

(the time required for<br />

p 2 (t) to decay to less than<br />

13.5% of the initial value).<br />

Generally, it is more convenient to<br />

express acoustic pressure in logarithmic<br />

terms. Consequently, the average pulse<br />

pressure level is defined as<br />

where<br />

Transmission loss analysis<br />

The transmission loss data obtained<br />

using the air gun were analyzed using a<br />

<strong>com</strong>puter-implemented least-squares<br />

technique which determines the best-fit<br />

values for two parameters in the<br />

received level model (Eq. 3, Table 1).<br />

The values of Ls' <strong>and</strong> Ar are determined<br />

by this technique using measured data.<br />

When the source level is calibrated, the<br />

effect of the local bottom <strong>and</strong> surface<br />

<strong>conditions</strong> on sound propagation can be<br />

determined as a local "anomaly" where:<br />

LSt = Ls + \l (dB) (4)<br />

Here, Ls is the pressure level measured<br />

at 1 m from the source <strong>and</strong> A is the<br />

local anomaly resulting from bottom <strong>and</strong><br />

surface reflection effects.<br />

Whale behavior observation<br />

Whale behavior data were obtained<br />

by close observation of focal whale<br />

groups, recording surf acing, dive <strong>and</strong><br />

blow information. In addition, tracking<br />

of the focal groups was performed using<br />

a two-vessel triangulation procedure or<br />

a l<strong>and</strong>-based theodolite when weather<br />

permitted. The experimental procedure<br />

involved location of feeding whales,<br />

observation of behavior during a control<br />

period with the sup<strong>port</strong> vessels present,<br />

observation of behavior during an<br />

experiment period with the sound<br />

stimulus on, <strong>and</strong> observation of behavior<br />

during a post-experiment control<br />

period. Generally, several of these<br />

sequences were performed each day.<br />

Whales were considered to be un-<br />

disturbed during non-experimental days


Table 1.<br />

for St.<br />

Sound transmission parameters<br />

Lawrence Isl<strong>and</strong> air gun<br />

1986) <strong>under</strong> control<br />

<strong>conditions</strong>: 1) Blow<br />

<strong>and</strong> experimental<br />

Interval - time<br />

experiments. between respirations while the whale is<br />

at the surface; 2) Length of Surfacing -<br />

*B<br />

*re **a v<br />

time that the whale is at the surface<br />

Dtte/Time I~B) M-.A. I ~ I discounting shallow submergences between<br />

respirations; 3) Length of Dive - time<br />

8/22/1443-1600 -4 17 20 that the whale is below the surface<br />

between surfacings; 4) Number of Blows<br />

a/22/1731-1745 2 144 20 per Surfacing; <strong>and</strong> 5) Blow Rate - the<br />

8/24/1722-1754 -3 20 10<br />

number of blows per minute calculated<br />

from length of surfacing, length of dive<br />

8/24/2015-2024 o 30 12 <strong>and</strong> number of blows per surfacing.<br />

8/25/1221-1254. 7 54 14 We also noted if whales were<br />

engaged in the following activities: 1)<br />

*Determined from data using the method of least-sauares. Feeding - the presence of mud, birds<br />

<strong>and</strong>/or regular surfacing <strong>and</strong> diving in<br />

SOUND TRANSHISSION EQUATION the same location; 2) Travelling -<br />

RSL - L^+A^-s log E^-1s log R-A~R-A~R/B^-~~ ( d ~<br />

re lu?a)<br />

concerted movement in a particular<br />

direction; 3) Milling - movement at or<br />

(31 near the surface ac<strong>com</strong>panied by many<br />

direction changes; 4) Socializin - two<br />

where -~ ~<br />

or more whales w i t h i n d l e n g t h<br />

RSL - (7-8 m) of each other <strong>and</strong> interacting;<br />

Received sound level at range R (dB re luPa)<br />

<strong>and</strong>, 5) Surface Active Behavior<br />

Ls - -<br />

Source level [dB re 1 "Pa at 1 m)<br />

breaching, pectoral slapping, etc.<br />

R - Range in km<br />

Because of small sample sizes, we were<br />

~ y . mlecular (volumetric) absorption ( d ~<br />

Ar - Reflection loss at surface <strong>and</strong> bottom (dB - meters per<br />

km)<br />

A, - Change in effective source level due to proximity of<br />

surface <strong>and</strong>/or bottom (dB) (local anomaly).<br />

-41 = Conversion constant (5 log 23-15 log m/km)<br />

E - ( H + H:)/2 where Hs - fieptf. at source (n) <strong>and</strong> H:<br />

depth at receive: la).<br />

-<br />

when large boats were not moving in the<br />

study area <strong>and</strong> during the first pre-<br />

disturbance control periods of each<br />

experimental day. We did not consider<br />

subsequent control periods of experi-<br />

mental days as undisturbed for the<br />

purposes of surfacing-dive behavior<br />

analysis, since the data indicate that<br />

such subsequent control periods may not<br />

have represented a true undisturbed<br />

situation, but instead whales were<br />

potentially affected by the previous<br />

experiment of that day.<br />

To assess the possible effects of<br />

air gun <strong>and</strong> drillship operations on the<br />

behavior of gray whales on the feeding<br />

grounds, we measured the following<br />

surfacing, respiration <strong>and</strong> dive cycle<br />

variables (after Wursig et al. 1984,<br />

per km) unable to <strong>com</strong>pare statistically the<br />

frequency of these behaviors during<br />

control <strong>and</strong> experimental <strong>conditions</strong>.<br />

Measurement of whale positions <strong>and</strong> whale<br />

movement patterns<br />

Limited visibility <strong>conditions</strong> for<br />

most of the field period did not permit<br />

l<strong>and</strong>-based observations. As a result,<br />

most whale positions were ascertained by<br />

triangulating with a shipboard theodo-<br />

lite <strong>and</strong> binocular <strong>com</strong>passes, a tech-<br />

nique developed by Malme et al. (1985)<br />

to study feeding humpback whales in<br />

Frederick Sound, Alaska. This procedure<br />

was developed from l<strong>and</strong>-based theodolite<br />

tracking procedure (see Wursig 1978 <strong>and</strong><br />

Tyack 1981). The ship-based technique<br />

requires obtaining two concurrent bear-<br />

ings to a whale using a theodolite on a<br />

primary observation vessel <strong>and</strong> a binoc-<br />

ular <strong>com</strong>pass on a secondary observation<br />

vessel (a Zodiac in this case). The<br />

range between the two observation<br />

vessels is obtained using radar. A<br />

Loran C system on the primary vessel<br />

provides a geographic position refer-<br />

ence. The primary observation vessel<br />

for the study was the BIG VALLEY, a 90-<br />

ft (27 m) fishing/ utility vessel. This<br />

procedure is shown in Fig. 4.


CHALE<br />

9<br />

OR VESSEL<br />

PRIMARY OBSERVATION VESSEL SECONDARY OBSERVATION VESSEL<br />

LORANC ff.1 BINOCULAR-COMPASS I#,.#, 1<br />

RADAR fro) RADIO<br />

THEODOLITE W, I<br />

RADIO<br />

CALCULATE rw È<br />

Figure 4. Whale tracking using observa-<br />

tions from two vessels.<br />

Results<br />

Acoustic data<br />

Ambient noise in the test area was<br />

generally low <strong>and</strong> controlled by wind-<br />

generated sea noise. Sound transmission<br />

was found to be more efficient than is<br />

usual for shallow water areas with a<br />

s<strong>and</strong>lsilt bottom because of the probable<br />

presence of a sub-bottom rock layer.<br />

Measurements of received level at<br />

several depths <strong>and</strong> ranges did not show<br />

the depth dependence expected to be<br />

produced by the observed strong downward<br />

refracting gradients. This was probably<br />

a result of the shallow water which<br />

ranged from 15 to 25 m in depth.<br />

Reflections <strong>and</strong> general scattering from<br />

the bottom <strong>and</strong> probable sub-bottom<br />

layers produced generally reverberant<br />

received signals. While no specific<br />

sub-bottom information has been obtained<br />

for the St. Lawrence test area,<br />

MacKensie (1973) re<strong>port</strong>ed <strong>under</strong>lying<br />

layers of granitic <strong>and</strong> basaltic rock at<br />

depths of 3 to 10 m for an area lying to<br />

the east of the isl<strong>and</strong>.<br />

Acoustic exposure estimation<br />

Since some variation in sound<br />

transmission was observed for the<br />

several test areas used, specific data<br />

from each test area were used in<br />

prediction of the sound exposure levels<br />

for whale sightings.<br />

The results of analysis of the<br />

transmission loss measurements are<br />

summarized in Table 1. The values of<br />

<strong>and</strong> Ar shown in the table were used<br />

together with Eq. (3) to estimate the<br />

exposure levels at the whale sighting<br />

positions for the air gun experiments.<br />

A <strong>com</strong>parison of measured data with the<br />

received average pulse pressure level<br />

versus range characteristic predicted by<br />

Eq. (3) is shown in Fig. 5A.<br />

Figure 5. Comparison of average pulse<br />

pressure data with predictions of<br />

empirical propagation propagation<br />

model. (Source - 100 cu. in. air gun at<br />

4500 psi).


Surfacing-dive behavior, observation<br />

results<br />

The frequency distributions of the<br />

five surfacing, dive <strong>and</strong> respiration<br />

characteristics used in the analysis are<br />

shown in Fig. 6. Blow interval <strong>and</strong> blow<br />

rate approximate a normal distribution,<br />

while the distributions of the other<br />

three characteristics are highly skewed.<br />

Consequently, blow interval <strong>and</strong> blow<br />

rate were analyzed with parametric<br />

testing procedures (by analysis of<br />

variance <strong>and</strong> Student-Newman-Keuls<br />

multiple <strong>com</strong>parisons tests), while<br />

length of surfacing, length of dive, <strong>and</strong><br />

number of blows per surfacing were<br />

analyzed with non-parametric methods (by<br />

Kruskal-Wallis , Mann-Whitney-U <strong>and</strong> non-<br />

parametric multiple <strong>com</strong>parisons; Zar<br />

1974, Sokal <strong>and</strong> Rohlf 1969).<br />

There were significant differences<br />

in surfacing-dive characteristics<br />

between the condition of no known<br />

disturbance <strong>and</strong> the potential disturb-<br />

ances of drillship playbacks <strong>and</strong> air gun<br />

experiments (Table 2 <strong>and</strong> Fig. 6).<br />

During drillship playbacks, blow<br />

interval decreased <strong>and</strong> length of surfac-<br />

ing, length of dive <strong>and</strong> number of blows<br />

per surfacing all increased. For air<br />

gun sounds, the response was opposite to<br />

that of drillship, with blow interval<br />

increasing <strong>and</strong> the other three primary<br />

characteristics decreasing.<br />

Interestingly, blow rate did not change<br />

from the undisturbed condition, because<br />

increases or decreases in blow interval<br />

time made up for shifts in lengths of<br />

surfacings <strong>and</strong> dives.<br />

Figures 7 <strong>and</strong> 8 show these summary<br />

data in more detail. For drillship<br />

playback experiments, the surfacing-dive<br />

characteristics stay at a "disturbed"<br />

level within a one-half hour period<br />

after exposure of whales to drillship<br />

sounds. Whales shift their surfacing-<br />

dive characteristics close to the pre-<br />

disturbance level in the 30 to 60 minute<br />

period after exposure. They even appear<br />

to overshoot the presumed undisturbed<br />

level, with blow interval higher <strong>and</strong> the<br />

other three primary characteristics<br />

lower, than during the presumed un-<br />

disturbed situation (Fig. 7). Responses<br />

of whales to air gun do not tend to go<br />

back to the presumably undisturbed<br />

condition within one hour of air gun<br />

sounds, especially for blow intervals<br />

<strong>and</strong> length of dives. These data<br />

indicate that air gun sounds have a<br />

longer-term effect on the behavior of<br />

primarily feeding gray whales than do<br />

drillship sounds (Fig. 8). A caution is<br />

necessary, however: drillship sounds<br />

were made by playbacks which may have<br />

some differences in sound character-<br />

istics from real drillships <strong>and</strong> air gun<br />

sounds were supplied by only one air gun<br />

instead of the many often used during<br />

seismic mapping activities.<br />

Although relatively few surfacing-<br />

dive data were collected during the<br />

short field season, some interesting<br />

trends have emerged. In general, blow<br />

intervals decreased during drillship<br />

sounds <strong>and</strong> length of surfacing, length<br />

of dive <strong>and</strong> number of blows per surfac-<br />

ing increased. This trend indicates<br />

that whales are cycling through their<br />

basic surfacing-dive patterns more<br />

slowly while subjected to drillship<br />

sounds. They returned to a pre-<br />

disturbance level relatively quickly,<br />

usually after about one-half hour post<br />

disturbance. Blow rate altered<br />

little. Kesponses to the air gun were<br />

different. Whales increased blow<br />

intervals <strong>and</strong> tended to decrease length<br />

of surfacing, length of dive <strong>and</strong> number<br />

of blows per surfacing. They were more<br />

likely to alternate feeding with travel,<br />

or travel away from the sound source.<br />

This trend was especially strong on<br />

several occasions when we noticed a<br />

definite cessation of feeding <strong>and</strong><br />

movement away from the sound source.<br />

Recovery to "normal" levels was less<br />

rapid than for drillship sounds, but<br />

tended to occur about one hour after<br />

disturbance.<br />

Summary of movement patterns<br />

Drillship playback<br />

Two playback tests for which whale<br />

movement data are available suggest that<br />

the whales did not alter their movement<br />

patterns with RSL at 103 to 110 dB <strong>and</strong><br />

the BIG VALLEY as close as 1.1 km. In<br />

one case, a whale continued to feed in<br />

the same general area during both con-<br />

trol <strong>and</strong> experimental periods. However,<br />

during one pre-control period, whales<br />

appeared to respond to the presence of<br />

the BIG VALLEY, thus <strong>com</strong>plicating


,.<br />

240<br />

192<br />

- IB<br />

-<br />

0 144 -<br />

0<br />

-1 tT -<br />

L -<br />

Â¥^ 96<br />

-<br />

48 -<br />

-<br />

15 30 45<br />

Blow Interval (a)<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4<br />

Length of Dive (min)<br />

l l l l l l ~ ~<br />

Length of Surfacing (mm) 72<br />

-<br />

-<br />

-<br />

Blow Rote (number/min)<br />

T-24<br />

se - ? 6 8<br />

N - 489<br />

I I 1 , l ~<br />

x - 0..<br />

'd - o w 2<br />

N - 486<br />

l I l<br />

7<br />

Ll ~ ~ ~ ~ ~<br />

L<br />

46 0 0<br />

2 4 6 8 10<br />

Number of Blows per Surfacing<br />

r<br />

12<br />

Figure 6. Frequency distribution of surfacing-dive data on undisturbed whales. See<br />

text for definition of undisturbed.


Table 2. Summary statistics for undisturbed whales <strong>and</strong> whales during drillship<br />

playbacks <strong>and</strong> air gun experiments.<br />

Experironfcal No. of Blows/ length of Surfacing length of Dive Blew Rate<br />

Situation Blew Interval (8) Surfacing (rain) (mini (No./Min. 1<br />

Undisturbed 14.2 6.44 811 2.4 1.68 409 0.44 0.442 406 1.80 1.158 494 1.17 0.530 480<br />

Airgun 16.5 6.01 147 2.0 1.40 135 0.38 0.430 135 1.54 1.081 134 1.20 0.570 131<br />

interpretation of results. During two<br />

other playback tests, whales in the<br />

vicinity of the BIG VALLEY did move out<br />

of the general area, but we were unable<br />

to obtain track data on individual<br />

whales <strong>and</strong>, therefore, KSL for specific<br />

focal animals are not available.<br />

However, for one of these latter two<br />

experiments, KSL at the whales moving<br />

out of the area was estimated at 108 to<br />

119 dfl at distances of approximately 1<br />

km to 0.3 km, respectively. Results of<br />

drillship playbacks during the present<br />

study appear consistent with our earlier<br />

findings .<br />

Air gun<br />

Alterations in whale movement pat-<br />

terns <strong>and</strong>/or feeding behavior were noted<br />

during each of the six air gun experi-<br />

ments. Table 3 summarizes the behavior<br />

of eight of the nine focal whales <strong>under</strong><br />

observation during the experiments.<br />

Responses were noted at RSL ranging from<br />

149 dB to 176 dB at distances up to<br />

approximately 4 km. However, in one<br />

case, RSL reached a peak of 165 db with<br />

the NANCY H 0.7 km distant with very<br />

little, if any, response observed. We<br />

did observe the cessation of feeding<br />

with apparent movement away from the<br />

experimental vessel during air gun sound<br />

exposure on five occasions. However, in<br />

three of these cases, the whales resumed<br />

feeding either during the experiment<br />

(one case) or during the post-control<br />

period (two cases). In the remaining<br />

two cases, one whale stopped feeding<br />

with apparent movement away from the<br />

experimental vessel (Whale A, AG 3) <strong>and</strong><br />

continued to move out of the area during<br />

the post-control period; the other whale<br />

(Whale L) stopped feeding during AG 5,<br />

but we do not have information on its<br />

pre-control movement pattern.<br />

Most of the responses involved<br />

either an abrupt change in direction or<br />

an increase in speed with apparent<br />

movement away from the experimental<br />

vessel. On one occasion a whale<br />

spyhopped* several times in apparent<br />

response to increasing RSL. We did note<br />

that in three <strong>and</strong> possibly four cases<br />

(marked with an asterisk in Table 3)<br />

whales showed a response to the<br />

operating air gun at a time coinciding<br />

with the NANCY H moving past the whale's<br />

position, at which point the whales were<br />

experiencing peak RSL.<br />

In order to derive a general guide-<br />

line for estimating the probable<br />

behavioral response of summering <strong>and</strong><br />

feeding gray whales to air gun noise, it<br />

is necessary to examine the summary of<br />

individual whale responses presented<br />

previously in Table 3. On the basis of<br />

the information presented in this table,<br />

the summary cumulative distribution<br />

function shown in Fig. 9 was developed.<br />

It includes only those whales for which<br />

a definite interruption of feeding<br />

activity was observed. If a whale<br />

*Raising the anterior <strong>port</strong>ion of the<br />

body so that the eyes are above the<br />

water.


** n s ***<br />

8 * , , I ,<br />

a,- w-<br />

UMXST ALL OS POST OS<br />

UNOIST ALL OS POST OS<br />

ns , ns , ns<br />

a,- w-<br />

ALL 0s POST 0s<br />

Figure 7. Summary statistics for undisturbed whales, <strong>and</strong> whales during <strong>and</strong> after<br />

drillship playbacks. Center bars denote means, boxes denote 95% confidence intervals,<br />

bars denote 1 st<strong>and</strong>ard deviation above <strong>and</strong> below the mean, <strong>and</strong> numbers denote sample<br />

size. Asterisks show significance levels of probability: * = 0.05, ** = 0.01, *** =<br />

0.001, ns = not significant.


0<br />

I *** ns<br />

I ns<br />

-30 nun -0 fnin<br />

UNDIST ALL AG POST AG<br />

UNOIST ALL AQ POST AG<br />

6 I I I I I<br />

UNOIST ALL AG POST AG<br />

UNDIST ALL AG POST AG<br />

Iff<br />

T<br />

1 ns , ns<br />

-30 -on<br />

n s<br />

I<br />

10.0 "."<br />

UNDIST ALL AG POST AG<br />

Figure 8. Summary statistics for undisturbed whales, <strong>and</strong> whales during <strong>and</strong> after air<br />

gun experiments.<br />

66


Table 3.<br />

1985.<br />

Summary of focal whale response to air gun experiments, 22, 24, 25 August<br />

Focal Pre-Control<br />

Mute Activity<br />

*Itesponse when N.H. broadside to whale.<br />

1H/V Nancy I.<br />

21^/V ~ig Valley<br />

Feeding Movement away, steeped novament<br />

as AS acproadied, m feeding<br />

Feeding Direction change, nave towards<br />

<strong>and</strong> then away E m N.H.<br />

feeding before <strong>and</strong> after move<br />

Feeding, Group split at KG onset, A move<br />

joined Mule E mrth 6 east offshore, feeding<br />

to 1731<br />

Feeding Feeding with inshore movement<br />

as N.H. noved past (possibly<br />

feeding related)<br />

Feeding Feeding, turn, speed increase,<br />

dive, fluke out, reeume feeding<br />

Feeding, m Joined by Mule N, BOIB feeding,<br />

track plot royhcpe, wtheast movement<br />

Unknown Joined Mula L, feeding<br />

feeding Feeding to 1605, novamerot<br />

parallel to N.H. then offshore<br />

resumed feeding after the air gun vessel<br />

had moved away or stopped firing, the<br />

corresponding original response exposure<br />

level is marked "F".<br />

The resulting cumulative distribution<br />

can be seen to be somewhat skewed, having<br />

z<br />

u<br />

I-<br />

3 " -<br />

.a -<br />

a: .,<br />

an interpolated median value of 173 dB <strong>and</strong><br />

a calculated mean value of 169.6 dB. If<br />

the data values shown are considered to be<br />

representative samples of the true<br />

acoustic response statistics which might<br />

"1<br />

3<br />

u<br />

2<br />

1-1<br />

-<br />

-6<br />

"<br />

.4 -<br />

.3 -<br />

be obtained with more extensive testing, .2-<br />

Return to Pre-<br />

Control area,<br />

feeding<br />

Feeding, Movement<br />

possibly affected<br />

by 6.V.<br />

Continued offshore<br />

m n t<br />

feeding sane general<br />

area<br />

Feeding u n general ~<br />

area<br />

Group aplit, L<br />

increase speed ming<br />

southeast out of area,<br />

no feeding<br />

Feeding, group split<br />

Offshore to 1715, then<br />

back to original loca-<br />

tion <strong>and</strong> feeding<br />

o . r s . , . v - - u * q , .<br />

it is useful to calculate the confidence<br />

limits of the acoustic response measures<br />

determined by the present data. We need<br />

to estimate how well the data represent<br />

. - 1 -<br />

3<br />

p<br />

170 160 IS0<br />

the range of expected feeding gray whale<br />

responses to air gun noise disturbance.<br />

RVERRGE PULSE LEVEL, dB re 1 uPa<br />

A distribution-free confidence<br />

interval test for the median was developed<br />

by Thompson (19361. This test provides a Figure 9. Cumulative distribution for<br />

means of calculating the confidence level<br />

of a median estimate based on a number of<br />

observed feeding disturbance. (Data from<br />

Table 3. F - whale returned <strong>and</strong> resumed<br />

samples from a parent population having an feeding .)


unknown distribution form. The results of<br />

applying this test to the data shown in<br />

Fig. 9 give a confidence estimate of 68%<br />

that the true median (0.5) response level<br />

lies between 170 <strong>and</strong> 175 dB <strong>and</strong> a 94%<br />

confidence estimate that it lies within<br />

the interval of 163 dB to 177 dB.<br />

Discussion<br />

Acoustic data<br />

The transmission loss measured in the<br />

St. Lawrence Isl<strong>and</strong> area was lower than<br />

that measured off the California coast<br />

during a previous study of migrating gray<br />

whales (Malme et al. 1983, 1984). A<br />

<strong>com</strong>parison of the characteristics of the<br />

two areas for average pulse pressure<br />

propagation can be made by examining Fig.<br />

5A <strong>and</strong> Fig. 5B. A shallow sub-bottom<br />

layer of rock probably causes the con-<br />

siderably better sound propagation<br />

<strong>conditions</strong> observed off St. Lawrence<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong> since the bottom <strong>com</strong>position<br />

according to chart information is<br />

s<strong>and</strong>/silt for both areas.<br />

Behavioral data<br />

For both types of experimental<br />

stimuli, subsequent experiments of a day<br />

appeared to be affected by the earlier<br />

experiments. This took both the form of<br />

surfacing-dive data not always going back<br />

to a pre-disturbance level after the first<br />

experiment of the day, <strong>and</strong> whales at times<br />

reacting less strongly to a subsequent<br />

experiment. This is not a firm con-<br />

clusion, however, because many other<br />

factors such as time of day, presence of<br />

one or two boats in the area, <strong>and</strong> general<br />

behavior of the whales may have served as<br />

confounding factors. Interestingly,<br />

number of blows per surfacing, length of<br />

surfacings, <strong>and</strong> length of dives were all<br />

lower during the present study than for<br />

presumed undisturbed gray whales studied<br />

in July <strong>and</strong> September 1982 in the same<br />

area (Wursig et al. 1986). We wonder<br />

whether our present results may have been<br />

affected by the presence of at least one<br />

large vessel near the whales at almost all<br />

times, unlike the situation in 1982, when<br />

observations were generally made from a<br />

small skiff > 1 km distant from the mother<br />

ship. This possibility of a level of<br />

disturbance even during presumed<br />

"undisturbed" situations does not negate<br />

our results, however, since industrial<br />

disturbance is likely to be ac<strong>com</strong>panied by<br />

the presence of larger vessels in real<br />

situations.<br />

Disturbance reactions during air gun<br />

playbacks were very similar to the reac-<br />

tions found for surfacing-dive character-<br />

istics of bowhead whales when subjected to<br />

air gun sounds (Richardson et al. 1985a,<br />

Ljungblad et al. 1985, Richardson et al.<br />

198b). In bowheads, blow intervals in-<br />

creased <strong>and</strong> length of surfacing, length of<br />

dive <strong>and</strong> number of blows per surfacing all<br />

decreased during air gun firing. The same<br />

basic behavioral shift from feeding or<br />

milling prior to air gun sounds to travel-<br />

ing away from the sound source was noted<br />

for bowheads during several experiments<br />

with full-scale seismic vessels (Ljungblad<br />

et al. 1985).<br />

A possible bias exists in our data.<br />

We used number of surfacing-dive variables<br />

encountered to calculate degrees of free-<br />

dom for statistical analyses, without<br />

regard for possible dependence of data in<br />

surfacing-dive sequences of individual<br />

animals. If such dependence is strong,<br />

our degrees of freedom used to calculate<br />

statistics are overestimates of actual<br />

allowable degrees of freedom. We have not<br />

been able to determine amount of depend-<br />

ence within parts of our serial data,<br />

however, <strong>and</strong> we therefore present degrees<br />

of freedom as directly related to sample<br />

sizes of surfacing <strong>and</strong> dive variables.<br />

Future work may help clarify potential<br />

dependence of our time-series data.<br />

Movement observations<br />

The number of wnales observed <strong>under</strong><br />

experimental <strong>conditions</strong> was low throughout<br />

the field season. This was due mainly to<br />

the late starting date of the project,<br />

which resulted in a low number of whales<br />

present in the study area coupled with<br />

adverse viewing <strong>conditions</strong>. Because many<br />

whale groups were far offshore during much<br />

of the field period, it was generally not<br />

possible to use l<strong>and</strong>-based theodolite<br />

tracking of individual whales in <strong>com</strong>bina-<br />

tion with small boat observations as was<br />

ac<strong>com</strong>plished by Wursig et al. (1983,<br />

1986). The use of this method would have<br />

increased the number of whale groups<br />

tracked, since l<strong>and</strong>-based observers could<br />

have concentrated on 3 to 4 groups<br />

simultaneously, whereas the two-boat<br />

method most often employed required BIG


VALLEY observers to focus only on the one<br />

to two groups <strong>under</strong> observation by Zodiac<br />

personnel in order to obtain whale move-<br />

ment data. Movement data were obtained<br />

during two drillship playback experiments<br />

but the whale numbers were low. During<br />

several air gun experiments, we have<br />

extended detailed observations, including<br />

both surfacing/respiration data <strong>and</strong> track<br />

plots. As examples we describe two air<br />

gun experiments (AG1 <strong>and</strong> AG4) for which<br />

overall behavioral patterns are fairly<br />

<strong>com</strong>plete in Appendix A.<br />

Conclusions<br />

It is difficult to <strong>com</strong>pare experi-<br />

mental results concerning migrating gray<br />

whales with those of feeding gray whales.<br />

Different behavioral responses were<br />

measured in feeding <strong>and</strong> migrating gray<br />

whales. The pattern of gray whale respon-<br />

ses may scale not only with KSL, but also<br />

rate of change of RSL or movement of the<br />

sound source. Both of these parameters<br />

varied with moving vs. stationary air gun<br />

sources. A priori one may expect the<br />

response of gray whales to noise stimuli<br />

to be a function of behavioral state as<br />

has been pointed out by Brodie (1981) <strong>and</strong><br />

Richardson et al. (1985). However, the<br />

results of our studies on the behavioral<br />

responses of migrating <strong>and</strong> feeding gray<br />

whales to drillship sound playback <strong>and</strong> air<br />

gun operations indicate measurable<br />

responses at similar exposure levels.<br />

Drillship playback<br />

Analysis of the sighting data for the<br />

<strong>com</strong>bined drillship playback experiments<br />

showed that a number of whales were<br />

exposed to levels that produced avuiaance<br />

behavior for migrating gray whales (110 to<br />

120 dB). No definite pattern of avoidance<br />

of the source area was observed. However,<br />

until more testing is performed at higher<br />

exposure levels, we believe that the<br />

application of the probability of avoid-<br />

ance results for migration activity would<br />

provide a conservative response estimate<br />

for feeding activity. For the purpose of<br />

estimating zones of influence, we will<br />

consider that exposure of feeding gray<br />

whales to noise levels of 110 dB or more<br />

(from a continuous stationary source, such<br />

as from a drillship) would result in pos-<br />

sible avoidance of the region near the<br />

source <strong>and</strong> exposure to levels of 120 dB or<br />

more would probably cause avoidance of the<br />

area by more than one-half of the gray<br />

whales.<br />

Air gun noise<br />

More data on focal whales <strong>under</strong><br />

control <strong>and</strong> experimental <strong>conditions</strong> are<br />

needed before firm conclusions regarding<br />

the effects of air gun operations on<br />

feeding gray whales can be made. The<br />

present data set shows that feeding gray<br />

whales can respond in a variety of ways to<br />

a moving, single air gun <strong>and</strong> that these<br />

responses can occur at RSL ranging from<br />

149 dB to 176 dB, with whale distance up<br />

to 4 km from the source.<br />

The cumulative distribution of whales<br />

observed to interrupt feeding activity as<br />

a function of average pulse pressure level<br />

shown previously in Fig. 9 was somewhat<br />

skewed. For skewed distributions, the<br />

median is a better estimator for the<br />

expected value than is the mean (Zar 1974,<br />

p. 24). Thus, an average peak pressure<br />

level of 173 dB will be considered as the<br />

level of air gun noise at which 50% of<br />

feeding gray whales will probably inter-<br />

rupt feeding activity. Based on the data<br />

shown in Fig. 9 <strong>and</strong> on the confidence<br />

limit calculation, 163 dA will be con-<br />

sidered as the air gun noise level which<br />

will probably cause 10% of feeding gray<br />

whales to interrupt feeding activity.<br />

Comparing these values with the prob-<br />

ability of avoidance values obtained for<br />

migrating gray whales, we find that a 0.1<br />

probability of avoidance occurred for an<br />

air gun noise level of 164 dB <strong>and</strong> a 0.5<br />

probability of avoidance occurred for a<br />

level of 170 dB. The acoustic sensitivity<br />

of gray whales to air gun noise when<br />

feeding is thus apparently not greatly<br />

different from their sensitivity while<br />

migrating.<br />

Acknowledgement<br />

This study was funded by the Minerals<br />

Management Service through an interagency<br />

agreement with the National Oceanic <strong>and</strong><br />

Atmospheric Administration, as part of the<br />

Outer Continental Shelf finvironmental<br />

Assessment Program.


References<br />

Baker, C.S., L.M. Herman, B.G. Bays, <strong>and</strong><br />

G.B. Bauer 1983. The impact of vessel<br />

traffic on the behavior of humpback whales<br />

in Southeast Alaska: 1982 season. Re<strong>port</strong><br />

from the Kewalo Basin Marine Mammal<br />

Laboratory, University of Hawaii, Honolulu<br />

for U.S. National Marine Fisheries<br />

Service, Seattle, WA. 30 p. <strong>and</strong> tables<br />

<strong>and</strong> figures.<br />

Brodie, P.F. 1981. Energetic <strong>and</strong><br />

behavioural considerations with respect to<br />

marine mammals <strong>and</strong> disturbances from<br />

<strong>under</strong>water noise. p. 287-290 In: N.M.<br />

Peterson (ed.), The question of sound from<br />

icebreaker operations: Proceedings of a<br />

workshop. February 22-23, 1981, Toronto.<br />

Arctic Pilot Project, Petro-Canada,<br />

Calgary, Alberta. 350 p.<br />

Dean, F.C., C.M. Jurasz, V.P. Palmer, C.H.<br />

Curby, <strong>and</strong> D.L. Thomas 1985. Analysis of<br />

humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae)<br />

blow interval data Glacier Bay, Alaska,<br />

1976-1979. Re<strong>port</strong> from the University of<br />

Alaska, Fairbanks, for U.S. National Park<br />

Service, Anchorage, AK. 224 p. <strong>and</strong> second<br />

volume of figures.<br />

Harvey, J.T. <strong>and</strong> B.R. Mate 1984. Dive<br />

characteristics <strong>and</strong> movements of radio-<br />

tagged gray whales in San Ignacio Lagoon,<br />

Baja California Sur, Mexico. p. 561-575<br />

In: M.L. Jones, S.L. Swartz, <strong>and</strong> S.<br />

Leatherwood (eds .) , The gray whale<br />

Eschrichtius robustus. Academic Press,<br />

Orl<strong>and</strong>o, FL. 600 p.<br />

Ljungblad, D.K. tf. wUrsig, S.L. Swartz,<br />

<strong>and</strong> J.M. Keene 1985. Observations on the<br />

behavior of bowhead whales (Balaena<br />

mysticetus) in the presence of operating<br />

seismic exploration vessels in the Alaskan<br />

Beaufort Sea. Re<strong>port</strong> from SEACO, Inc.,<br />

San Diego for the Minerals Management<br />

Service, Anchorage, AK. 53 p. <strong>and</strong><br />

appendices.<br />

Mackensie, K.V., 1973. Long-range<br />

propagation in the shallow Bering Sea, J.<br />

Acoust. Soc. Am. 54(4):1066-1080.<br />

Malme, C.I., P.R. Miles, C.W. Clark, P.<br />

Tyack, <strong>and</strong> J.E. Bird 1983. Investigations<br />

of the potential effects of <strong>under</strong>water<br />

noise from petroleum industry activities<br />

on migrating gray whale behavior. Re<strong>port</strong><br />

No. 5366, re<strong>port</strong> prepared by tfolt Beranek<br />

<strong>and</strong> Newman Inc., Cambridge, MA, for the<br />

Minerals Management Service, Anchorage,<br />

AK. Various paging.<br />

Malme, C.I., P.R. Miles, C.W. Clark, P.<br />

Tyack, <strong>and</strong> J.E. Bird 1984. Investigations<br />

of the potential effects of <strong>under</strong>water<br />

noise from petroleum industry activities<br />

on migrating gray whale behavior - Phase<br />

11: January 1984 migration. Re<strong>port</strong> No.<br />

5586, re<strong>port</strong> prepared by Bolt Beranehc <strong>and</strong><br />

Newman Inc., Cambridge, MA, for tne<br />

Minerals Management Service, Anchorage,<br />

AK. Various paging.<br />

Malme, C.I., P.R. Miles, P. Tyack, C.W.<br />

Clark, <strong>and</strong> J.E. Bird 1985. Investigation<br />

of the potential effects of <strong>under</strong>water<br />

noise from petroleum industry activities<br />

on feeding humpback whale behavior.<br />

Re<strong>port</strong> No. 5851, re<strong>port</strong> prepared by BBN<br />

Laboratories Inc., Cambridge, MA, for the<br />

Minerals Management Service, Anchorage,<br />

AK. Various paging.<br />

Malme, C.I., B. w;rsig, J.E. Bird, <strong>and</strong> P.<br />

Tyack 1986. Behavioral responses of gray<br />

whales to industrial noise: feeding<br />

observations <strong>and</strong> predictive modeling.<br />

Re<strong>port</strong> No. 6265, re<strong>port</strong> prepared by BBN<br />

Laboratories Inc., Cambridge, MA, for<br />

NUAA, Anchorage AK. Various paging.<br />

Richardson, W.J., B. w;rsig, <strong>and</strong> C.K.<br />

Greene, Jr. 1986. Reactions of bowhead<br />

whales, Balaena mysticetus, to seismic<br />

exploration in the Canadian Beaufort Sea.<br />

J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 79(4):1117-1128.<br />

Kichardson, W.J., M.A. Fraker, B. w;rsig,<br />

<strong>and</strong> R.S. Wells 1985. Behaviour of bowhead<br />

whales Balaena mysticetus summering in the<br />

Beaufort Sea: Reactions to industrial<br />

activities. Biol. Conserv. 32(3):195-230.<br />

Richardson, W.J., R.S. Wells, <strong>and</strong><br />

B. Wursig 1985. Disturbance responses of<br />

bowheads, 1980-84. p. 89-196 In: W.J.<br />

Richardson (ed.), Behavior, disturbance<br />

responses <strong>and</strong> distribution of bowhead<br />

whales Balaena mysticetus in the eastern<br />

Beaufort Sea, 1980-84. Re<strong>port</strong> from LGL<br />

Ecol. Res. Assoc., Inc., Bryan, TX, for<br />

the Minerals Management Service, Reston,<br />

VA. 306 p.<br />

Sokal, R.R. <strong>and</strong> F.J. Rohlf 1969. Biometry<br />

- The principles <strong>and</strong> practice of<br />

statistics in biological research. W.H.<br />

Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA. 776 p.


Thompson, W.R. 1936. On confidence ranges<br />

for the median <strong>and</strong> other expectation<br />

distributions for populations of unknown<br />

distribution form. Ann. Math. Statist.<br />

7: 122.<br />

Thomson, D.H. (ed.) 1984. Feeding ecology<br />

of gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus) in<br />

the Chirikof Basin, summer 1982. Re<strong>port</strong><br />

from LGL Alaska Research Associates, Inc.,<br />

Anchorage, AK for NOAA, Juneau, AK. 222 p.<br />

Tyack, P. 1981. Interactions between<br />

singing humpback whales <strong>and</strong> conspecifics<br />

nearby.<br />

116.<br />

~~~~~<br />

Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 8(1):105-<br />

Urick, K.J. 1983. Principles of <strong>under</strong>-<br />

water sound for engineers, 3rd edition,<br />

McGraw-Hill, New York. 423 p.<br />

w;rsig, B. 1978. On the behavior <strong>and</strong><br />

ecology of bottlenose <strong>and</strong> dusky dolphins.<br />

Ph.0. Dissertation, State University of<br />

New York at Stony firook. 326 p.<br />

wursig, B., E.M. Dorsey, M.A. Fraker, K.S.<br />

Payne, W.J. Kichardson, <strong>and</strong> K.S. Wells<br />

1984. Behavior of bowhead whales, Balaena<br />

mysticetus, summering in the Beaufort Sea:<br />

surfacing, respiration, <strong>and</strong> dive char-<br />

acteristics. Can. J. Zool. 62(10):1910-<br />

1921.<br />

w


START TIME: 73000<br />

STOP TIME : U4000 LEGEND<br />

b =big<br />

=<br />

22 Aug 1985 Pre-AG 1 Control<br />

I 3.0 4 0 5.0 6 0<br />

Kilometers Eost<br />

Figure 10. Track plot of whale E during<br />

pre-AGI control on 22 August.<br />

incides with the first appearance of the<br />

sun all day, thereby making mud at the<br />

water's surface more easily visible to<br />

observers). At this time, the whale was<br />

approximately 0.5 km northeast of its pre-<br />

AG 1 control position. The whale stayed<br />

in this same general area, feeding,<br />

through the post-AG 1 control period.<br />

Zodiac personnel noted that after the end<br />

of AG 1, other whales were also moving<br />

inshore to the general area of Whale E.<br />

AG 4, 24 August, 1929-2026<br />

Whale B was observed to be feeding<br />

during the control period between AG 3 <strong>and</strong><br />

AG 4. Figure 13 shows the movement pat-<br />

tern of this whale relative to the NANCY H<br />

during AG 4. At the onset of AG 4, RSL at<br />

Whale B was 159 dB with the NANCY H 1.75<br />

km to the north. Whale B continued to<br />

feed <strong>and</strong> between 1942-1954 was moving<br />

slowly to the north, toward the NANCY H,<br />

which was motoring southward. During this<br />

period, RSL was increasing <strong>and</strong> at 1957 it<br />

-I. 6 (<br />

START TIME: U4000<br />

STOP TIME : 160000<br />

22 Aug 1985 AG 1<br />

2.0 3.0 4 0 5 0<br />

Kilometer; Eost<br />

LEGEND<br />

A =big<br />

= non<br />

n= e<br />

Figure 11. Track plot of whale E during<br />

AGl on 22 August.<br />

had reached 176 dM with the NANCY H<br />

0.18 Km directly offshore of Whale B. At<br />

this point, observers noted that the whale<br />

had turned <strong>and</strong> was moving rapidly to the<br />

south, diving with flukes out. This was<br />

the first time during the entire period of<br />

observation that Whale B displayed a full<br />

fluke out upon diving, <strong>and</strong> this action was<br />

unusual since the whale was in shallow<br />

water (depth < 9 m) in which fluke outs do<br />

not normally occur. The whale continued<br />

to move south, <strong>and</strong> at 2002 another full<br />

fluke out was noted. At this point, RSL<br />

had reached a peak of 177 dB with the<br />

NANCY H 0.17 km distant. Mud was observed<br />

with this dive, <strong>and</strong> Whale B was presumed<br />

to be feeding. The whale continued moving<br />

slowly to the south until approximately<br />

2011, at which time it began to mill. By<br />

2015, mud was again associated with Whale<br />

B, <strong>and</strong> the whale continued to feed<br />

throughout the remainder of AG 4, staying<br />

in the same general location. RSL at<br />

Whale B was decreasing during this period<br />

<strong>and</strong> by the end of the experiment was 159<br />

dB, with the NANCY H 1.80 tan to the south-<br />

east of the whale's location. Whale B<br />

continued to feed during the post AG 4<br />

control <strong>and</strong> was last observed at 2042.


START TIME: 160000<br />

LEGEND<br />

STOP TIME : 171000<br />

= non<br />

x=<br />

22 Aug 1985 Post-AG 1 Control<br />

3.0 4.0 & 0 I<br />

I 1.0 4.0 5 0<br />

Kilometers East-<br />

Figure 12. Track plot of whale E during<br />

post-AGI on 22 August.<br />

START TIME: 192900<br />

STOP TIME : 202600<br />

24 Aug 1985 AG 4<br />

LEGEND<br />

A = non<br />

*= b<br />

Figure 13. Track plot of whale B during<br />

AG4 on 24 August.


Abstract<br />

INDUSTRY OBSERVATIONS OF BOWHEAD WHALES<br />

IN THE CANADIAN BEAUFORT SEA, 1976-1985<br />

In 1976 Canadian Marine Drilling<br />

Ltd. (Canmar) began exploratory<br />

drilling in the deeper offshore<br />

waters of the Canadian Beaufort Sea<br />

using drillships sup<strong>port</strong>ed by<br />

icebreaking supply boats <strong>and</strong><br />

icebreakers. As part of the terms<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>conditions</strong> of the approval for<br />

this activity, Canmar personnel were<br />

requested to record incidental<br />

sightings of wildlife in general <strong>and</strong><br />

of marine mammals in particular<br />

during the course of their offshore<br />

exploration activities. This paper<br />

summarizes all bowhead whale<br />

sightings recorded by Canmar<br />

personnel since 1976 <strong>and</strong> discusses<br />

these sightings with respect to the<br />

bowhead whale issue in the Canadian<br />

Beaufort Sea. Namely, it has been<br />

suggested that exploration activities<br />

in the Canadian Beaufort have caused<br />

bowheads to decrease their use of the<br />

area where the exploration activity<br />

has occurred. An alternative<br />

suggestion is that the distribution<br />

of bowheads in the Canadian Beaufort<br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of a paper<br />

presented at the Ninth International Conference on<br />

Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean Engineering Under Arctic Conditions,<br />

Fairbanks, Alaska, USA, August 17-22, 1987. @ The<br />

Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska, 1987.<br />

John G. Ward<br />

E. Pessah<br />

Dome Petroleum Limited, Calgary, Alberta, CANADA<br />

Sea has varied from year to year<br />

because of a varying distribution of<br />

the zooplankton on which bowheads<br />

feed. The Canmar incidental<br />

sightings are examined in relation to<br />

the first of these hypotheses <strong>and</strong> to<br />

the various other studies that have<br />

been carried out on bowheads in the<br />

Canadian Beaufort Sea. It is<br />

concluded that the incidental<br />

sightings, together with the results<br />

of other studies, do not sup<strong>port</strong> the<br />

suggestion of a trend to decreasing<br />

use of the exploration area by<br />

bowheads.<br />

Introduction<br />

In 1976, Canadian Marine<br />

Drilling Ltd. (Canmar) began<br />

exploratory drilling in the deeper<br />

(20-65 m) offshore waters of the<br />

Canadian Beaufort Sea region (Figure<br />

1) using drillships sup<strong>port</strong>ed by<br />

icebreaking supply boats <strong>and</strong><br />

icebreakers. Prior to 1976, all<br />

exploratory drilling activity in the<br />

region had been located onshore or in<br />

nearshore waters adjacent to the<br />

Mackenzie Delta <strong>and</strong> Tuktoyaktuk<br />

Peninsula. The nearshore drilling<br />

activity had been carried out from<br />

artificial isl<strong>and</strong>s constructed in<br />

waters less than 15 m deep.


Figure 1. The Canadian Beaufort Sea.<br />

As part of the terms <strong>and</strong> <strong>conditions</strong><br />

of the government approval of<br />

offshore drilling with drillships,<br />

Canmar was requested to have their<br />

personnel record incidental sightings<br />

of wildlife during the course of the<br />

exploration activities in the<br />

Beaufort Sea. This activity was<br />

initiated in 1976 <strong>and</strong> has been<br />

continued each year since that time.<br />

One species of wildlife that<br />

occurs in the eastern Canadian<br />

Beaufort Sea <strong>and</strong> that is of<br />

articular interest is the bowhead<br />

whale (Balaena mysticetus). It is<br />

classified as an endangered species<br />

in both Canada <strong>and</strong> the U.S. The<br />

western Arctic population of this<br />

species is the largest remaining<br />

stock <strong>and</strong> is estimated to number<br />

approximately 4,400 individuals (IWC<br />

1986). This stock of bowheads<br />

winters in the Bering Sea <strong>and</strong> summers<br />

in the eastern Beaufort Sea. During<br />

the spring <strong>and</strong> fall migration through<br />

the Chukchi <strong>and</strong> western Beaufort seas<br />

adjacent to Alaska, the whales are<br />

subject to a subsistence hunt by<br />

Alaska Eskimos.<br />

Since 1980, systematic aerial<br />

surveys of bowhead whale distribution<br />

have been carried out annually in the<br />

southeastern Beaufort Sea during the<br />

last half of August <strong>and</strong> first half of<br />

September (e.g. Davis et al. 1982;<br />

Duval et al. 1986). Also, beginning<br />

in 1980 <strong>and</strong> continuing until 1984, a<br />

major bowhead whale behaviour study<br />

was carried out in the southeasteri<br />

Beaufort Sea to examine the<br />

behavioural responses of bowheads to<br />

oil exploration activities


(Richardson 1985). The latter study<br />

raised a concern about exploration<br />

activities in the Canadian Beaufort<br />

Sea.<br />

The issue as it presently exists<br />

for summering bowheads in the<br />

Canadian Beaufort Sea has been<br />

described by Duval et al. (1986) as<br />

follows. "Two hypotheses have been<br />

formulated as part of the Beaufort<br />

Environmental Monitoring Project<br />

(BEMP) to explain the annual<br />

variability in the distribution of<br />

bowhead whales observed in the<br />

southeastern Beaufort Sea since<br />

systematic aerial surveys were<br />

initiated in 1980 (INAC <strong>and</strong><br />

Environment Canada 1984, 1985). One<br />

hypothesis suggests that activities<br />

of the oil <strong>and</strong> gas industry have<br />

caused, or contributed to, the<br />

exclusion of bowheads from the<br />

industrial zone (the lexclusion<br />

hypothesis1). The other hypothesis<br />

suggests that the distribution of<br />

bowheads is determined by physical<br />

<strong>and</strong> biological <strong>ocean</strong>ographic factors,<br />

particularly those influencing the<br />

distribution <strong>and</strong> abundance of<br />

zooplankton (the 'food hypothesis1).<br />

During the most recent [I9861 BEMP<br />

workshop addressing the bowhead whale<br />

(INAC <strong>and</strong> Environment Canada 1987),<br />

it was concluded that testing of<br />

these hypotheses is unlikely to be<br />

possible within a sound statistical<br />

framework <strong>and</strong>, therefore, must rely<br />

on the lweight-of-evidencel from past<br />

<strong>and</strong> future research <strong>and</strong> monitoring<br />

efforts directed at this species.''<br />

The purpose of this paper is to<br />

examine the Canmar incidental<br />

sightings of bowhead whales in<br />

relation to the exclusion hypothesis<br />

<strong>and</strong> to the various studies that have<br />

been carried out on bowheads in the<br />

eastern Beaufort Sea.<br />

Methods<br />

The recording of wildlife<br />

sightings by Canmar has varied to<br />

some extent between years <strong>and</strong> types<br />

of vessels. Prior to 1980, only<br />

drillship personnel were involved in<br />

the recording of sightings of<br />

wildlife, whereas in 1980 <strong>and</strong><br />

subsequent years, personnel on both<br />

drillships <strong>and</strong> sup<strong>port</strong> vessels<br />

recorded sightings of wildlife.<br />

Most observation activity by<br />

personnel both on the drillships <strong>and</strong><br />

on the sup<strong>port</strong> vessels was<br />

op<strong>port</strong>unistic in nature. However, on<br />

the drillships, limited systematic<br />

observations were also carried out.<br />

Ice observers on the drillships<br />

carried out a 10 minute wildlife<br />

watch every four hours during a 12<br />

hour shift, if work, weather <strong>and</strong><br />

light <strong>conditions</strong> permitted. When two<br />

ice observers were on board each<br />

drillship to provide 24 hour ice<br />

re<strong>port</strong>ing coverage, up to six watches<br />

per day could be conducted.<br />

Generally, only three or four such<br />

watches were <strong>under</strong>taken each day.<br />

Since 1981, ice observers have<br />

carried out either 10 or 15 minute<br />

long watches, with the length of<br />

watch used on each drillship being<br />

the same throughout the drilling<br />

season each year.<br />

As summarized in the next<br />

section, most whale sightings<br />

resulted from op<strong>port</strong>unistic<br />

observations. Because the actual<br />

level of observational effort<br />

expended by personnel on various<br />

vessels in making these sightings is<br />

unknown, there is no good <strong>com</strong>parative<br />

measure of overall effort on a<br />

year-to-year basis. However, it is<br />

suggested that the number of Canmar<br />

vessels operating in the offshore<br />

waters each year can serve as an<br />

approximate indicator of<br />

observational effort made each year.<br />

The number of vessels are shown in<br />

Table 1.<br />

Results<br />

The Canmar sightings of bowhead<br />

<strong>and</strong> unidentified whales since 1976<br />

are summarized in Table 2 according<br />

to whether they were re<strong>port</strong>ed by<br />

personnel on the drillships or on the<br />

various sup<strong>port</strong> vessels. The<br />

sightings of unidentified whales have<br />

been included because it is felt the<br />

majority of these will be bowhead<br />

rather than beluga whales. The<br />

distinctive white or cream colour of


TABLE 1<br />

Number of Canmar Vessels in Offshore Waters of the Eastern Beaufort Sea<br />

VESSEL TYPE 1976 ----------<br />

1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985<br />

Drillships 1* 3** 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4<br />

SupplylSt<strong>and</strong>by*** - - - - 17 22 18 17 17 18<br />

DredgesIBarge Tugs 0 0 0 0 0 4 3 5 1 0<br />

* Three drillships were present but only one was involved in recording wildlife<br />

observations.<br />

** Three drillships recorded sightingsy but records were available only for one ship.<br />

*** Personnel on these vessels did not record sightings prior to 1980.<br />

TABLE 2<br />

Summary of Number of Sightings (<strong>and</strong> Total Numbers seen1) of Bowhead <strong>and</strong> Unidentified<br />

Whales Re<strong>port</strong>ed by Canmar Personnel during the Period August 1 - September 10 for the<br />

Years 1976 - 1985.<br />

Drillships Sup<strong>port</strong> vessels 2<br />

Bowhead Unidentified<br />

~otal~<br />

Supply<br />

Drillships Vessels<br />

1 Numbers in parentheses are total number of whales seen for all sightings.<br />

Data from ~ome/Canmar (1978Â 1979, l98Oy 1982Â 1984ay 1984b, 1985) <strong>and</strong> Marex<br />

(1977).<br />

2 Includes supply/st<strong>and</strong>by vessels <strong>and</strong> dredgeslbarge tugs shown in Table 1.<br />

3 Bowhead <strong>and</strong> unidentified whales.<br />

4 Four sightings of bowheads in 1980 <strong>and</strong> one sighting in 1981 were made during<br />

the systematic watches. All other sightings of both bowhead <strong>and</strong> unidentified<br />

whales resulted from op<strong>port</strong>unistic observations.


adult beluga whales would make them<br />

relatively easy to identify at close<br />

range* but their <strong>com</strong>paratively small<br />

size would make them difficult to<br />

detect at greater distances (Norton<br />

<strong>and</strong> Harwood 1986; Duval et al.<br />

1986). Hence it is probable that<br />

belugas* if seen* would generally be<br />

identified to species. The much<br />

larger bowheads would be easier to<br />

detect at greater distancesy but<br />

their black colouration would<br />

probably create doubt as to species<br />

for some observers if the whale was a<br />

long distance away. Hence bowheads<br />

are more likely to be seen at greater<br />

distances from the vessel than beluga<br />

whales* but such whales may be<br />

classed often as unidentified whales.<br />

Only sightings made during the<br />

period August 1 to September 10 have<br />

been included in Table 2. This time<br />

frame was selected because it<br />

corresponds to the one selected by<br />

Richardson et al. (1985) to show the<br />

zones of industrial activity in the<br />

southeastern Beaufort Sea <strong>and</strong> the<br />

qualitative depictions of the<br />

abundance <strong>and</strong> distribution of<br />

bowheads in this region for the years<br />

1980 - 1984.<br />

With the exception of 19773 1980<br />

<strong>and</strong> l98ly drillship personnel<br />

re<strong>port</strong>ed very few sightings of whales<br />

each year (Table 2). On the other<br />

h<strong>and</strong>* personnel on sup<strong>port</strong> vessels<br />

re<strong>port</strong>ed the majority of the whale<br />

sightings in all years since 1980<br />

when they began re<strong>port</strong>ing sightings.<br />

However* when the differences in<br />

numbers of drillships versus numbers<br />

of sup<strong>port</strong> vessels is considered*<br />

then the numbers of sightings are<br />

more similar for the two types of<br />

vessels. Like the drill ship^^<br />

sup<strong>port</strong> vessels re<strong>port</strong>ed largest<br />

numbers in 1980 <strong>and</strong> l98ly <strong>and</strong> lower<br />

numbers in 1982 - 1985. However*<br />

unlike the drill~hips~ the numbers of<br />

sightings recorded by sup<strong>port</strong> vessels<br />

in 1982-85 as <strong>com</strong>pared to 1980-81 did<br />

not show as large a decrease as that<br />

which occurred for drillships.<br />

Discussion<br />

The Canmar incidental sightings<br />

data provide a reasonable indication<br />

of the relative abundance of bowhead<br />

whales within the overall industrial<br />

zone <strong>and</strong> contribute to the<br />

"weight-of-evidence'' with respect to<br />

the validity of the 'exclusion<br />

hypothesis'. Before considering<br />

these two aspects y we review the<br />

results of studies conducted during<br />

the two bowhead research initiatives<br />

started in 1980 <strong>and</strong> previously<br />

mentioned in the Introduction.<br />

Bowhead Research Studies<br />

The two bowhead research<br />

programs that were started in the<br />

eastern Beaufort Sea in 1980 have<br />

provided a substantive systematic<br />

data base on the relative abundance<br />

<strong>and</strong> distribution of bowheads in the<br />

Canadian Beaufort Sea in August <strong>and</strong><br />

early September y from 1980 to the<br />

present. Richardson et al. (1985)<br />

summarized the data from these<br />

research studies in the form of maps<br />

that showed all sightings of bowheads<br />

in the southeastern Beaufort Sea<br />

during 10-day periods from August 1<br />

to September loy for the years 1980 -<br />

1984. They also summarized the zones<br />

of industrial activity on these maps<br />

for the same periods.<br />

Figure 2 contains <strong>com</strong>posite maps<br />

adapted from Richardson et al. (1985)<br />

that show the zones of industrial<br />

activity <strong>and</strong> the relative abundances<br />

<strong>and</strong> distributions of bowheads seen<br />

during the entire period August 1 -<br />

September 10 for the years 1980 -<br />

1985. They also include the<br />

locations of drillship activity. The<br />

map that is included for 1985 is<br />

based on the results presented by<br />

hval et al. (1986). The maps are<br />

based on the technique used by<br />

Richardson et al. (1985) to summarize<br />

the relative abundance <strong>and</strong><br />

distribution of bowheads during<br />

individual 10-day periods for the<br />

years 1980-84. Areas of abundance<br />

that are designated on these maps as<br />

few* moderate <strong>and</strong> many are those<br />

with3 respectively3 widely separated<br />

sightings of 1-3 whales* many<br />

sightings of 1-3 whales* <strong>and</strong> large<br />

groups of whales (Richardson et al.<br />

1985). The technique is highly<br />

qualitative <strong>and</strong> is presented here


Bowhead Abundance<br />

Many Moderate Few None<br />

--- Industrial Zone Boundary A Canrnar Drillship Location<br />

August 1 - September 10, 1981- -"'''<br />

August 1 - September 10, 1982<br />

,,w ,W' we' ,>.<br />

Beeufo,!<br />

-.<br />

'=' ,,? >w<br />

Beaufort<br />

sea 8<br />

August 1 - September 10, 1983<br />

'"" UP' >w 82.' ,<br />

8ea"rorf<br />

sea 8<br />

Figure 2. Relative Abundances <strong>and</strong> Distributions of Bowheads in the Eastern Beaufort<br />

Sea, 1980 - 1985.


primarily to provide the reader with<br />

an overall impression of where<br />

bowheads were seen in general in the<br />

years 1980-85 <strong>and</strong> where<br />

concentrations (I. e. "many "1 occurred<br />

specifically, relative to the<br />

location of industry activity.<br />

Richardson et al. (1985)<br />

described the relative abundances <strong>and</strong><br />

distributions indicated by the survey<br />

data from 1980 - 1984 as follows.<br />

"Over the 1980 - 1982 period, bowhead<br />

distribution overlapped progressively<br />

less with the area of offshore<br />

dredging, construction <strong>and</strong> drilling.<br />

Bowheads were abundant within the<br />

main industrial area in 1980, much<br />

less abundant there in 1981, <strong>and</strong><br />

virtually absent in 1982. Maximum<br />

numbers in the main industrial area<br />

in 1983 were slightly greater than in<br />

1982, <strong>and</strong> there was some further<br />

increase in 1984". Richardson et al.<br />

(1987) concluded that "utilization of<br />

the main industrial area decreased<br />

markedly from 1980 to 1982 <strong>and</strong> then<br />

increased slightly from 1982 to<br />

1983-84." On the basis of an<br />

apparent overall downward trend from<br />

1980 to 1984, Richardson et al.<br />

(1985, 1987) suggested that industry<br />

activity may be affecting utilization<br />

of the industrial zone by bowheads.<br />

A significant assumption of this<br />

apparent trend is that 1980 <strong>and</strong> 1981<br />

are representative of the historical<br />

"normal" bowhead distribution in the<br />

Canadian Beaufort.<br />

Although Figure 2 indicates that<br />

in the years 1982 - 1985 most<br />

bowheads occurred outside the<br />

industrial zone, localized<br />

concentrations did occur within the<br />

zone in 1983 <strong>and</strong> 1984. In both<br />

years, these localized concentrations<br />

occurred in the offshore area of<br />

east-central Mackenzie Bay,<br />

approximately along the 20 m depth<br />

contour line.<br />

Prior to 1980, limited aerial<br />

surveys north of Kugmallit Bay in<br />

1978 <strong>and</strong> 1979, <strong>and</strong> incidental<br />

sightings by biologists <strong>and</strong> industry<br />

personnel (non-Canmar) in that area<br />

in 1976 - 1977, provide less detailed<br />

but useful additional data.<br />

According to Richardson et al.<br />

(19851, "The fragmentary data from<br />

1976 - 1979 indicate that many<br />

bowheads were seen in the middle of<br />

the main industrial area [i.e., north<br />

of Kugmallit Bay] in early August of<br />

1976 <strong>and</strong> 1977, but not in 1978 or<br />

1979. Bowheads apparently entered<br />

the industrial area in early<br />

September of 1978, but in 1979 there<br />

were very few sightings at any<br />

time." Richardson et al. (1985,<br />

1987) concluded that "the presence of<br />

many whales in 1980, after a period<br />

of apparent scarcity in 1978 - 1979,<br />

casts doubt on the suggestion that<br />

there is a trend for decreasing<br />

utilization of the main industrial<br />

area." As discussed below, the<br />

evidence indicates that the apparent<br />

trend is likely an artifact of the<br />

data initially used to suggest the<br />

trend.<br />

Canmar Incidental Sightings<br />

A <strong>com</strong>parison of the incidental<br />

sightings results (Table 2) <strong>and</strong> the<br />

systematic aerial survey results show<br />

that the Canmar incidental sightings<br />

for the years 1980 - 1985 provide an<br />

indication of the relative abundance<br />

of bowheads in the industrial zone<br />

that is reasonably similar to that<br />

shown by the aerial surveys (Table<br />

3). Namely, bowheads were abundant<br />

in the industry zone in 1980 <strong>and</strong><br />

1981, <strong>and</strong> relatively scarce there in<br />

1982 - 1985. Even if the<br />

unidentified whales, which are<br />

suspected to be largely bowheads,<br />

were added to Table 3, the trend does<br />

not change. The similarity between<br />

these two data sources provides the<br />

confidence to use the 1976 - 1979<br />

Canmar incidental sightings data to<br />

make statements about the presence of<br />

bowheads in the industrial zone in<br />

those years (Figure 3).<br />

The small numbers of bowhead<br />

sightings by Canmar personnel in 1978<br />

<strong>and</strong> 1979 (Table 2) indicate that<br />

bowheads were not abundant in the<br />

industrial zone during the August 1 -<br />

September 10 period in those two<br />

years. Richardson et al. (1985) made<br />

the same suggestion based on other<br />

incidental sightings <strong>and</strong> limited<br />

survey coverage in the area<br />

immediately north of Kugmallit Bay in


- Year<br />

1980<br />

1981<br />

1982<br />

1983<br />

1984<br />

1985<br />

TABLE 3<br />

Comparison of the Canmar Incidental Sightings<br />

<strong>and</strong> the Systematic Aerial Surveys of Bowhead Whales<br />

Sup<strong>port</strong> August Aerial survey2 September Aerial survey2<br />

Drillship Vessel Industry Industry<br />

sightingsl sightingsl zone 3 Entire Area zone3 Entire Area<br />

1 Numbers in parentheses indicate total number of bowhead whales seen for all<br />

sightings. (Values from Table 2).<br />

2 Numbers include both bowheads seen on the transects <strong>and</strong> those seen beyond the<br />

transects. Data taken from Renaud <strong>and</strong> Davis (19811, Davis et al. (19821, Harwood<br />

<strong>and</strong> Ford (1983), McLaren <strong>and</strong> Davis (19851, Harwood <strong>and</strong> Borstad (19851, <strong>and</strong> Duval et<br />

al. (1986).<br />

3 Industry zone for each year same as one shown on Figure 2.<br />

4 1980 survey area mostly in the industry zone.<br />

those two years. It is expected that<br />

drillships would have recorded more<br />

whale sightings during the August 1 -<br />

September 10 period in those two<br />

years as was experienced in 1980 <strong>and</strong><br />

1981 if the whales had been<br />

relatively abundant in the industrial<br />

zone. For example, in 1979, Explorer<br />

IV personnel recorded five sightings<br />

of approximately 30 bowheads in total<br />

at the Natsek site west of Herschel<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong> after September 10. In that<br />

same year <strong>and</strong> month Ljungblad (1981),<br />

who was carrying out bowhead surveys<br />

for the U.S. Eernment, also<br />

recorded significant numbers of<br />

bowheads 56 km west of Natsek. A<br />

drillship was present at Natsek in<br />

1978 also, from September 3 to<br />

October 14, but no whale sightings<br />

were re<strong>port</strong>ed. In 1978, the four<br />

sightings of bowheads <strong>and</strong><br />

unidentified whales by Canmar<br />

personnel (Table 2) consisted of one<br />

sighting from the Tarsiut site <strong>and</strong><br />

three sightings from the Ukalerk<br />

site. Only beluga sightings were<br />

recorded at the Nerlerk <strong>and</strong> Kopanoar<br />

sites (Dome/Canmar 1978). The<br />

sightings in the Ukalerk area were<br />

immediately offshore of Kugmallit Bay<br />

where Fraker (1978) also re<strong>port</strong>ed<br />

bowhead sightings in early September<br />

1978. Thus the drillship sightings<br />

in 1978 <strong>and</strong> 1979 agree with the<br />

results of other studies in those two<br />

years <strong>and</strong> provide additional evidence<br />

of the relative absence of bowheads<br />

in the industrial zone in those two<br />

years.<br />

It is suggested that in 1977,<br />

bowheads were also relatively scarce<br />

in the overall industry zone,<br />

although unlike 1978 <strong>and</strong> 1979,<br />

bowheads were locally abundant in the<br />

area north of Kugmallit Bay <strong>and</strong> Toker<br />

Point. ~ome/Canmar (1979) re<strong>port</strong>ed<br />

that most whale sightings in 1977<br />

occurred at the Ukalerk drill site<br />

located NNE of Kugmallit Bay, <strong>and</strong><br />

unpublished information indicated<br />

that bowheads were sighted in the<br />

Ukalerk area by Canmar personnel from<br />

August 20 to September 20. All of<br />

this is consistent with the findings<br />

summarized by Richardson et al.<br />

(1985). Drillships were also located<br />

at the Nektoralik <strong>and</strong> Kopanoar sites<br />

in 1977 (Figure 3).<br />

The relatively large number of


9<br />

Auaust 1 - September 10.1976<br />

August 1 - September 10,1978<br />

ACanmar Dnllsh#p Location<br />

Beauloff<br />

ACanmar Dnllship Location<br />

Sea k<br />

Yukon \ .~tl\'^L\<br />

iugust 1 - September tu, iyrf<br />

kcanmar Dnllship Location<br />

Beaulort<br />

sea 8<br />

Figure 3. Offshore Industrial Area, 1976 - 1979.<br />

sightirigs of bowheads <strong>and</strong><br />

unidentified whales recorded in 1977<br />

differed from those in 1980 <strong>and</strong> 1981<br />

in that the sightings apparently<br />

occurred mostly or entirely at one<br />

site, while in 1980 <strong>and</strong> 1981 the<br />

sightings were distributed among<br />

three <strong>and</strong> four drillships,<br />

respectively (Dome/Canmar 1980,<br />

1982). This suggests that the<br />

distribution in 1980 <strong>and</strong> 1981 was<br />

relatively widespread in the<br />

industrial area, while in 1977 it was<br />

localized in the eastern corner of<br />

the exploration area in the vicinity<br />

of outer Kugmallit Bay <strong>and</strong> Ukalerk.<br />

It is possible that the concentration<br />

of bowheads in 1977 was in fact<br />

widespread off the Tuktoyaktuk<br />

Peninsula <strong>and</strong> that only the western<br />

edge of the concentration overlapped<br />

the exploration area.<br />

In 1976, there was only one<br />

August 1 - September 10, 1979<br />

A Canmar Dnllship Location<br />

124<br />

Beaufort<br />

SM<br />

8W inr' ***<br />

'*' 1M"' IMC' lie ,<br />

Beauloft<br />

sea i<br />

re<strong>port</strong> of 50+ unidentified whales in<br />

two pods seen 29 km SE of Kopanoar on<br />

August 18 by Canmar personnel<br />

travelling on a helicopter (Marex<br />

1977). In view of the number of<br />

whales seen, it is possible this<br />

sighting was of belugas rather than<br />

bowheads. No whales were re<strong>port</strong>ed<br />

from the Tingmiark location between<br />

July 20 <strong>and</strong> August 5, which is<br />

located immediately north of<br />

Kugmallit Bay where Fraker (1977)<br />

first re<strong>port</strong>ed bowheads on August 3.<br />

Fraker (1977) also noted that 1976<br />

was the first time in five years of<br />

beluga whale studies that bowheads<br />

had been observed within his study<br />

area. Although less certain, it<br />

seems likely that within the<br />

industrial zone, bowheads were only<br />

locally abundant in the area north of<br />

Kugmallit Bay <strong>and</strong> Toker Point.<br />

The reason for the relatively


large numbers of sightings by sup<strong>port</strong><br />

vessels in 1982-85 <strong>com</strong>pared to<br />

1980-81 is unknown <strong>and</strong> cannot be<br />

explained by differences in numbers<br />

of such vessels (Table 1). Possibly<br />

because the sup<strong>port</strong> vessels move<br />

about within the industry zone,<br />

personnel have a greater op<strong>port</strong>unity<br />

to encounter either small localized<br />

concentrations of whales or transient<br />

whales that may be present in the<br />

industry zone for only a very brief<br />

time.<br />

In summary, the Canmar<br />

incidental sightings of bowhead<br />

whales indicate that bowhead whales<br />

were relatively abundant <strong>and</strong> widely<br />

distributed in the industrial zone in<br />

1980 <strong>and</strong> 1981, <strong>and</strong> relatively scarce<br />

in the years 1982 - 1985 <strong>and</strong> 1977 -<br />

1979. Localized concentrations<br />

occurred in the industrial zone in<br />

1983 <strong>and</strong> 1984, <strong>and</strong> probably in 1977.<br />

The situation is less clear for 1976,<br />

but bowheads also may have been<br />

relatively scarce in the overall<br />

industrial zone in that year except<br />

for a localized concentration in the<br />

Kugmallit Bay area. The above<br />

interpretation differs from that of<br />

August<br />

Richardson et al. (1985, 1987) who<br />

equated the bowhead sightings north<br />

of Kugmallit in 1976 <strong>and</strong> 1977 to the<br />

widespread abundance observed in the<br />

industrial zone in 1980. In view of<br />

the results of the Canmar incidental<br />

sightings, this seems unlikely.<br />

Historical Whaling Records<br />

Studies of whaling records from<br />

the late 1800's <strong>and</strong> early 1900's also<br />

provide useful information on the<br />

distribution of bowheads relative to<br />

the "industry zone". Townsend (1935<br />

-<br />

in Dalheim et al. 1980) summarized<br />

the locations where bowheads were<br />

taken by Yankee whalers in the<br />

eastern Beaufort in August <strong>and</strong><br />

September 1848 - 1919. That summary<br />

shown in Figure 4 indicates that most<br />

bowheads were taken in areas approxi-<br />

mately west of longitude 138OOO'W <strong>and</strong><br />

east of 131°00'W A few whales (6%)<br />

were taken in the intervening area<br />

which now en<strong>com</strong>passes the primary<br />

exploration area.<br />

Fraker <strong>and</strong> Bockstoce (1980)<br />

analyzed the locations of both<br />

sightings <strong>and</strong> captures of bowheads by<br />

September<br />

I<br />

'LÑ. U.S.A. 1 Canada<br />

Figure 4. Locations where bowheads were harvested by Yankee whalers in the Eastern<br />

(Canadian) Beaufort Sea in August <strong>and</strong> September, 1848 - 1919 (adapted from<br />

Townsend 1935).


<strong>com</strong>mercial whalers in the period 1891<br />

- 1906. Prior to 1900, August<br />

sightings or captures of bowheads<br />

were mainly in areas east of<br />

longitude 131°00' or west of<br />

138°00' as re<strong>port</strong>ed by Townsend<br />

(1935). Approximately 16% of the<br />

sightings or captures in August<br />

occurred in what is now the main<br />

industrial zone. After 1900, when<br />

the stock was presumably<br />

substantially depleted, all of the<br />

relatively few August sightings or<br />

captures were in the eastern Beaufort<br />

east of 13Z0W longitude or in<br />

Amundsen Gulf.<br />

Thus it is interesting that the<br />

approximate area known as the main<br />

Industrial zone today coincides with<br />

an area in which few bowheads were<br />

taken in the period 1848 - 1919. It<br />

is generally assumed that the Yankee<br />

whalers concentrated their hunt for<br />

bowheads in areas where they were<br />

most likely to encounter the whales.<br />

This then strongly suggests that<br />

historically bowheads were also not<br />

present in the zone in large<br />

numbers. In light of this<br />

information, it seems even less<br />

likely that the exclusion hypothesis<br />

is a valid explanation of the bowhead<br />

distribution observed in recent years.<br />

Conclusions<br />

The Canmar incidental sightings<br />

data provide further evidence towards<br />

determination of the relative<br />

abundance or absence of bowheads<br />

within the industrial zone. During<br />

the period from 1976 to 1985 the<br />

incidental sightings data, together<br />

with the results of other studies,<br />

suggest that bowheads were widely<br />

abundant in the exploration zone only<br />

in 1980 <strong>and</strong> 1981, that localized<br />

concentrations occurred in the<br />

industrial zone in 1976, 1977, 1983,<br />

<strong>and</strong> 1984, <strong>and</strong> that bowheads were<br />

largely absent from this zone in<br />

1978, 1979, 1982 <strong>and</strong> 1985.<br />

Historical whaling records indicate<br />

that in the late 1800's <strong>and</strong> early<br />

1900's bowheads were also not<br />

abundant in the area now known as the<br />

main industrial area.<br />

It is concluded, therefore, that<br />

the available information from 1976<br />

to 1985 <strong>and</strong> the historical whaling<br />

information do not sup<strong>port</strong> the<br />

suggestion of a trend for decreasing<br />

utilization of the industrial zone by<br />

bowheads as a result of oil <strong>and</strong> gas<br />

exploration activities. As a result,<br />

the "weight-of-evidence" suggests<br />

that the exclusion hypothesis is<br />

likely invalid.<br />

References<br />

Dalheim, M., T. Bray <strong>and</strong> H.<br />

Braham. 1980. Vessel survey for<br />

bowhead whales in the Bering <strong>and</strong><br />

Chukchi Seas, June-July 1978. Marine<br />

Fisheries Review 42:51-57.<br />

Davis, R.A., W.R. Koski, W.J.<br />

Richardson, C.R. Evans <strong>and</strong> W.G.<br />

Alliston. 1982. Distribution,<br />

numbers <strong>and</strong> productivity of the<br />

western Arctic stock of bowhead<br />

whales in the eastern Beaufort Sea<br />

<strong>and</strong> Amundsen Gulf, summer 1981.<br />

Prep. by LGL Limited, Toronto,<br />

Ontario. Prep. for Dome Petroleum<br />

Limited, Calgary, Alberta, <strong>and</strong> Sohio<br />

Alaska Petroleum Company, Anchorage,<br />

Alaska. 135 p.<br />

Dome/Canmar. 1978. Canmar<br />

wildlife observation program,<br />

Beaufort Sea - 1978 season.<br />

Unpublished Dome/Canmar Technical<br />

Re<strong>port</strong>, Dome Petroleum Ltd., Calgary.<br />

Dome/Canmar. 1979. Environmental<br />

observations in the Beaufort Sea,<br />

1979 season. Wildlife Re<strong>port</strong>.<br />

Unpublished Dome/Canmar Technical<br />

Re<strong>port</strong>, Dome Petroleum Ltd., Calgary.<br />

Dome/Canmar. 1980. Environmental<br />

observations in the Beaufort Sea,<br />

1980 season. Wildlife Re<strong>port</strong>.<br />

Unpublished Dome/Canmar Technical<br />

Re<strong>port</strong>, Dome Petroleum Ltd.,<br />

Calgary. 71p.<br />

Dome /Canmar. 1982. Wildlife<br />

observations in the Beaufort Sea,<br />

1981 season. Unpublished Dome/Canmar<br />

Technical Re<strong>port</strong>, Dome Petroleum<br />

Ltd., Calgary. 77p.<br />

Dome/Canmar. 1984a. Wildlife


observations in the Beaufort<br />

Sea, 1982 season. Unpublished<br />

~omefCanmar Technical Re<strong>port</strong>, Dome<br />

Petroleum Ltd., Calgary.<br />

72p.~ome/Canmar. 1984b.<br />

Wildlife observations in the<br />

Beauf ort Sea, 1983 season.<br />

Unpublished DomefCanmar Technical<br />

Re<strong>port</strong>, Dome Petroleum Ltd.,<br />

Calgary. 70p.<br />

Dome / Canmar. 1985. Wildlife<br />

observations In the Beaufort<br />

Sea, 1984 season. Unpublished<br />

DomefCanmar Technical Re<strong>port</strong>, Dome<br />

Petroleum Ltd., Calgary. 70p.<br />

Duval, W.S. (ed.), L. W. Harwood,<br />

P. Norton, J. Cubbage, J.<br />

Calambokidis, G.A. Borstad, J.C.<br />

Chemiawsky <strong>and</strong> R. Kerr. 1986.<br />

Distribution, abundance <strong>and</strong> age<br />

segregation of bowhead whales<br />

relative to industry activities <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>ocean</strong>ographic features in the<br />

southeast Beaufort Sea, August -<br />

September 1985. Environmental<br />

Studies Revolving Funds Re<strong>port</strong> 057,<br />

Ottawa.<br />

Fraker, M.A. 1977. The 1977<br />

whale monitoring program,<br />

Mackenzie estuary, N.W.T.<br />

Unpublished re<strong>port</strong> by F.F. Slaney <strong>and</strong><br />

Company Ltd., Vancouver, B.C., for<br />

Imperial Oil Ltd., Calgary.<br />

Fraker, M.A. 1978. The 1978 whale<br />

monitoring program, Mackenzie<br />

Estuary, N.W.T. Unpubl. Rep. by F.F.<br />

Slaney & Co., Vancouver, for Esso<br />

Resources Canada Ltd., Calgary. 28 p.<br />

Fraker, M.A. <strong>and</strong> J.R. Bockstoce.<br />

1980. Summer distribution of<br />

bowhead whales in the eastern<br />

Beaufort Sea. Marine Fisheries<br />

Review 42:57-64.<br />

Harwood, L. <strong>and</strong> G.A. Borstad.<br />

1985. 1984 Beaufort bowhead whale<br />

monitoring study. Unpublished<br />

re<strong>port</strong> by ESL Environmental Sciences<br />

Limited <strong>and</strong> G.A. Borstad Ltd. for the<br />

Environmental Studies Revolving Fund<br />

<strong>and</strong> Indian <strong>and</strong> Northern Affairs<br />

Canada. ESRF 192-14-02.<br />

Harwood, L.A. <strong>and</strong> J.K.B. Ford.<br />

1983. Systematic aerial surveys of<br />

bowhead whales <strong>and</strong> other marine<br />

mammals in the southeastern Beaufort<br />

Sea, August-September 1982.<br />

Unpublished re<strong>port</strong> by ESL<br />

Environmental Sciences Ltd. for Dome<br />

Petroleum Ltd. <strong>and</strong> Gulf Canada<br />

Resources Inc.<br />

Indian <strong>and</strong> Northern Affairs Canada<br />

(INAC) <strong>and</strong> Environment Canada.<br />

1984. Beaufort Sea Environmental<br />

Monitoring Project, 1983 - 1984.<br />

Final Re<strong>port</strong>. Prepared by LGL Ltd.,<br />

ESL Environmental Sciences Ltd. <strong>and</strong><br />

ESSA Ltd. 292p.<br />

Indian <strong>and</strong> Northern Affairs<br />

Canada (INAC) <strong>and</strong> Environment<br />

Canada. 1985. Beauf ort<br />

Environmental Monitoring Project,<br />

1984-1985. Final Re<strong>port</strong>. Prepared<br />

by ESL Environmental Sciences Ltd.,<br />

LGL Ltd., ESSA Ltd., Arctic<br />

Laboratories Ltd. <strong>and</strong> Arctic Sciences<br />

Ltd. 162p.<br />

Indian <strong>and</strong> Northern Affairs Canada<br />

(INAC) <strong>and</strong> Environment Canada.<br />

1987. Beauf ort Environmental<br />

Monitoring Project, 1985 - 1986 Final<br />

Re<strong>port</strong>. Environmental Studies No.<br />

40. Prepared by LGL Ltd., ESL<br />

Environmental Services Ltd., ESSA<br />

Ltd., Arctic Laboratories Ltd., <strong>and</strong><br />

Arctic Sciences Ltd. 199p.<br />

IWC (International Whaling<br />

Commission). 1986. Re<strong>port</strong> of the<br />

Sub-<strong>com</strong>mittee on protected species<br />

<strong>and</strong> aboriginal subsistence whaling.<br />

Re<strong>port</strong> of the International Whaling<br />

Commission Annex H. Vol. 36: 95-111.<br />

Ljungblad, D.K. 1981. Aerial<br />

surveys of endangered whales in the<br />

Beaufort Sea, Chukchi Sea <strong>and</strong><br />

northern Bering Sea. NOSC Technical<br />

Document 449, Naval Ocean Systems<br />

Center, San Diego, California. 302p.<br />

Marex. 1977. Environmental<br />

Observations - Beaufort Sea 1976.<br />

Appendix 5. Wildlife Observations.<br />

Unpublished re<strong>port</strong> prepared by Marex<br />

for Canadian Marine Drilling Ltd.,<br />

Calgary.<br />

McLaren, P.L. <strong>and</strong> R.A. Davis.<br />

1985. Distribution of bowhead<br />

whales <strong>and</strong> other marine mammals in


the southeast Beaufort Sea,<br />

August-September 1983. Prep. by LGL<br />

Limited, Toronto, Ontario. Prep. for<br />

Environmental Studies Revolving<br />

Funds. COGLA-ESRF-001. 62 p.<br />

Norton, P. <strong>and</strong> L.A. Harwood.<br />

1986. Distribution, abundance <strong>and</strong><br />

behaviour of white whales in the<br />

Mackenzie Estuary. Environmental<br />

Studies Revolving Funds, Re<strong>port</strong> No.<br />

036. Ottawa. 73p.<br />

Renaud, W.E. <strong>and</strong> R.A. Davis.<br />

1981. Aerial surveys of bowhead<br />

whales <strong>and</strong> other marine mammals off<br />

the Tuktoyaktuk Peninsula, N.W.T.,<br />

August- September 1980. Prep. by LGL<br />

Limited, Toronto, Ontario. Prep. for<br />

Dome Petroleum Limited, Calgary,<br />

Alberta. 55 p.<br />

Richardson, W.J.<br />

Behavior, disturbance responses<br />

<strong>and</strong> distribution of bowhead whales<br />

Balaena mysticetus in the eastern<br />

Beaufort Sea, 1980-84. Unpubl. Rep.<br />

from LGL Ecol. Res. Assoc., Inc.,<br />

Bryan, Texas for U. S. Minerals<br />

Management Service, Reston, VA. 306p.<br />

Richardson, W.J., R.A. Davis, C.R.<br />

Evans <strong>and</strong> P. Norton. 1985.<br />

Distribution . of bowheads <strong>and</strong><br />

industrial activity, 1980-84. p.<br />

255-306 In: W. J. Richardson (ed. 1,<br />

Behavior, disturbance responses <strong>and</strong><br />

distribution of bowhead whales<br />

Balaena mysticetus in the eastern<br />

Beaufort Sea, 1980-84. Unpublished<br />

Re<strong>port</strong> from LGL Ecological Research<br />

Associates, Inc. for U.S. Minerals<br />

Management Service, Reston, VA. 306p.<br />

Richardson, W.J., R.A. Davis, C.R.<br />

Evans, D.K. Ljungblad <strong>and</strong> P.<br />

Norton. 1987. Surimer distribution<br />

of bowhead whales, Balaena<br />

mysticetus, relative to oil industry<br />

activities in the Canadian Beaufort<br />

Sea, 1980 - 84. Arctic 40(2): 93 -<br />

104.<br />

Townsend, C.H. 1935. The<br />

distribution of certain whales as<br />

shown by logbook records of American<br />

whaleships. Zoologica (N.Y.119, 50p.<br />

Discussion<br />

T. ALBERT: Is it appropriate to infer<br />

bowhead distribution from catch location<br />

data if there is no indication of the<br />

level of effort? For example, were the<br />

various areas "searched" in a similar<br />

manner? Using catch per unit of effort<br />

(CPUE) seems OK but just using catch<br />

location data does not seem appropriate.<br />

J. WARD: Yes, I believe it is appro-<br />

priate to infer bowhead distribution from<br />

catch location data with the appropriate<br />

qualifiers. As we indicated in the<br />

paper, we have made the assumption that<br />

<strong>com</strong>merical whalers would have concen-<br />

trated their efforts in areas where they<br />

were most likely to encounter bowheads.<br />

During the <strong>com</strong>mercial whaling period, I<br />

would be surprised if whalers did not<br />

look for whales in the area now known as<br />

the industrial zone as well as the other<br />

areas where they did take many whales.<br />

The fact that relatively few whales were<br />

taken from the area off the Mackenzie<br />

Delta suggests to me that even then few<br />

whales used the "industrial zone" area.<br />

D. DICKENS: I am interested to know<br />

whether you have attempted to correlate<br />

your observations with ice severity both<br />

in terms of the extent of open water in<br />

the so-called "Industrial Zone" as we11<br />

as the availability of relatively clear<br />

passage via leads <strong>and</strong> shore openings<br />

along the Alaskan coast.<br />

J. WARD: The short answer is "no." Such<br />

an analysis would not be useful because<br />

of the limited nature of the incidental<br />

sightings. Other studies provide some<br />

information on the subject of ice condi-<br />

tions <strong>and</strong> bowhead whale distribution.<br />

These include the whale surveys carried<br />

out for Minera1.s Management Service in<br />

the Alaska Beaufort Sea, the whale survey<br />

carried out in the Canadian Beaufort Sea<br />

for government <strong>and</strong> industry, <strong>and</strong> a 1985<br />

study of the effects of <strong>ocean</strong>ographic<br />

features on bowheads carried out for the<br />

Canadian Environmental Studies Revolving<br />

Fund.


T. NEWBURY: You have described inciden-<br />

tal sightings from vessels. The data is<br />

im<strong>port</strong>ant because it shows that some<br />

whales <strong>com</strong>e close to vessels. However,<br />

your extrapolation with the incidental<br />

sightings to statements about broad-scale<br />

bowhead distribution is not correct. The<br />

main reason is that you have made no<br />

<strong>com</strong>parable effort to collect incidental<br />

sightings away from vessels. You do<br />

<strong>com</strong>pare the number of incidental sight-<br />

ings with the number of sightings during<br />

broad-scale aerial surveys, but the<br />

correlation is very weak. Further, there<br />

are no estimates of effort for the aerial<br />

surveys, so the correlation between<br />

incidental sightings <strong>and</strong> aerial sightings<br />

may be simply due to changing levels of<br />

effort. To summarize, the incidental<br />

sightings show that whales <strong>com</strong>e<br />

close to vessels, but the incidental<br />

sightings are not useful for analyses of<br />

changes in broad-scale distribution.<br />

J. WARD: I belive the incidental sight-<br />

ings do provide useful information on<br />

changes in distribution of bowheads<br />

within the industrial zone, as I have<br />

described in this paper. Your use of the<br />

term "broad-scale bowhead distribution" I<br />

assume means bowhead distribution within<br />

the entire southeast Beaufort Sea. We<br />

have not used the ship-based incidental<br />

sightings to extrapolate beyond the<br />

industrial zone as suggested by your<br />

question. With respect to your <strong>com</strong>ment<br />

on level of effort, aerial survey effort<br />

for the surveys used in the <strong>com</strong>parisons<br />

has been relatively similar from year to<br />

year with the exception of 1980 when the<br />

area surveyed was quite limited. Inciden-<br />

tal observation effort will have varied<br />

with the level of exploration activity<br />

<strong>and</strong> the location of wellsites. Neverthe-<br />

less, there is an apparent correlation<br />

between the two types of observations in<br />

year-to-year relative numbers of bow-<br />

heads. The results of the incidental<br />

sightings parallel those of the aerial<br />

surveys. Perhaps more im<strong>port</strong>antly, the<br />

incidental sightings provide additional<br />

information on the distribution of<br />

bowheads in the industrial zone in the<br />

years prior to 1980 when broader scale<br />

offshore aerial surveys were first<br />

carried out.<br />

In summary, I agree that the incidental<br />

sightings show that some whales <strong>com</strong>e<br />

close to vessels, but I disagree with<br />

your <strong>com</strong>ment that they are not useful for<br />

analyses of changes in distribution.<br />

When <strong>com</strong>bined with the results of other<br />

studies, the incidental sightings do<br />

assist in providing qualitative insights<br />

into bowhead distribution.


Abstract<br />

MASKED DETECTION THRESHOLDS FOR THE BELUGA<br />

AND BOTTLENOSE DOLPHIN<br />

A beluga <strong>and</strong> an Atlantic bottlenose<br />

dolphin were trained to detect a sphere<br />

target with varying amounts of masking<br />

noise at three distances. Target<br />

detection performance as a function of<br />

masking noise level was determined at<br />

each target range for both species. The<br />

Echo-to-Noise ratio (Ee/No)max for the<br />

beluga was approximately 10 dB better<br />

than the dolphin for all ranges. The<br />

difference in performance between the<br />

two species may be due to critical<br />

b<strong>and</strong>width, signal processing capability,<br />

or a different echolocation strategy.<br />

Variations in the animal detection<br />

performance across the three ranges were<br />

consistent with target strength <strong>and</strong><br />

transmission loss differences.<br />

Introduction<br />

There has been little effort to<br />

<strong>com</strong>pare the echolocation capabilities of<br />

different cetacean species in the same<br />

task (Nachtigall, 1980). Differences in<br />

procedures <strong>and</strong> experimental design have<br />

made cross- species <strong>com</strong>parisons<br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of apaperpresented<br />

at the Ninth International Conference on Port <strong>and</strong> Ocean<br />

Engineering Under Arctic Conditions, Fairbanks, Alaska,<br />

USA, August 17-22, 1987.<br />

Charles W. Turl<br />

Ralph H. Penner<br />

W. W. L. Au<br />

Naval Ocean System Center, Kailua, Hawaii, USA<br />

difficult. Au et al. (1986) re<strong>port</strong>ed<br />

that there are some differences in the<br />

echolocation systems of the beluga <strong>and</strong><br />

Tursiops. They re<strong>port</strong>ed that the<br />

transmitted beam of the beluga is<br />

narrower than the dolphin, but that<br />

their echolocation signals had similar<br />

wave-shapes <strong>and</strong> frequency spectra (Au et<br />

al., 1985). The beluga emitted higher<br />

peak frequencies <strong>and</strong> higher intensity<br />

signals in Kaneohe Bay than in San Diego<br />

Bay. Au et al. (1974) suggested that<br />

bottlenose dolphins changed their<br />

signals in order to <strong>com</strong>pensate for the<br />

higher ambient noise in Kaneohe Bay.<br />

Penner et al. (1986) suggested that the<br />

beluga used a narrower beam to minimize<br />

the effects of a noise masker by<br />

receiving target echoes via a surface<br />

reflected path while echolocating. The<br />

objective of this study was to directly<br />

<strong>com</strong>pare a beluga <strong>and</strong> a bottlenose<br />

dolphin using the same experimental<br />

apparatus, procedure, targets <strong>and</strong><br />

masking noise.<br />

Methods<br />

The experiment was conducted in<br />

Kaneohe Bay, Hawaii using an adult male<br />

beluga (Dl 575) <strong>and</strong> an adult male<br />

bottlenose dolphin (Tt 8). The experi-<br />

mental configuration <strong>and</strong> procedure used<br />

were similar to those of Au <strong>and</strong> Penner<br />

(1981). The beluga, stationed in a 40 cm


Figure 1. Experimental configuration<br />

with the beluga in the hoop station.<br />

(The rubber mat is not shown in the<br />

figure) .<br />

dia hoop, is depicted in Figure 1.<br />

Targets were thin-walled stainless<br />

steel, water-filled spheres with<br />

diameters of 7.62 cm (target strength<br />

-28.3 dB) <strong>and</strong> 22.86 cm (target strength<br />

-17.4 dB). Target ranges of 16.5 <strong>and</strong> 40<br />

m were used with the 7.62 cm sphere <strong>and</strong><br />

80 m with the 22.86 cm. The center of<br />

the hoop station <strong>and</strong> the target depth<br />

were both at 1 m.<br />

Masking noise was projected from an<br />

Edo-Western 6166 spherical transducer<br />

initially located, in line with the<br />

target, 4 m from the hoop for the 16.5 m<br />

target range. For the 40 m <strong>and</strong> 80 m<br />

target ranges, the noise hydrophone was<br />

located 5 m from the hoop. The spectrum<br />

of the masking noise measured at the<br />

hoop was relatively flat from 40 to 160<br />

kHz (Figure 2). A rubber mat extended<br />

approximately 0.3 m into the water <strong>and</strong><br />

attached to the end of the pen directly<br />

between the hoop <strong>and</strong> the noise projector<br />

to block surface-reflected paths (see<br />

figure 3 of Penner et al., 1986).<br />

TARGET<br />

CLICK<br />

NOISE<br />

HYDROPHONE<br />

I .-'t<br />

Echolocation signals of both<br />

animals were measured with <strong>and</strong> Apple I1<br />

microprocessor system described by Au et<br />

al. (1982). A click hydrophone (Edo-<br />

Western 6166), located 2 m from the hoop<br />

station, was used to detect each click.<br />

The results of the echolocation signal<br />

measurements obtained in this experiment<br />

are presented in Turl et al. (1987).<br />

A trial started when the animal<br />

was stationed in front of the<br />

experimenter, with the acoustic screen<br />

in the raised position, the target out<br />

of the water, <strong>and</strong> the masking noise<br />

turned off. An <strong>under</strong>water signal cued<br />

the animal to turn <strong>and</strong> swim across the<br />

pen <strong>and</strong> insert its head into the<br />

stationing hoop. The target was either<br />

gently lowered into the water or left<br />

out, the masking noise was turned on <strong>and</strong><br />

the acoustic screen was lowered. The<br />

animal could echolocate for as long as<br />

it desired. When the animal finished<br />

echolocating, it backed out of the hoop<br />

<strong>and</strong> responded by striking one of two<br />

response paddles to indicate whether or<br />

not it detected the target.<br />

Six ten-trial blocks with an equal<br />

number of r<strong>and</strong>omized target present <strong>and</strong><br />

absent trials <strong>com</strong>prised a session. Five


0 100 200<br />

FREQUENCY (kHz)<br />

Figure 2. Frequency spectrum of the<br />

masking noise used in this experiment.<br />

noise levels (No) in 3 dB increments<br />

were used during testing. The received<br />

masking noise levels at the hoop station<br />

are shown in Figure 2. The first <strong>and</strong><br />

last 10-trial blocks were always<br />

conducted at the minimum noise level.<br />

The noise levels of the other blocks<br />

were r<strong>and</strong>omized for each session. Each<br />

animal participated in one session per<br />

day; the animal which participated in<br />

the first session would be used in the<br />

second session of the following day <strong>and</strong><br />

vice versa.<br />

Results<br />

The target detection performance of<br />

each animal, as a function of the<br />

masking noise level for each distance,<br />

is shown in Figure 3. The beluga's<br />

performance exceeded the bottlenose<br />

dolphin by 8 to 13 dB a t all three test<br />

distances. The beluga's 75% correct<br />

response thresholds occurred at n ise<br />

levels of 85, 72 <strong>and</strong> 63 dB re 1 Pa /Hz<br />

for target ranges of 16.5, 40 <strong>and</strong> 80 m,<br />

respectively. The dolphin's correspond-<br />

ing 75% correct response threshold<br />

occurred at 72, 59 <strong>and</strong> 55 dB, respec-<br />

tively. For both animals, response<br />

accuracy decreased as the noise level<br />

increased.<br />

Large fluctuations in the animal's<br />

emitted source levels usually occurred<br />

5<br />

 BELUGA<br />

BOTTLENOSE DOLPHIN<br />

-<br />

40 50 60 70<br />

MASKING NOISE SPECTRUM LEVEL<br />

(dB re 1 pPa2/Hz)<br />

Figure 3. Beluga <strong>and</strong> bottlenose<br />

dolphin's performance data as a function<br />

of the masking noise level at 16.5, 40<br />

<strong>and</strong> 80 meters. The target range (R) <strong>and</strong><br />

spher size at each distance is shown in<br />

each figure.


BELUGA BOTTLENOSED<br />

DOLPHIN<br />

Figure 4. Beluga <strong>and</strong> bottlenose<br />

dolphin's performance data at three<br />

distances plotted as a function of the<br />

echo signal-to-noise ratio.<br />

in most click trains with typical<br />

variations of 15 dB between the minimum<br />

<strong>and</strong> maximum signal levels. Since it is<br />

not known what signal levels the animal<br />

used to detect targets, we used the<br />

maximum level of each signal in the<br />

trial in order to calculate the echo<br />

energy flux density (Ee) returning to<br />

the animal (e.g. Au <strong>and</strong> Penner, 1981).<br />

Such a technique will provide the upper<br />

limit of the E/N, or the maximum E ~ /<br />

No available to the animal.<br />

The performance data from Figure 3<br />

is replotted (Figure 4) as the echo-<br />

signal-to-noise ratio ((Ee/No)max).<br />

Also shown are the two Tursiops<br />

measurements of Au <strong>and</strong> Penner (1981 ).<br />

At the 75% correct response threshold<br />

the (Ee/NOlmax was approxi-<br />

@ 16.5 M<br />

40.0 M<br />

@ 80.0 M<br />

 AU & PENNER<br />

mately 1.0 dB for the beluga at the<br />

three target distances. For the<br />

bottlenose dolphin, (Ee/No)max was<br />

approximate 10 dB.<br />

Discussion <strong>and</strong> conclusions<br />

Our results clearly indicate that<br />

the beluga's detection performance in<br />

masking noise was superior to that of<br />

the dolphin. Differences in the<br />

animals' projected signal amplitudes<br />

cannot explain the performance<br />

differences, since the relative emission<br />

signal amplitudes of both animals were<br />

similar. If the beluga had a narrower<br />

critical b<strong>and</strong>width at frequencies<br />

between 100 <strong>and</strong> 120 kHz, the amount of<br />

noise it received would be less than<br />

that of the dolphin <strong>and</strong> this could<br />

possibly explain the difference in<br />

<strong>com</strong>parative detection performance.<br />

Another possibility which might<br />

affect the difference in detection<br />

performance could be the echolocation


emission rate strategies used by each<br />

animal (Turl et al., 1987). The beluga<br />

emitted more clicks per trial than the<br />

dolphin <strong>and</strong> emitted clicks at a higher<br />

rate. This indicates that the number of<br />

echoes available for processing to the<br />

beluga exceeded that available to the<br />

dolphin by a factor from 1.25 to 2 <strong>and</strong><br />

suggests that the beluga may be<br />

processing more information per unit<br />

time than the dolphin. Since the<br />

animals were not constrained to<br />

echolocate in any particular manner, one<br />

must wonder why the dolphin did not also<br />

increase its repetition rate <strong>and</strong> use<br />

more clicks if that would be to its<br />

advantage. Given differences in<br />

habitats <strong>and</strong> prey it is likely that<br />

different species of toothed whales have<br />

evolved different capabilities <strong>and</strong> use<br />

different strategies depending on<br />

environmental differences.<br />

In this study masked detection<br />

thresholds of a beluga were 8 to 13 dB<br />

better than that of a bottlenose<br />

dolphin. Possible explanations for the<br />

difference in the detection sensitivity<br />

between the beluga <strong>and</strong> bottlenose<br />

dolphin may include differences of<br />

critical b<strong>and</strong>width, echolocation<br />

emission rate strategies <strong>and</strong> signal<br />

processing capabilities. We believe<br />

that it is unlikely that any one of<br />

these reasons could singly account for<br />

the differences in performance; more<br />

likely, a <strong>com</strong>bination of factors are<br />

involved. The beluga lives in an<br />

<strong>arctic</strong>-sub<strong>arctic</strong> environment while the<br />

bottlenose dolphin inhabits more<br />

temperate-tropical waters, but both<br />

species tend to inhabit shallow coastal<br />

water <strong>and</strong> both feed on a variety of prey<br />

organisms. Maybe the beluga's superior<br />

performance in the described experiment<br />

represents an adaptation to an <strong>arctic</strong><br />

ice-covered environment with occasional<br />

high noise levels. Further investi-<br />

gations are required in order to isolate<br />

which mechanisms are relevant to the<br />

beluga's enhanced performance as<br />

<strong>com</strong>pared to the dolphin in a high noise<br />

echolocation detection task.<br />

References<br />

Au, W.W.L., Floyd, R.W., Penner, R.H.,<br />

<strong>and</strong> Murchison, A.E. 1974. Propagation<br />

measurements of echolocation signals of<br />

the Atlantic bottlenose dolphin,<br />

Tursiops truncatus Montagu, in open<br />

water. J. Acoust. g. &. 56:1180-<br />

1290.<br />

Au, W.W.L., Floyd, R.W. <strong>and</strong> Haun, J.E.<br />

1978. Propagation of Atlantic bottle-<br />

nose dolphin echolocation signals. J.<br />

Acoust. SOC. Amer. 64:411-422.<br />

---<br />

Au, W.W.L. 1980. Echolocation signals<br />

of the Atlantic bottlenose dolphin<br />

(Tursiops truncatus) in open waters.<br />

-<br />

In: "Animal Sonar Systems" (R.G. Busnel<br />

<strong>and</strong> J.F. Fish, eds.). Plenum Press, New<br />

York, 251-282.<br />

Au, W.W.L. <strong>and</strong> Penner, R.H. 1981.<br />

Target detection in noise bv Atlantic<br />

bottlenose dolphins. L. Acoust. g.<br />

Amer. 70:687-693.<br />

Au, W.W.L., Penner, R.H. <strong>and</strong> Kadane, J.<br />

1982. Acoustic behavior of echolocating<br />

Atlantic bottlenose dolphin. L. Acoust.<br />

SOC. Amer. 71:1269-1275.<br />

--<br />

Au, W.W.L., Penner, R.H. <strong>and</strong> Turl, C.W.<br />

1987. Propagation of beluga whale<br />

echolocation signals. L. Acoust. x.<br />

&. (in press).<br />

Au, W.W.L., Carder, D.A., Penner, R.H.<br />

<strong>and</strong> Scronce, B.L. 1985. Demonstration<br />

of adaptation in beluga whale<br />

echolocation signals. J. Acoust. z.<br />

Amer. 77:726-730.<br />

-<br />

Nachtigall, P.E. 1980. Odontocete<br />

echolocation performance on object size,<br />

shape <strong>and</strong> material. In "Animal Sonar<br />

Systems" (R.G. ~usnel<strong>and</strong> J.F. Fish,<br />

eds.). Plenum press, New York, 71-95.<br />

Penner, R.H., Turl, C.W. <strong>and</strong> Au, W.W.L.<br />

1985. Target detection by the beluga<br />

using a surface-reflected path. J.<br />

Acoust. SOC. Amer. 80(6): 1842-1843.<br />

---<br />

Turl, C.W., Penner, R.H. <strong>and</strong> Au, Whitlow<br />

W. L. 1987. Comparison of target<br />

detection capabilities of the belutra " <strong>and</strong><br />

bottlenose dolphin. J. Acoust. g.<br />

(in press).<br />

e.


Discussion<br />

T. ALBERT: Have any other dolphins or<br />

toothed whales been looked at which<br />

receive <strong>and</strong> send at the same time?<br />

W. TURL: The other dolphins which have<br />

been tested behave similarly to the<br />

bottlenose dolphin.


EVIDENCE OF GLACIAL SEISMIC EVENTS IN THE ACOUSTIC ENVIRONMENT OF<br />

HUMPBACK WHALES<br />

Abstract<br />

High level impulses of <strong>under</strong>water<br />

sound occurring as frequently as 3-4<br />

times per minute were detected in<br />

Glacier Bay, Alaska during a measurement<br />

project to define the <strong>under</strong>water<br />

acoustic environment in that region.<br />

Analysis of these impulses demonstrates<br />

signal-to-noise ratios as high as 40 dB,<br />

significant broadb<strong>and</strong> energy from below<br />

20 Hz to above 2 kHz <strong>and</strong> the presence of<br />

pure tone <strong>com</strong>ponents. The character of<br />

the impulses is relatively invariant<br />

within the Bay area.<br />

We hypothesize that these events<br />

are associated with the many active<br />

glaciers in the region <strong>and</strong> are the<br />

result of stick-slip action generating<br />

seismic energy at the ice-rock inter-<br />

face. That energy is then propagated<br />

through the bedrock <strong>and</strong> radiated as<br />

sound into the water through the walls<br />

<strong>and</strong>/or bottom of the fjords. Acoustic<br />

instrumentation included a sonobuoy <strong>and</strong><br />

a hydrophone separated by about 3.2 km.<br />

Analysis of simultaneously recorded data<br />

provides directional information relat-<br />

ing to the source of the events. Data<br />

This is a reviewed <strong>and</strong> edited version of a paper submit-<br />

ted to the Ninth International Conference on Port <strong>and</strong><br />

Ocean Engineering Under Arctic Conditions, Fairbanks,<br />

Alaska, USA, August 17-22, 1987.<br />

Paul R. Miles<br />

Charles I. Maime<br />

BBN Laboratories Inc., Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA<br />

are presented for this phenomenon,<br />

relating it to findings of others who<br />

used geophones on <strong>and</strong> near glaciers in<br />

other regions.<br />

Background <strong>and</strong> Hypothesis<br />

This paper resulted from a larger<br />

study, administered by the Marine Mammal<br />

Laboratory of the National Marine<br />

Fisheries Service, to measure <strong>and</strong> define<br />

the <strong>under</strong>water acoustic environment of<br />

Glacier Bay National Park in Southeast<br />

Alaska during the summer of 1981. Major<br />

funding for the overall study (Malme, et<br />

al. 1982) originated with the National<br />

Park Service which had be<strong>com</strong>e concerned<br />

regarding fluctuations in the population<br />

of feeding humpback whales in the area.<br />

Potential detrimental influence on hump-<br />

back whales of man-made noise in Glacier<br />

Bay, especially noise due to increased<br />

traffic from cruise ships, small boats<br />

<strong>and</strong> aircraft, was one driving force in<br />

establishment of the project.<br />

The purposes of the acoustic study,<br />

therefore, were to:<br />

1) determine the natural <strong>and</strong> man-<br />

made contributions to the ambient noise,<br />

with emphasis on areas frequented by<br />

humpback whales,<br />

2) examine sound propagation <strong>and</strong><br />

reverberation properties of representa-


tive areas, such as Frederick Sound/<br />

Stephens Passage for <strong>com</strong>parison to<br />

<strong>conditions</strong> in Glacier Bay,<br />

3) obtain radiated noise spectra<br />

from ships, small boats, <strong>and</strong> aircraft<br />

operating in these areas,<br />

4) examine any unusual acoustic<br />

differences which may exist between the<br />

two field locations.<br />

With respect to the latter element<br />

of the study, two natural phenomena were<br />

observed in Glacier Bay which were not<br />

detected in the Frederick Sound/Stephens<br />

Passage area:<br />

1) frequency high-level acoustic<br />

impulsive events were recorded which had<br />

strong low-frequency <strong>com</strong>ponents <strong>and</strong><br />

which were varying in event rate from<br />

day-to-day, possibly on a diurnal basis,<br />

2) very high level effervescent<br />

sound levels were measured in the<br />

vicinity of tidewater glaciers <strong>and</strong><br />

floating glacial ice.<br />

The first phenomenon is the subject of<br />

this paper, although a brief <strong>com</strong>mentary<br />

on the effervescence phenomenon will<br />

also be included.<br />

We hypothesize that the high-level<br />

impulsive <strong>under</strong>water sound events, which<br />

occur as frequently as 3-4 times per<br />

minute, are associated with the many<br />

glaciers in the region <strong>and</strong> are the<br />

result of stick-slip action generating<br />

seismic energy at the icelrock<br />

interface.<br />

Physical Environment<br />

The characterization of the<br />

acoustic environment of Glacier Bay<br />

required specific measurements to be<br />

made throughout the region as well as<br />

reference to historical data. Figure 1<br />

summarizes the 38 stations which were<br />

occupied in July <strong>and</strong> early August 1981<br />

<strong>and</strong> provides information regarding the<br />

Glacier Bay regional characteristics.<br />

The acoustic data re<strong>port</strong>ed here were<br />

acquired at Station 27-27A <strong>and</strong> in Queen<br />

Inlet (Station 36).<br />

The dynamic glaciological aspects<br />

of Glacier Bay are readily evident when<br />

observing the many active glaciers <strong>and</strong><br />

icefields of the region <strong>and</strong> the fjords<br />

making up the various inlets. Depths in<br />

the steep-walled fjords vary from about<br />

50 meters to 430 meters. The entire<br />

region of the present Park was covered<br />

with ice as recently as 1794 when<br />

Vancouver sailed by the mouth of the<br />

bay. The retreat of the glaciers since<br />

that time has been rapid with the rate<br />

varying somewhat over the last<br />

200 years. Retreat rates of 400 meters/<br />

year, <strong>and</strong> greater have been recorded<br />

(Muir Glacier has recently shown retreat<br />

rates as high as about 2 kml~ear!).<br />

Some advancing has also been observed as<br />

well as some relative inactivity as a<br />

glacier stalls on a sill. The release<br />

of the weight of the ice from the l<strong>and</strong><br />

mass has resulted in isostatic rebound<br />

rates as high as about 4 cm per year in<br />

the Bartlett Cove area <strong>and</strong> an overall<br />

average of about 2 cm/year for the Park<br />

area (Hale <strong>and</strong> Wright, 1979).<br />

The regional geology of the area is<br />

<strong>com</strong>plex <strong>and</strong> has been summarized by<br />

MacKevett et al. (1971). Bedrock<br />

stratigraphic age varies from Early<br />

Silurian through Late Tertiary with<br />

granitic intrusives <strong>and</strong> metamorphic<br />

formations. Foliated granitic bedrock<br />

such as diorite <strong>and</strong> granodiorite <strong>and</strong><br />

detrital clastic rocks such as gray-<br />

whacke <strong>and</strong> shale are major rock types<br />

with <strong>com</strong>mon zones of limestone <strong>and</strong><br />

volcanic rocks. Faulting trends to the<br />

northwest with the Fairweather Fault<br />

being the major fault zone located along<br />

the coast west of the Fairweather moun-<br />

tains. Other fault zones are located<br />

along the West Arm of Glacier Bay, along<br />

the east shore of the Park <strong>and</strong> with some<br />

cross-faulting in the Tlingit Point-<br />

Tidal Inlet area.<br />

The U.S. Geological Survey <strong>com</strong>-<br />

pleted an extensive seismic survey of<br />

the bottom <strong>and</strong> subbottom topography of<br />

Glacier Bay (B. Molnia, personal <strong>com</strong>-<br />

munication). The USGS records reveal<br />

the presence of a series of sills <strong>and</strong><br />

basins throughout the arms <strong>and</strong> inlets.<br />

The terminal moraine of the original<br />

glacier at the entrance to the Park<br />

provides a hard rocky botto'm that is<br />

continually swept clean of silt by tidal


Figure<br />

currents (as high as 7 knots in the<br />

narrows). The bottom there <strong>and</strong> over<br />

other sills is acoustically reflective.<br />

The basins, on the other h<strong>and</strong>, have been<br />

filled with fine silty deposits varying<br />

in thickness from 50 to 150 m. Figure 2<br />

provides sketches of the sediment layers<br />

at several positions within the bay. In<br />

these areas, the bottom is acoustically<br />

absorptive. The sides of the arms <strong>and</strong><br />

inlets are steep <strong>and</strong> rocky with no<br />

acoustically im<strong>port</strong>ant sediments.<br />

Water temperature <strong>and</strong> salinity as a<br />

function of depth <strong>and</strong> area within the<br />

bay area were measured primarily because<br />

these data are required in the deriva-<br />

tion of sound speed profiles to provide<br />

insight into sound propagation char-<br />

acteristics. Increased surface tempera-<br />

tures due to high insolation rates <strong>and</strong><br />

reduced salinity due to melting glacial<br />

ice were observed. Temperature <strong>and</strong><br />

salinity profiles up-bay stabilize at<br />

depths greater than about 30 meters. At<br />

the southern area of the bay where con-<br />

siderable mixing occurs, the profiles


ICr0.s - Chtnnell<br />

UPPER WEST ARM NEAR<br />

QUEEN AND RENDU INLETS<br />

i<br />

ISWI INEI<br />

(WEST1 (EAST!<br />

0 1 2 3nmt<br />

LOWER MUIR INLETQADAMS INLET<br />

APPROX 3 MILESNORTH OF<br />

WILLOUGHBV ISLAND<br />

Ref: B. Molnia. USGS. Unoublished<br />

Note: There is an approximate 30: 1 EAST OF WILLOUGHBV ISLAND<br />

wrtical/horizontal display distortion.<br />

Reflector 1<br />

Reflector 2<br />

ISWI INEI<br />

Figure 2. Rough sketches of sediment thicknesses in Glacier Bay.<br />

are stable to the surface. Sound speed<br />

profiles resulting from Wilson's<br />

Equation,<br />

(where T is water temperature (OC) <strong>and</strong> S<br />

is salinity in parts per thous<strong>and</strong>) are<br />

shown in Figure 3, demonstrating the<br />

stability of the physical characteris-<br />

tics of the water column below 30<br />

meters, in particular. The measurement<br />

system used on this project did not<br />

permit measurements deeper than 50<br />

meters although historical data demon-<br />

strate a repeatable profile with a<br />

slightly negative gradient of 0.06 m/sec<br />

per meter of depth down to 200 m depth.<br />

Sound generated from a source located at<br />

a depth greater than 30 meters will be<br />

propagated with a slightly downward<br />

refracting ray path angle.<br />

directional general purpose hydrophone<br />

system located at the research vessel<br />

<strong>and</strong> an SSQ57A sonobuoy system with the<br />

radio receiver located on the research<br />

vessel.<br />

The general purpose system was bat-<br />

tery operated permitting <strong>com</strong>plete shut-<br />

down of the research vessel propul-<br />

sion system <strong>and</strong> accessories to minimize<br />

the possibility of self-contamination of<br />

acoustic data. The H56 hydrophone,<br />

owned <strong>and</strong> calibrated by the U.S. Navy,<br />

has a frequency range of from 10 Hz to<br />

65 kHz <strong>and</strong> is flat from 10 Hz to 20 kHz.<br />

The data recorder used was a two channel<br />

NAGRA IV SJ stereo recorder with an<br />

additional channel for voice annotation.<br />

The frequency response was flat from<br />

0.02 to 20 kHz. The system was used for<br />

acquisition of vessel radiated noise<br />

signatures <strong>and</strong> for obtaining short term<br />

background noise measurements.<br />

Instrumentation The synoptic ambient noise measure-<br />

ment system used an SSQ57A sonobuoy.<br />

Two acoustic measurement systems This permitted the acquisition of 8<br />

were used as shown in Figure 4; an omni- hours of continuous ambient noise data


-(STA N0.461811<br />

?30 - -(SA No.28) 7/26<br />

I<br />

fc<br />

w<br />

'40-<br />

50 -<br />

60 I<br />

JOHNS HOPKINS INLET-<br />

SOUND SPEED PROFILES IN GLACIER M Y<br />

Figure 3. Sound speed profiles in Glacier Bay.<br />

u<br />

GENERAL PURPOSE ACOUSTIC MEASUREMENT SVSTEM<br />

-v RÇouw<br />

SYMOTTIC AMBIENT NOISE MEASUREMENT SVSTEM<br />

DATA KDUCTKMI BYBTEM<br />

Figure 4. Acoustic measurement <strong>and</strong> data<br />

reduction systems.<br />

I I 1 I / .<br />

using an r-f link from a remotely<br />

emplaced buoy with the data transmitted<br />

to the research vessel, located up to<br />

four miles away. Data were acquired<br />

with this system in the 0.01 to 20 kHz<br />

b<strong>and</strong>. Synoptic data from the sonobuoy<br />

were tape recorded for five minutes<br />

every half-hour for the duration of the<br />

8 hour period. Continuous data were<br />

recorded on a strip chart recorder for<br />

the full 8-hour period.<br />

Figure 4 also outlines the data<br />

analysis system consisting of a Nicolet<br />

446A narrowb<strong>and</strong> spectrum analyzer pro-<br />

viding data in the form of <strong>under</strong>water<br />

sound pressure level as a function of<br />

frequency <strong>and</strong> a graphic level recorder<br />

which provides a continuous plot of log<br />

amplitude of the acoustic signal as a<br />

function of time.<br />

Acoustic Impulse Events<br />

The acoustic impulse events were<br />

heard <strong>and</strong> recorded throughout Glacier<br />

Bay as long as the ambient noise levels<br />

permitted detection. The signals were<br />

heard in near-glacier regions, such as<br />

Queen Inlet <strong>and</strong> Geikie Inlet as well as<br />

in areas 'which -were relatively remote<br />

from glaciers such as the Marble Isl<strong>and</strong>s<br />

<strong>and</strong> Bartlett Cove. The Bartlett Cove<br />

events usually could be heard only at


2 TYPICAL SEISMIC EVENT SIGNATURES NEAR N. MARBLE ISLAND<br />

(log AMPLITUDE) (712111 150)<br />

.<br />

~<br />

- . - ~<br />

-. - . - 4 .. ~ - - . ~.<br />

.<br />

~-<br />

I<br />

-. _1 ... - -~<br />

-- .<br />

EXAMPLE OF SYNOPTIC AMBIENT log AMPLITUDE VS TIME RECORD, STATION 27,7124<br />

Figure 5. Typical seismic event signatures <strong>and</strong> an example of synoptic ambient vs<br />

time record, Station 27, 7/24/81.<br />

night when ambient levels were very<br />

low. The events with their typical<br />

booming impulsive sound with a tail-off<br />

in sound level were also heard in 1982<br />

at Point Adolphus, across Icy Strait<br />

from the Glacier Bay entrance <strong>and</strong> about<br />

24 n.m. or 44 km to Brady Glacier (the<br />

nearest). Pt. Adolphus is an Im<strong>port</strong>ant<br />

feeding area for humpback whales.<br />

Figure 5 provides two strip chart<br />

recordings of such events. The lower<br />

record is a 401ninute continuous record<br />

of the events as recorded by the sono-<br />

buoy system on 24 July 1981 in the early<br />

afternoon. Event rates as high as 4-5<br />

transients per minute are evident. At<br />

other times <strong>and</strong> days the event rate<br />

could be as low as one event every 2 or<br />

3 minutes. The upper figure, obtained<br />

on a high speed <strong>and</strong> high pen response<br />

recorder demonstrates the most <strong>com</strong>mon<br />

characteristics of these events. That<br />

is, signal-to-noise ratios as high as<br />

40 dB at the onset of the fast rise-<br />

time events were frequently observed<br />

with a tail-off of sound level lasting<br />

as long as 7 seconds. A pure tone 63 Hz<br />

<strong>com</strong>ponent, usually occurring about 1.4<br />

seconds after first arrival, was detect-<br />

ed frequently. Occasional emergent<br />

impulses were also seen, peaking in<br />

level at about 3 seconds from first<br />

arrival <strong>and</strong> diminishing in level into<br />

the background after about another<br />

3 seconds. Figure 6 shows similar data<br />

obtained in Queen Inlet on two other<br />

days, which is further up-bay than<br />

Station 27 in the Marble Isl<strong>and</strong>s. The<br />

nearest tidewater glacier to Station 27<br />

is about 45 km away. In Queen Inlet,<br />

the nearest tidewater glacier is 16 km


QUEEN INLET, 7/16/1935, FREQUENT HIGH LEVEL EVENTS<br />

QUEEN INLET, 7/29/1130, SPORADIC EVENTS WITH TONALS<br />

Figure 6. Sporadic impulsive events with tonals recorded in Queen Inlet, 7/29/81 at<br />

1130.<br />

away <strong>and</strong> the closest valley glacier is<br />

9 km away. Notice in particular that<br />

the peak levels of the impulses received<br />

at the two sites are very similar <strong>and</strong> in<br />

the order of 115 dB//uPa <strong>and</strong> that the<br />

general character of the signatures is<br />

the same. Also note the pure tone <strong>com</strong>-<br />

ponent in the Queen Inlet data <strong>and</strong> the<br />

similarity of the overall signature with<br />

that obtained at Station 27, 18 miles or<br />

33 km down-bay. One difference between<br />

the signatures from the two sites is the<br />

duration of the signatures. The more<br />

distant site (Figure 5) showed 6-7 sec.<br />

event duration <strong>and</strong> the Queen Inlet<br />

events in Figure 6 are 4-4.5 sec. long.<br />

These differences possibly may be due to<br />

reverberation but also probably relate<br />

to differences in travel time of differ-<br />

ent seismic wave types <strong>and</strong> dispersion<br />

effects. One <strong>com</strong>mon qualitative element<br />

in all of these events is that immedi-<br />

ately following reception of peak<br />

sound pressure level, there is a "roll-<br />

ing th<strong>under</strong>" type sound which varies in<br />

intensity but reduces in level until it<br />

is lost in the ambient background.<br />

Figure 7 presents three ambient<br />

noise spectra measured in different<br />

areas of the bay. One signature of an<br />

impulsive event is shown (Queen Inlet).<br />

The upper curve (STA 24) demonstrates<br />

the loudness of the effervescent noise


@-",e~<br />

1<br />

STA. 24 MUIR GLACIER<br />

--<br />

STA %QUEEN INLET<br />

1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 < 1 0 5 0 0 à ‡ O O T O O a h à ˆ 0 0<br />

FREQUENCY IHzl<br />

Figure 7. Upper Glacier Bay ambient noise (low frequency).<br />

referred to earlier. Levels are as much<br />

as 10 dB noisier than the broadb<strong>and</strong><br />

sound typically experienced in the open<br />

<strong>ocean</strong> for a sea state 6 condition. SS6<br />

corresponds to sustained 28-33 knot<br />

winds <strong>and</strong> 17 to 26 ft wave heights.<br />

Clearly, the broadb<strong>and</strong> ice sound has the<br />

capability of masking significant other<br />

sources of acoustic energy, except at<br />

frequencies below about 150 Hz. We<br />

established through observation <strong>and</strong><br />

others have established, such as Dewart<br />

(1968), that the sound is due to multi-<br />

tudes of small bubbles frozen into the<br />

glacial ice that have been <strong>com</strong>pressed<br />

over time <strong>and</strong> then released with a<br />

popping or frying sound as the water<br />

melts away the surface of the ice. The<br />

lowest curve in the figure shows a<br />

typical spectrum <strong>under</strong> the quietest<br />

condition obtained.<br />

Figures 8 <strong>and</strong> 9 are narrowb<strong>and</strong><br />

spectra of two impulsive events obtained<br />

near North Marble Isl<strong>and</strong> (near Sta 27)<br />

<strong>and</strong> in Queen Inlet, respectively.<br />

Notice in particular the low frequency<br />

tonal <strong>com</strong>ponents at about 63, 126, <strong>and</strong><br />

189 Hz <strong>and</strong> good signal-tonoise ratio<br />

beyond 1 kHz (Fig. 8) <strong>and</strong> out to 2 kHz<br />

in Fig. 10. The cause of the pure tone<br />

<strong>com</strong>ponents in the transients is unknown<br />

although, we feel it may be a resonance<br />

effect associated with the generation of<br />

shear energy at the ice/ rock interface.<br />

One brief experiment was performed<br />

at Station 27 with the hope of providing<br />

some insight regarding the source of the<br />

impulsive events. The H56 hydrophone<br />

was deployed to a 25 meter depth at the<br />

research vessel, located approximately<br />

3.2 km away from the sonobuoy <strong>and</strong> the<br />

impulsive events recorded simultaneously<br />

with the sonobuoy data on a 2-channel<br />

tape recorder. Range to the sonobuoy<br />

was determined acoustically by dropping<br />

a weighted light bulb over the side of<br />

the research vessel where it sank until<br />

hydrostatic pressure caused the bulb to<br />

implode. The resulting sharp sound<br />

transient was recorded from both the H56<br />

hydrophone <strong>and</strong> the sonobuoy. Measuring<br />

the time difference <strong>and</strong> knowing the<br />

speed of sound permits determination of<br />

range between the two sensors. Figure<br />

10 sketches the arrangement showing that<br />

a time difference of 2.2 seconds was<br />

realized, corresponding to a sensor<br />

spacing of 3234 meters (using a sound<br />

speed of 1470 m/sec). Similarly, single<br />

impulsive events are recorded


-<br />

100<br />

. 2<br />

"isa<br />

3<br />

Ã<br />

80<br />

w<br />

?<br />

E 70<br />

h<br />

'g m<br />

a<br />

E<br />

g so<br />

a BACKGROUND<br />

0 0.2 0.4 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0<br />

FREQUENCY (kHz1<br />

Figure 8. Narrowb<strong>and</strong> spectrum analysis of an <strong>under</strong>water impulsive event at<br />

N. Marble Isl<strong>and</strong>, Glacier Bay.<br />

-<br />

s<br />

3<br />

2<br />

? -<br />

loo<br />

-i m<br />

><br />

w ¥<br />

8"<br />

h<br />

w<br />

^ so<br />

40 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.8 1.8 2.0<br />

FREQUENCY IkHzl<br />

Figure 9. Narrowb<strong>and</strong> spectrum analysis of an <strong>under</strong>water impulsive event in Queen<br />

Inlet, Glacier Bay.<br />

103


an extra ambiguity for broadside<br />

arrivals.<br />

la1 HYDROPHONE SEPARATION CALIBRATION<br />

1 (BULB SOURCE)<br />

Based on the arrival directions<br />

shown in Fig. 11, we feel that the most<br />

likely source of these events is<br />

associated with the glaciers in the<br />

Brady Ice Field <strong>com</strong>plex to the west<br />

of the measurement site. However, we<br />

cannot totally rule out White Glacier<br />

<strong>and</strong> Casement Glacier to the northeast<br />

because of the small sample of data.<br />

I (bl IMPULSIVE EVENT FIRST ARRIVALS<br />

I<br />

SONOBUOY<br />

Figure 10. Determination of direction<br />

of arrival for impulsive events.<br />

simultaneously. Also sketched in Figure<br />

10 is the first arrival of such an<br />

event, demonstrating that the sonobuoy<br />

registered the event first. The cosine<br />

of the wavefront arrival angle (with an<br />

ambiguity) is the ratio of the arrival<br />

times . Figure 11 illustrates that<br />

ambiguity <strong>and</strong> includes with it a poten-<br />

tial angular error of about 5' due to<br />

imprecise information on the azimuthal<br />

orientation of the research vessel/<br />

sonobuoy line of sight, <strong>and</strong> to some<br />

fluctuation in the time differences in<br />

the first arrivals of the impulsive<br />

events at the two hydrophones. Of the<br />

events measured in this way, all showed<br />

arrival time differences to be within<br />

1.3 to 1.4 seconds. If seismic impulses<br />

were radiating from the bottom of the<br />

fjord, arrivals at the two hydrophones<br />

would be nearly simultaneous, providing<br />

Discussion<br />

-At-<br />

L<br />

0<br />

1.4m-<br />

~ ~ ~ ~ ~<br />

05 1.0 1.5 2 0 2.5<br />

ARRIVAL TIME DIFFERENCE (SECONDS)<br />

~<br />

H 56<br />

~ I<br />

3 0<br />

~<br />

We have stated that we feel that<br />

these events are related to seismic<br />

energy being generated at the icelrock<br />

interface ~ g beneath ~ ~ active a glaciers ~ l of ~ the ~<br />

region. We do not have information<br />

regarding the various degrees of<br />

~<br />

activity of the many glaciers, only that<br />

1cl GEOMETRY<br />

all of the tidewater glaciers were<br />

demonstrating activity. In the West Arm<br />

LINEARIZED IMPULSE<br />

area, Reid, Lamplugh, <strong>and</strong> Johns Hopkins<br />

glaciers are all fed by the Brady Ice<br />

Field. Charpentier <strong>and</strong> Geike, which are<br />

now valley glaciers, are located close<br />

to the fjords. In the vicinity of<br />

Station 27, all the nearby potential<br />

seismic sources are valley glaciers;<br />

White, Adams <strong>and</strong> Morse, <strong>and</strong> Casement to<br />

the north <strong>and</strong> northeast.<br />

Dewart (1968) has measured<br />

impulsive events using seismometers on<br />

<strong>and</strong> near the ice of Kaskawulsh Glacier<br />

in the Yukon. Impulse rates varying<br />

from 1 to 62 per hour were measured <strong>and</strong><br />

were quite short in duration (0.5 to<br />

2 seconds). Further, he noted a diurnal<br />

variation in event rate with changes in<br />

numbers of events per hour similar to<br />

what we observed. While he did not<br />

mention observing pure tones in associa-<br />

tion with these events, he does refer to<br />

work by Oelsner on the Lovenbreen<br />

Glacier in West Spitzbergen where he<br />

observed impulses (which he calls<br />

-eigenimpulses") having a dominant fre-<br />

quency around 60 Hz. He also relates<br />

the event rate to temperature fluctua-<br />

tions, which correlate with run off<br />

fluctuations (lubrication).<br />

Weaver <strong>and</strong> Malone (1979) discuss<br />

extensive seismometer measurements made<br />

in the immediate vicinity of ,glaciers in<br />

the North Cascade mountains of


 SHORT AMBIENT. SVP,<br />

Figure 11. Approximate angle of arrival of impulsive events at Station 27.<br />

Washington. They measured many impulsive<br />

events having a 1-2 Hz dominant fre-<br />

quency <strong>and</strong> event rates which varied from<br />

thee per day to three per minute depend-<br />

ing on the particular glacier being<br />

monitored. At one station (Longmire) on<br />

Mt. Rainier, they re<strong>port</strong>ed that through<br />

a 10-year period, consistent correlation<br />

existed between event rate <strong>and</strong> time of<br />

year; low rates in winter <strong>and</strong> high rates<br />

In the summer when more run-off occurs,<br />

permitting more glacial motion through<br />

lubrication. Magnitudes of the events<br />

based on the earthquake energy relation-<br />

ship developed by Gutenberg <strong>and</strong> Richter<br />

in Richter (1958), varied from 1.2 to<br />

2.4 representing seismic energies at th<br />

source of these events of 1 0 to 10 5<br />

Joules. They re<strong>port</strong> further that only<br />

the very largest surface avalanches<br />

produced a relatively small response at<br />

stations a few hundred meters away.<br />

Crevassing impulses, as referenced by<br />

Weaver <strong>and</strong> Malone (1979) <strong>and</strong> re<strong>port</strong>ed by<br />

Neave <strong>and</strong> Savage (1970) generate in the<br />

order of 1 Joule of seismic energy.


Based on their extensive study, Weaver<br />

<strong>and</strong> Malone conclude that the impulses<br />

which they monitored were due to stick-<br />

slip action through a shear sliding<br />

mechanism at the ice/rock interface.<br />

Van Wormer <strong>and</strong> Berg (1973) re<strong>port</strong><br />

that weak P phases <strong>and</strong> well developed<br />

monochromatic non-dispersive shear-wave<br />

trains are often recorded at University<br />

of Alaska's seismological station SCM in<br />

southern Alaska. They conclude that<br />

these events probably originate at or<br />

near tidewater glaciers, in Prince<br />

William Sound. Frequencies of the shear<br />

wave trains in this case were in the<br />

order of 1 to 2 Hz. Earthquake magni-<br />

tudes of 1.6 to 3.0 were recorded <strong>and</strong><br />

event rates at the remote measurement<br />

facility were in the 2.5 to 3 per hour<br />

range. They hypothesize that these<br />

events are associated with release of<br />

seismic energy at the ice/rock interface<br />

in the order of 107.5 Joules. The<br />

authors <strong>com</strong>pute that a stick-slip motion<br />

of about 3 mm of a glacial section hav-<br />

ing an area of 1 km 2 is sufficient to<br />

generate the earthquake magnitudes<br />

observed.<br />

If we assume that the pure tone<br />

elements of the impulsive events<br />

measured in Glacier Bay are due to<br />

shear-wave energy generated at the<br />

ice/rock interface we have a means for<br />

estimating the focal distance to the<br />

events. Shear waves do not propagate in<br />

water, but they can be converted to<br />

<strong>com</strong>pressional waves at major changes in<br />

impedance or at major discontinuities.<br />

Measuring the time difference between<br />

the first arrival <strong>and</strong> the pure tone<br />

<strong>com</strong>ponent of the signatures in Figure 5<br />

provides a P-S arrival difference of<br />

approximately 1.3 seconds. Jeffreys <strong>and</strong><br />

Bullen (1958) provide a table of seismic<br />

wave arrival times for surf ace focus,<br />

near earthquake events. Their data for<br />

<strong>com</strong>pressional <strong>and</strong> shear wave arrivals in<br />

granite bedrock, demonstrate that the<br />

distance to a seismic event, through the<br />

rock medium, for a time difference of<br />

1.3 seconds is approximately 11.1 km or<br />

6.0 n.m. Referring back to Figure 11<br />

<strong>and</strong> assuming that the radiating<br />

rock/water interface of a fjord wall is<br />

where the shear-to-<strong>com</strong>pressional energy<br />

conversion takes place <strong>and</strong> that the<br />

radiating face is approximately at the<br />

bar mark on the 50Â angle of arrival<br />

line, a 6 n.m. distance to the originat-<br />

ing seismic event is at the end of the<br />

arrow shown. In this estimate, there-<br />

fore, it appears that the source of the<br />

impulsive events measured at Station 27<br />

is associated with the Reid Glacier,<br />

near Its eastern edge. Similarly, for<br />

the ambiguous arrival angle to the<br />

northeast, the range vector indicates<br />

that any source in that direction could<br />

not be associated with a glacier. While<br />

we do not have directivity information<br />

for the Queen Inlet events, we do have a<br />

P-S At estimate from Figure 6 (at the<br />

bottom) of approximately 1.1 seconds<br />

which translates, according to Jeffreys<br />

<strong>and</strong> Bullen, to a distance of 9.4 km or<br />

about 5 n.m. A probable source of the<br />

Queen Inlet events, theref ore, is<br />

Carroll Glacier, immediately to the<br />

north of the measurement site.<br />

With the knowledge of mean sound<br />

pressure levels of these events as<br />

received at Station 27, it is possible<br />

to develop a rough estimate of the<br />

seismic energy released at the source.<br />

Our sound transmission loss measurements<br />

demonstrated a 15 log (range) dependency<br />

for spreading loss in water <strong>and</strong> Ewing,<br />

Jardetsky <strong>and</strong> Press (1957) indicate a<br />

similar dependency for body waves (shear<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>com</strong>pressional) propagating over<br />

short distances for surface focus<br />

events.<br />

Sound pressure is related to<br />

radiated acoustic power (W) by the<br />

relationship,<br />

where r is the distance from the source<br />

in meters, p is the r.m.s. acoustic<br />

sound pressure in pascals, <strong>and</strong> p <strong>and</strong> c<br />

are the density <strong>and</strong> sound speed of<br />

water. Radiated acoustic power at the<br />

water/rock interface for a sound<br />

pressure at the research vessel of 100<br />

dB//uPa 18 0.17 watts based on <strong>com</strong>puting<br />

the sound pressure at the radiating rock<br />

face 13 n.m. away <strong>and</strong> using the above<br />

relationship. Sound pressure at the<br />

water/rock interface is estimated from


where po<br />

research<br />

pressure<br />

is the sound pressure at the<br />

vessel <strong>and</strong> p is the predicted<br />

at the rock face r meters away.<br />

For 110 dB//pPa, the acoustic power at<br />

the rock face is 1.7 watts. Predicted<br />

energy at the source of the seismic<br />

event is:<br />

w<br />

Eb = 10 log(;) + 15 log R,<br />

(dB//l watt), (for body waves)<br />

where 11 is the rock-to-water energy con-<br />

version efficiency <strong>and</strong> R is the distance<br />

in meters through the rock material to<br />

the source. Converting these dB values<br />

to power <strong>and</strong> multiplying by the seismic<br />

impulse duration in seconds provides the<br />

watt-sec impulse power at the source.<br />

Energy in the more conventional seismic<br />

units (joules or ergs) is obtained by<br />

application of st<strong>and</strong>ard unit conversion<br />

factors. We have assumed that solid<br />

friction losses in rock for this case<br />

are small <strong>com</strong>pared to spreading losses.<br />

Further, if we assume a 5% seismic<br />

energy-to-<strong>under</strong>water sound energy con-<br />

version efficiency <strong>and</strong> that the 6 n.m.<br />

rock transmission path length is reason-<br />

able, we <strong>com</strong>pute the event energies <strong>and</strong><br />

earthquake magnitudes shown in the<br />

following table. The earthquake energy/<br />

magnitude relationship used for shallow<br />

focus local events <strong>and</strong> body waves is<br />

that provided by Richter (19581,<br />

log E = 9.9 + 1.92 M -0.024M<br />

L L<br />

where E is energy in ergs <strong>and</strong> ML is<br />

local earthquake magnitude.<br />

Source Energy Estimates*<br />

Mean SPL at<br />

Hydrophone<br />

(Initial<br />

Impulse for<br />

1 second<br />

duration) 100 dB//pPa 110 dB//pPa<br />

Body Waves:<br />

Energy 4 x 10 Joules 4 x 1 0 Joules<br />

Earthquake<br />

Magnitude M = 1.9 M = 2.5<br />

*See text for glacially related seismic<br />

event magnitude estimates by others.<br />

Conclusions<br />

Seismic events (primarily body<br />

waves) due to stick-slip action at the<br />

ice/rock interface in glaciers in<br />

Glacier Bay probably are the cause of<br />

<strong>under</strong>water acoustic impulsive events<br />

which often occur as frequently as 3 to<br />

4 times per minute <strong>and</strong> may have a<br />

diurnal <strong>and</strong> seasonal variation in event<br />

rate.<br />

The question regarding the possi-<br />

bility of a microseismic cause of these<br />

impulsive events due to isostatic<br />

rebound <strong>and</strong> resulting fracturing <strong>and</strong><br />

slippage in existing fault zones is not<br />

resolved. A wintertime measurement<br />

period may help to answer this question<br />

since it is expected that stick-slip<br />

action of glaciers would tend to be<br />

suppressed in the winter <strong>and</strong> rebound<br />

rate would remain relatively unchanged.<br />

More synoptic measurements should<br />

be performed using both a hydrophone<br />

array <strong>and</strong> a seismometer array with<br />

simultaneous recording to help remove<br />

assumptions <strong>and</strong> ambiguities which were<br />

used in this analysis.<br />

References<br />

Dewart, G. 1968, "Seismic Investigation<br />

of Ice Properties <strong>and</strong> Bedrock Topography<br />

at the Confluence of Two Glaciers,<br />

Kaskawulsh Glacier, Yukon Territory,<br />

Canada," Institute of Polar Studies,<br />

Re<strong>port</strong> No. 27.<br />

Ewing, W.M., W.S. Jardetsky, <strong>and</strong> F.<br />

Press. 1957, Elastic Waves in Layered<br />

Media, McGraw Hill.<br />

Hale, L.Z. <strong>and</strong> R.G. Wright. 1979, "The<br />

Glacier Bay Marine Ecosystem; A<br />

Conceptual ecological Model," National<br />

Park Service.<br />

Jeffreys, H. <strong>and</strong> K.E. Bullen. 1958,<br />

Seismological Tables, British<br />

Association for Advancement of Science.<br />

MacKevett, E.M., Jr., D.A. Brew, C.C.<br />

Hawley, L.C. Huff, J.G. Smith. 1971,<br />

"Mineral Resources Glacier Bay National<br />

Monument, Alaska," Geological Survey


Professional Paper #632, U.S. Geological<br />

Survey.<br />

Malme, C.I., P.R. Miles, P.T. McElroy.<br />

1982, "The Acoustic Environment of<br />

Humpback Whales in Glacier Bay <strong>and</strong><br />

Frederick SoundIStephens Passage,<br />

Alaska," BBN Re<strong>port</strong> No. 4848.<br />

Neave, K.G. <strong>and</strong> J.C. Savage. 1970,<br />

"Icequakes on the Athabasca Glacier, "<br />

Jour. Geoph. Res. (75), No. 8, pp. 1351-<br />

1362.<br />

Richter, C.F. 1958, Elementary<br />

Seismology, W.H. Freeman Co.<br />

Vanwormer, D. <strong>and</strong> E. Berg. 1973,<br />

"Seismic Evidence for Glacier Motion,"<br />

Journal of Glaciology (12), No. 65, pp.<br />

259-265.<br />

Weaver, C.S. <strong>and</strong> S.D. Malone. 1979,<br />

"Seismic evidence for Discrete Glacier<br />

Motion at the Rock-Ice Interface,"<br />

Journal of Glaciology (23), No. 89, pp.<br />

171-184.


Following presentation of the<br />

technical papers, symposium speakers<br />

participated in a panel discussion on<br />

potential directions for research rela-<br />

tive to noise <strong>and</strong> marine mammals.<br />

Suggested topics for additional<br />

research (<strong>and</strong> the name of the panelist<br />

or audience member initiating each<br />

topic) are summarized as follows:<br />

1. Investigation of the hearing <strong>and</strong><br />

vocalization of seals <strong>and</strong> small ceta-<br />

ceans relative to frequency thresholds<br />

<strong>and</strong> b<strong>and</strong> widths (J. Terhune) ;<br />

2. Selection of a particular species<br />

(e.g., ringed seals) from which data on<br />

ecological effects may be extrapolated<br />

to other species (B. Kelly);<br />

3. Tracking of a large whale species<br />

(e.g., humpback whale) to test acoustic<br />

responses in a manner similar to work<br />

performed by Sam Ridgeway (W. Turl);<br />

4. Further analysis of bowhead whale<br />

distribution data to test the theory<br />

that whales may be excluded from<br />

particular industrial zones (Tom<br />

Newbury, Minerals Management Service<br />

(MMS) ) ;<br />

5. Use of synoptic monitoring systems<br />

(without observers) to collect data on<br />

the physical acoustics of particular<br />

areas (C. Malme);<br />

6. Consideration of the basic behav-<br />

ioral responses of marine mammals to<br />

long-term noise (S. Cosens); <strong>and</strong><br />

7. Radio-tagging large cetaceans to<br />

the extent that this is feasible (Tom<br />

Albert, North Slope Borough (NSB)).<br />

The merits of selecting a particular<br />

key species for extrapolation of<br />

certain results to other species<br />

(suggestion 2 above) were discussed<br />

further. Major points made during this<br />

discussion were the following:<br />

PANEL DISCUSSION<br />

Stephen D. Treacy<br />

Minerals Management Services, Anchorage, Alaska, USA<br />

a. A scientific benefit derives<br />

from long-term research continuity with<br />

a single species (K. Frost).<br />

b. Key species should be select-<br />

ed based to some extent on the ease by<br />

which information can be collected <strong>and</strong><br />

on their wide geographic distribution<br />

(S. Cosens). Key species should be<br />

selected based, in part, on the extent<br />

of existing good data (Tom Newbury,<br />

MMS). Existing data, however, may be<br />

poor <strong>and</strong> may require a great amount of<br />

initial attention (B. Kelly).<br />

c. An overall problem with the<br />

key species approach is that, at least<br />

in the case of Tursiops sp. where<br />

long-term data exist over 20 years, the<br />

data would not extrapolate to other<br />

species (W. Turl).<br />

d. The key species approach may<br />

reflect economic reality . In marine<br />

mammal science (B. Kelly).<br />

e. Any key species had better be<br />

highly similar for data extrapolation<br />

to apply (W. Turl). Extrapolation is<br />

difficult even from area to area for<br />

the same species CJ. Ward).<br />

One qualifying statement on the topic<br />

of bowhead whale exclusionary zones<br />

(suggestion 4 above) was that analyses<br />

of bowhead distribution data showing<br />

areas where impact (or lack of impact)<br />

occurred should indicate the degree of<br />

variability. The accuracy of statis-<br />

tical tests used will determine the use<br />

of such results (Tom Albert, NSB).<br />

Major points made about radio-tagging<br />

of marine mammals (suggestion 7 above)<br />

were:<br />

a. Radio-tagging is an excellent<br />

approach: it provides reams of data<br />

quickly on difficult management <strong>and</strong><br />

scientific issues (J. Terhune).


. Radio-tagging is expensive<br />

<strong>and</strong> provides a small sample of individ-<br />

ual animals tagged (B. Kelly).<br />

c. Radio-tagging of polar bears<br />

has helped greatly in determining off-<br />

shore denning of polar bears (J. Ward).<br />

This is because the polar bear is one<br />

species that does have a large percent-<br />

age of tagged individuals (B. Kelly).


AUTHOR LIST<br />

Au.W.W.L ........................<br />

Bird . J . E . ........................<br />

Burns. J . J . .......................<br />

89<br />

55<br />

27<br />

Cosens. S . ........................ 39<br />

Cowles. C . J . ...................... 1<br />

Dueck. L . P ........................ 39<br />

Frost. K . J . ........................ 15<br />

Imm. J . L . ........................ 1<br />

Kelley. B . P . ....................... 27<br />

Lowry. L . F . ....................... 15<br />

Malme. C . I . ....................... 55:95<br />

Miles. P . R . ....................... 95<br />

Penner.R.H . ...................... 89<br />

Pessah . E ......................... 75<br />

Quakenbush. L . T . ................ 27<br />

Terhune. J . M ...................... 9<br />

Treacy. S . D . ................... 109<br />

Turl. C . W . ....................... 89<br />

Tyack. P . ......................... 55<br />

Ward. J . G . ....................... 75<br />

Wursig. B . ..................... 55<br />

Ill

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!